Upload
others
View
1
Download
0
Embed Size (px)
Citation preview
Natural Small-Scale Disturbances and
Below-Canopy Solar Radiation Effects on the Regeneration
Patterns in a Nothofagus betuloides Forest
– A Case Study from Tierra del Fuego, Chile
Thesis submitted in partial fulfilment of the requirements of
the degree Doctor rer. nat. of the
Faculty of Forest and Environmental Sciences,
Albert-Ludwigs-Universität,
Freiburg im Breisgau, Germany
by
Alvaro Andrés Promis Baeza
Freiburg im Breisgau, Germany
2009
Dean: Prof. Dr. Heinz Rennenberg
Supervisor: Prof. Dr. Dr. h.c. Albert Reif
Second reviewer: Prof. Dr. Helmut Mayer
Thesis defence: 23th January 2009
für meine geliebte Frau Carolina,
und meinen Sohn Martín.
Ohne ihre Liebe, Begleitung und Unterstützung
wäre dieser Traum für mich sehrr schwierig gewesen.
“Tierra del Fuego, Fireland,
so often described with wistful tones by explorers and writers,
is a land of legends
where the fires of the Indians have long died
but which still attracts the interest of researchers”
(Tuhkanen et al. 1989-1990)
“… for in these still solitudes,
Death, instead of Life,
seemed the predominant spirit”
(Darwin 1839)
“whoever eats the calafate returns for more”
(Moore 1983)
Acknowledgments
I
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
Many people have contributed to the completion of my thesis in various ways. I
would like to thank the following people and institutions for helping me to achieve my
dream.
First at all, I would like to thank Prof. Dr. Dr. h.c. Albert Reif not only for his
help, support and confidence, but also for his friendship. I cannot imagine having had a
better supervisor for my Ph.D. I see in him an excellent person, one who encouraged me
to overcome the problems (“immer gibt es Probleme”), and who is so very generous
towards his students.
I would also like to thank Prof. Dr. Helmut Mayer for all his help and support as
my second supervisor.
I sincerely thank Dr. Stefanie Gärtner, whose constructive feedback and
comments at various stages have contributed significantly to this thesis. Similarly, I
must also thank Dr. Dirk Schindler for his help in developing the below-canopy solar
radiation chapter.
My sincere thanks to Prof. Dr. Jürgen Bauhus and Prof. Dr. Dr. h.c. Jürgen Huss,
whose comments and small contributions helped to improve my knowledge.
Special thanks also to Dr. Gustavo Cruz of the Department of Silviculture at the
University of Chile. His help throughout all of the study has been invaluable. His
research project FONDEF D02I1080 ‘Incorporation of coihue de Magallanes forests
into forest management for purposes of diversification and to increase production in the
XII Region (Chile)’ and the ‘Programa de Bosques Patagónicos’ of the University of
Chile supported a huge part of the field work carried out as part of this study. I thank
Gustavo Cabello and Marcelo Díaz, who provided help in the field, and Eric Campos
for helping me with the tree-ring measurements.
There were a number of people at the Waldbau-Institut in Freiburg who enriched
my everyday life in various ways. I am grateful to all of you.
I have to thank the German Academic Exchange Service (DAAD) for granting
me the scholarship; I am especially grateful to Ms. Maria Hartmann (Ref. 415) of the
DAAD office, who was always ready to answer questions and provide help.
I would like to thank those involved in the International Ph.D. Programme
‘Forestry in Transition’ of the Faculty of Forest and Environmental Sciences of the
Acknowledgments
II
University of Freiburg, especially Ms. Esther Muschelknautz. The international
programme was a source of intensive academic guidance and financial assistance, and
allowed me to participate in various seminars.
I am grateful to the Wildlife Conservation Society (WCS) in Chile, especially to
Dr. Bárbara Saavedra and Ricardo Muza, for providing logistical support within the
Karukinka Natural Park in Tierra del Fuego, at both Puerto Arturo and Río Bueno
research stations.
I would also like to thank the owner of the forests studied, Mr. Joaquín Soto and
his family, who provided both the research area and logistical support.
I am grateful to Dr. David Butler-Manning for proofreading the thesis.
A special thank you goes for Bernd Künemund for help with the translation of
the thesis review to German. I am also grateful to Rodrigo Vargas for printing and
binding the thesis.
I must thank Dr. Carlos Magni, head of the Department of Silviculture at the
University of Chile for his help, especially during the last phase of the preparation of
the thesis.
I would like to thank all of my family and the family of my wife for their
support. They were always present during our time in Germany. Whether by email,
letter, phone or parcel the distance was always made seem smaller.
One of the most important people this whole time has been my wife Carolina.
She has been with me through every moment of my Ph.D. work. I am very grateful to
her for the many sacrifices she has made to support me during this time. I would also
like to thank my son Martín for expanding our small family and accompanying me
through the last part of my work.
Contents
III
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1 THESIS REVIEW, ZUSAMMENFASSUNG AND RESUMEN 1
1.1 Thesis Review 1
1.1.1 Introduction: Disturbance and Ecology of Tree Species
Regeneration in Forests 1
1.1.2 The Nothofagus betuloides Forests 3
1.1.3 Hypothesis and Objectives 5
1.1.4 Study Area 6
1.1.4.1 Forest vegetation 6
1.1.4.2 Site conditions 7
1.1.5 Data Collection 7
1.1.6 Thesis structure 8
1.1.7 Short summary of results 11
1.2 Zusammenfassung 13
1.2.1 Einführung: Einfluss von Störungen auf die Verjüngung
in Waldbeständen 13
1.2.2 Die Nothofagus betuloides Wälder 15
1.2.3 Hypothesen und Ziele 17
1.2.4 Untersuchungsgebiete 18
1.2.4.1 Waldvegetation 18
1.2.4.2 Standortbedingungen 19
1.2.5 Datenaufnahme 20
1.2.6 Struktur der Doktorarbeit 21
1.2.7 Ergebnisse 23
1.3 Resumen 25
1.3.1 Introducción: Perturbación y Ecología de la Regeneración
De Especies Arbóreas en los Bosques 25
1.3.2 Los Bosques de Nothofagus betuloides 28
1.3.3 Hipótesis y Objetivos 30
1.3.4 Área de Estudio 31
1.3.4.1 Vegetación 31
1.3.4.2 Condiciones del sitio 32
Contents
IV
1.3.5 Toma de Datos 33
1.3.6 Estructura de la Tesis 34
1.3.7 Resumen de los Resultados 36
2 Nothofagus betuloides (Mirb.) Oerst 1871 (FAGALES:
NOTHOFAGACEAE) FORESTS IN SOUTHERN PATAGONIA
AND TIERRA DEL FUEGO 39
2.1 The Genus Nothofagus 39
2.2 Nothofagus betuloides – the Southernmost Evergreen Tree
Species and its Forests 40
2.2.1 Biology 41
2.2.2 Ecology 43
2.2.2.1 Geographical distribution 43
2.2.2.2 Autecology: Germination and juvenile growth 44
2.2.2.3 Synecology: Vegetation types 45
2.2.2.4 Forest texture 49
2.2.2.5 Forest dynamics and structure 50
2.3 Forest Use in the Past, the Present and the Future 52
2.3.1 The Past 52
2.3.2 The Present 54
2.3.3 The Future 55
3 SMALL-SCALE NATURAL DISTURBANCES AND TREE
DEVELOPMENT PROCESSES IN TWO FORESTS
DOMINATED BY Nothofagus betuloides – A CASE STUDY
FROM TIERRA DEL FUEGO 57
3.1 Abstract 57
3.2 Introduction 58
3.3 Material and Methods 61
3.3.1 Study Area 61
3.3.2 Sampling Design for the Assessment of the Forest
Structure 63
3.3.3 Measuring Gap Characteristics 63
3.3.4 Assessing Disturbance Dynamics and Radial Growth
Contents
V
Responses of Juvenile Trees 64
3.3.5 Statistical Analyses 65
3.4 Results 65
3.4.1 Forest Structures 65
3.4.2 Canopy Gap Characteristics 68
3.4.3 Disturbance Dynamics and Radial Growth Responses of
Juvenile Trees 70
3.5 Discussion 75
3.5.1 Causes and Characteristics of Canopy Gaps 75
3.5.2 Disturbance Dynamics and Radial Growth Responses of
Juvenile Trees 82
3.6 Conclusions 84
4 COMPARISON OF CANOPY STRUCTURES AND SOLAR
RADIATION TRANSMITTANCES ESTIMATED USING FOUR
DIFFERENT PROGRAMMES FOR THE ANALYSIS OF
HEMISPHERICAL PHOTOGRAPHS 85
4.1 Abstract 85
4.2 Introduction 86
4.3 Material and Methods 88
4.3.1 Study Areas 88
4.3.2 Photographic Source Material 90
4.3.3 Image Processing 90
4.3.4 Image Analyses 92
4.3.4.1 The software used and their settings 92
4.3.4.2 Calculated canopy structure and light
environments 93
4.3.5 Statistical Analyses 96
4.4 Results 97
4.4.1 Comparison of Canopy Structure Estimates 97
4.4.2 Comparison of Solar Radiation Transmittance Estimates 101
4.4.2.1 Cosine-corrected solar radiation transmittance
estimates 101
Contents
VI
4.4.2.2 Non-cosine-corrected solar radiation transmittance
estimates 101
4.5 Discussion 109
4.5.1 Canopy Structure and Solar Radiation Transmittance 109
4.5.2 Other aspects requiring consideration when selecting a
programme 112
4.6 Conclusions 114
5 EFFECTS OF CANOPY STRUCTURE AND STAND
PARAMETERS ON THE VARIABILITY OF SOLAR
RADIATION TRANSMITTANCE IN AN UNEVEN-AGED
EVERGREEN Nothofagus betuloides FOREST 116
5.1 Abstract 116
5.2 Introduction 117
5.3 Material and Methods 119
5.3.1 Study Area 119
5.3.2 Measuring Below-Canopy Solar Radiation 121
5.3.3 Canopy Structure and Stand Parameters Measurements 123
5.3.4 Statistical and Regression Analysis to Explain the Solar
Radiation Transmittance 125
5.4 Results 125
5.4.1 Transmission of Solar Radiation into the Forest 125
5.4.2 Relationships between Solar Radiation Transmittances,
Canopy Structure and Stand Parameters 128
5.5 Discussion 131
5.5.1 Solar Radiation Transmittances 131
5.5.2 Influences of Canopy Structures and Stand Parameters on
Solar Radiation Transmittances 133
5.6 Conclusions 135
6 EFFECTS OF NATURAL SMALL-SCALE DISTURBANCES ON
BELOW-CANOPY SOLAR RADIATION AND REGENERATION
PATTERNS IN AN OLD-GROWTH Nothofagus betuloides FOREST
IN TIERRA DEL FUEGO, CHILE 137
Contents
VII
6.1 Abstract 137
6.2 Introduction 138
6.3 Materials and Methods 141
6.3.1 Study Area 141
6.3.2 Selection of Canopy Gaps 142
6.3.3 Young Tree Measurements 142
6.3.4 Measuring Below-Canopy Solar Radiation 143
6.3.5 Statistical Analysis 144
6.4 Results 145
6.4.1 Solar Radiation Transmittance 145
6.4.2 Young Tree density and the Influence of Solar Radiation 146
6.4.3 Relations between Height, Diameter at Root Collar and
Young Tree Age 148
6.4.4 Relative Height Increment and Radial Growth with
Respect to Age and Solar Radiation 149
6.5 Discussion 152
6.5.1 Below-Canopy Solar Radiation Conditions 152
6.5.2 Regeneration Pattern and the Relationship between Young
Growth and Below-Canopy Solar Radiation 154
6.5.3 Browsing Effects 154
6.5.4 Silvicultural Implications for Old-Growth N. betuloides
Forests 155
7 CONCLUSIONS AND SILVICULTURAL IMPLICATIONS 157
7.1 Disturbance and Stand Dynamics 157
7.2 Light and Tress Species Regeneration: Testing the
Hypothesis 158
7.2.1 Below-canopy solar radiation transmittances 159
7.2.2 Regeneration patterns of Nothofagus betuloides 160
7.3 Shade Tolerance of Nothofagus betuloides 161
7.4 Silvicultural Implications for Old-Growth Nothofagus
betuloides Forests 162
8 REFERENCES 165
Chapter 1 Thesis review, Zusammenfassung and resumen
1
CHAPTER 1
THESIS REVIEW, ZUSAMMENFASSUNG AND RESUMEN
1.1 Thesis Review
1.1.1 Introduction: Disturbance and Ecology of Tree Species Regeneration in
Forests
Natural plant communities are spatially heterogeneous and dynamic systems
(Sousa 1984). Disturbances are major impacts that affect their structures and species
compositions (White 1979, Sousa 1984), by bringing about changes to the state of the
structural and physical variables in the ecosystem (White and Jentsch 2001). One
important step towards understanding the natural dynamics of natural communities,
therefore, is ascertaining the prevailing disturbance regimes (White et al. 1999).
Not all disturbances are equal. They differ with respect to spatial patterns (size
and shape), temporal parameters (frequency, return period, turnover time and
seasonality), specificity (probability of disturbance as a factor of species, age and size)
and magnitude (intensity and severity) (Sousa 1984, White et al. 1999).
Forest communities are frequently subjected to disturbances (Oliver and Larson
1996). The effects of natural disturbances on the dynamics and structure of forests have
been studied in tropical, temperate and boreal forests (e.g. Platt and Strong 1989,
Denslow and Spies 1990, McCarthy 2001, Kuuluvainen 2002).
Large-scale disturbances are more severe than small-scale ones, but they are less
frequent (Sousa 1984, Turner et al. 1998). Small-scale canopy disturbances (gaps)
occurring as a result of single or multiple tree-falls may be more frequent in old-growth
forest ecosystems (Oliver and Larson 1996), and affect a larger area over time (Spies et
al. 1990).
Therefore in forest ecosystems, the severity of disturbances influences stand
structures, species composition, the growth rates of the surviving trees, the regeneration
dynamics, and the species diversity (Connell 1978, Canham et al. 1994, Oliver and
Larson 1996).
Chapter 1 Thesis review, Zusammenfassung and resumen
2
The development phase of a forest affected by small-scale canopy disturbances
has been termed the gap phase (Watt 1947), the period during which tree regeneration is
stimulated, the regenerating trees typically fill the gap and, finally, one or a group of
them replace the previous canopy trees (Busing and Brokaw 2002). Large canopy gaps
are more likely to be filled by shade-intolerant tree species, whereas small gaps are
almost always filled by shade-tolerant tree species (Grubb 1977).
In forests, the availability of the resources (light, water, soil nutrients) required
for plant growth is modified by disturbances and the occurrence of small canopy gaps
(Canham and Marks 1985). A gradient of differing site conditions exists from the area
on the ground directly below the disturbed canopy to the undisturbed surrounding forest
(Riklefs 1977, Denslow 1980). The substrate conditions are frequently also altered by a
disturbance. When trees are uprooted or snapped contrasting substrate conditions
(microsites) are created on the forest floor (Collins et al. 1985).
The most obvious changes brought about by gaps can be observed in the light
environment below canopy level (Canham et al. 1990, Gray et al. 2002). Understanding
the effects of solar radiation in the forest understorey is important for understanding
forest dynamics, as solar radiation affects plant regeneration patterns such as
germination, establishment, growth and survival (Grant 1997). The differences in the
below-canopy solar radiation between gaps and closed stands have been described for
different forest types (Denslow 1980, Canham et al. 1990, de Freitas and Enright 1995,
Gray et al. 2002).
The importance of the role solar radiation plays in forest development means
that there has been much interest in measuring below-canopy solar radiation. Several
instruments have been developed to measure either directly or indirectly the below-
canopy solar radiation environment. Many ecologists and foresters prefer indirect
approaches due to the difficulties inherent in measuring solar radiation directly
(Jennings et al. 1999). Hemispherical photography has been a widely applied as a means
of calculating indirectly the light environment in forests (Rich et al. 1993, Comeau et al.
1998, Gendron et al. 1998, Clearwater et al. 1999, Engelbrecht and Herz 2001).
The spatial heterogeneity of microenvironments within the forest, and the
varying regeneration niches, facilitate the establishment of seedlings of different tree
species and promote the coexistence of various species (Grubb 1977). Even under
undisturbed canopies heterogeneity can be high, due to variations in canopy
composition, height, thickness and foliage density (Lieberman et al. 1989, Veblen
Chapter 1 Thesis review, Zusammenfassung and resumen
3
1992). At high latitudes the proportion of the solar radiation that reaches the forest floor
and extends into the stand beyond the edges of canopy gaps is higher than at lower
latitudes, resulting in a more homogeneous distribution of below-canopy solar radiation
within a stand (Canham et al. 1990). Therefore in high latitudes, including Nothofagus
forests in the southern hemisphere, the regeneration dynamic, especially of some shade-
tolerant species, may be less affected by canopy gaps themselves (Canham 1990,
Veblen 1992).
1.1.2 The Nothofagus betuloides Forests
Nothofagus betuloides is an evergreen endemic tree species of the Chilean and
Argentinean subantarctic forests. At present the forest area in Chile with N. betuloides
as either the dominant or as a minor species amounts to approximately 2,739,906
hectares, corresponding to 20.4 % of the total national forest area (CONAF-CONAMA
1999a). Of this surface 1,793,098 hectares comprises the evergreen N. betuloides forest
type, and 946,808 hectares the evergreen-deciduous N. betuloides – N. pumilio forest
sub-type. In southern Patagonia and Tierra del Fuego, N. betuloides occurs in
approximately 1,396,947 hectares (53 % of the total forest area). Today, these forests
are no longer endangered, as more than 69 % of the these forests in southern Patagonia
and Tierra del Fuego are currently designated either ‘State Protected Wild Area’
(SNASPE) or is private nature reserve (Karukinka) administrated by the Wildlife
Conservation Society (WCS) (Arroyo et al. 1996, CONAF-CONAMA 1999b).
Natural large and small-scale disturbances in Nothofagus forests in Tierra del
Fuego are shaped by the strong winds (Rebertus et al. 1997, Puigdefábregas et al. 1999).
Storms can cause the blow-down of entire stands (Rebertus et al. 1997, Puigdefábregas
et al. 1999), and wave-like patterns of canopy gaps on sites predisposed to wind
disturbances have been reported for pure N. betuloides and N. pumilio forests, and
mixed N. betuloides - N. pumilio forests (Rebertus and Veblen 1993b, Rebertus et al.
1993, Puigdefábregas et al. 1999). Small-scale canopy gaps < 200 m2 in size are created
by the windthrow of individual trees (Rebertus and Veblen 1993a, Gutiérrez 1994).
However, in pure primary old-growth N. betuloides forests in Tierra del Fuego discrete
gaps are not always apparent, as openings always occur as interwoven gap complexes in
the canopy layer (Rebertus and Veblen 1993a). In places, the presence of patches of
younger trees adjacent to larger patches of old-growth forest lend the forest a multi-
Chapter 1 Thesis review, Zusammenfassung and resumen
4
cohort stand structure, which results in the occurrence of a patch mosaic pattern to the
structure of these Nothofagus forests (Gutiérrez et al. 1991).
The regeneration dynamics of southern South American Nothofagus forests, and
the importance of disturbances in this context, have been well summarised by Veblen et
al. (1996) and Pollmann and Veblen (2004). They showed that at low elevations and
under a milder climate, where Nothofagus species compete with other shade-tolerant
forest species, large-scale disturbances appear to be important for the successful
regeneration of Nothofagus. At higher elevations and latitudes, where site conditions are
generally suboptimal and the forest species diversity is low as a consequence, the
Nothofagus species regenerated after both large-scale (e.g., landslides, fires, blow-
downs) and small-scale, tree-fall disturbances.
In Tierra del Fuego, N. betuloides is capable of establishing in small canopy
gaps (Rebertus and Veblen 1993a, Gutiérrez 1994, Arroyo et al. 1996). Advance
regeneration present on the ground at the time of gap creation is released by the
formation of these small gaps in the canopy, that which is not killed or damaged by
falling canopy trees (Veblen et al. 1996). However, the establishment and growth of N.
betuloides can be impeded where there is a dense coverage of understorey trees and
shrubs such as Drimys winteri and Maytenus magellanica (Rebertus et al. 1993a,
Gutiérrez et al. 1991, Gutiérrez 1994, Veblen et al. 1996).
Since the late 19th century the forests of the coast and much of the interior of
southern Patagonia and Tierra del Fuego have been logged according to a selective
system of logging, known in the region as floreo. This means, the best, largest and
healthiest trees were selectively cut for timber, and the poor quality, badly formed and
unhealthy trees were left standing, or the remaining forests were simply burned
(Martínez Pastur et al. 2000, Cruz et al. 2007a).
At present, Chilean law dictates that N. betuloides forests suitable for timber
production must be managed according to either a selection or a shelterwood system
(Donoso 1981), both of which are designed to promote natural regeneration after
logging. However, many stands are still managed as floreo, or where the shelterwood
system is being applied only the regeneration felling is currently being applied (Cruz et
al. 2007a). Even if carried out correctly, the application of the shelterwood system will
result in a homogenisation and simplification of the typically uneven-aged structure of
this forest type (Cruz et al. 2008).
Chapter 1 Thesis review, Zusammenfassung and resumen
5
Very recently, there has been a trend towards an intensification of the utilisation
of N. betuloides forests. New studies of the ecology of the N. betuloides forests, their
distribution, silviculture, wood properties, industrial yields, and also the methods of
drying N. betuloides timber, have been carried out (see Cruz and Caldentey 2007).
An understanding of the natural stand dynamics of these forests, including the
role of natural disturbances, will provide the basis upon which they may be managed as
a renewable resource; that continues to provide the necessary timber while at the same
time preserving their species diversity and structural richness (Lindenmayer and
Franklin 2002).
1.1.3 Hypothesis and Objectives
The hypothesis central to this study is that the establishment and growth of
juvenile N. betuloides is affected by the occurrence of natural, small-scale disturbances
and the existence of a gradient in the below-canopy solar radiation, with solar radiation
penetrating into the stand through these gaps and extending outwards to areas below the
undisturbed forest canopy.
The principal objectives of this study are to:
1. characterise the small, naturally occurring canopy gaps in forests dominated by
N. betuloides,
2. analyse the canopy gap dynamics in forest dominated by N. betuloides,
3. compare canopy structure variables and below-canopy solar radiation using four
different programmes for the analysis of hemispherical photographs,
4. analyse the relationship between canopy structures and stand parameters and the
variation in the below-canopy solar radiation in the N. betuloides forest, and
5. determine the effects of the natural, small-scale disturbances on:
a. the below-canopy solar radiation environment,
b. the regeneration patterns (density and growth rates) of N. betuloides,
c. the radial growth responses of juvenile trees growing in the vicinity of
the canopy gaps.
Chapter 1 Thesis review, Zusammenfassung and resumen
6
1.1.4 Study Area
The study area is located at the ‘Estancia Olguita’ on the southeastern side of the
Río Cóndor (53 ° 59 ’ S, 69 ° 58 ’ W) and on the southwestern Chilean side of Tierra
del Fuego. Cattle grazing continues in the Río Cóndor valley to this day, where the low
riversides and the entire reverie are especially heavily impacted (Arroyo et al. 1996).
However, no evidence of cattle grazing was found in the study forest.
1.1.4.1 Forest vegetation
The study was conducted in two primary, uneven-aged old-growth forests with
no evidence of human impact. The natural state of these forests allowed for a study of
the effects of canopy disturbances on the below-canopy solar radiation environment, the
regeneration patterns, and the radial growth responses of juvenile N. betuloides trees.
Two forests of approximately 20 ha each one were studied, a pure N. betuloides forest
and a mixed evergreen-deciduous N. betuloides - N. pumilio forest. In the pure forest,
the complete work was carried out. In the mixed forest, only the natural small-scale
disturbances and the tree development processes were characterised.
The plant species diversity of the pure N. betuloides forest was low. There were
only few species in the shrub layer, which was dominated mainly by the tall shrub
Berberis ilicifolia. Less frequent and lower in cover were B. buxifolia, and the smaller
shrubs Pernettya mucronata, and P. pumila. The diversity of vascular plant species in
the ground flora was also low, the most frequent species being Adenocaulon chilense,
Luzuriaga marginata, Senecio acanthifolius, Rubus geoides, Uncinia lechleriana, the
ferns Blechnum penna-marina, Asplenium dareoides, Grammitis magellanica, and filmy
ferns, mostly Hymenophyllum secundum and H. tortuosum. A very pronounced layer of
abundant mosses and liverworts were found on the ground and on decaying tree trunks,
dominated by the mosses Dicranoloma chilense, D. robustum, and Pyrrhobryum
mnioides, and the liverworts Gakstroemia magellanica, Plagiochila obovata, and
Chiloscyphus magellanica. Worth mentioning are lichens like Cladonia sp. on the
ground and Pseudocyphellaria sp. on decaying tree trunks.
The mixed evergreen – deciduous N. betuloides – N. pumilio forest is regarded
as a transition between the evergreen and the deciduous Nothofagus forests. N.
betuloides dominates the more humid and poorly drained sites. Shrub coverage was
Chapter 1 Thesis review, Zusammenfassung and resumen
7
low, dominated by B. ilicifolia and P. mucronata. There were fewer filmy ferns
(Hymenophyllaceae family) and bryophyte species than in the pure N. betuloides forest
(Young 1972, McQueen 1976, Pisano 1977, Gajardo 1994, Luebert and Pliscoff 2006).
1.1.4.2 Site conditions
The climate of the area belongs to the Northern Antiboreal sub-zone, with a
mean air temperature between 9-9.5 °C during the warmest month of the year and
remaining above zero in the coldest month. The mean annual rainfall is around 500-600
mm, but can reach up to 900 mm. The wind direction is commonly west to
southwesterly, with average speeds between 14-22 km h-1 and maximum speed of > 100
km h-1 (Tuhkanen 1992).
The study area is part of the subalpine zone defined by Frederiksen (1988). The
relief is characterised by valleys running parallel to the Andes, which in most places
have been glacially deepened forming U-valleys. Two soil formation processes have
been described for N. betuloides forests, both of wich occurred in the study area. These
are podsolisation on well-drained sites, and hydromorphism in areas where there is
waterlogging (Pisano 1977, Puigdefábregas et al. 1999, Gerding and Thiers 2002,
Romanyà et al. 2005). The soils are normally shallow (< 50 cm), loamy in texture,
acidic (pH 3.4-5.5) and not very fertile (Gerding and Thiers 2002, Romanyà et al. 2005,
Thiers and Gerding 2007). The accumulation of deep layers of organic matter on the
forest floor and large amounts of decaying wood have been described for this forest type
in Tierra del Fuego (Gutiérrez et al. 1991). Most of the plant roots and nutrients are
located towards the bottom part of a thick raw humus layer, i.e., at soil depth of only 4-
10 cm (Pisano 1977, Gutiérrez et al. 1991, Gerding and Thiers 2002, Romanyà et al.
2005).
1.1.5 Data Collection
The data collection occurred over the course of two periods of field work, the
first of which lasted from January to March 2006. In this period the forest stands were
selected, and 36 parallel transects (300 m) were located at 30 m intervals. The transects
were used in the assessment of the canopy species compositions and the forest
structures employing the point-centred quarter method, and in the recording of the
Chapter 1 Thesis review, Zusammenfassung and resumen
8
canopy gaps. All characteristics of the canopy gaps were measured. Increment cores
were taken from tree trunks to assess the disturbance dynamics and radial growth
responses of juvenile trees. Thirteen canopy gaps in the pure N. betuloides forest were
selected for the study of the effects of the canopy gaps on the below-canopy solar
radiation and the regeneration. The transects were established running through the
canopy gap centres to the adjacent undisturbed canopies. The hemispherical
photographs were taken and plots for the seedling and sapling surveys were carried out.
The second period of field work lasted from January to February 2007. The data
collection focused on studying the effects of canopy structure and stand parameters on
the variability of solar radiation transmittance in the pure N. betuloides forest.
Hemispherical photographs were taken and stand measurements were made in fixed
plots of 225 m2.
In April 2007 another two sets of 26 hemispherical photographs were made in
two additional broadleaf forests in order to compare the estimates of the canopy
structures and below-canopy light environments provided by four different programmes
for the analysis of hemispherical photographs. One set of hemispherical photographs
came from the Weberstedter Holz in the Hainich National Park in Germany (51 ° 01 ’
N, 10 ° 04 ’ E), a temperate mixed deciduous beech forest on limestone, dominated by
Fagus sylvatica. The other set of hemispherical photographs was taken in a very humid
submontane tropical cloud forest, in the Sierra de Lema Forest (Canaima National Park)
in Venezuela (05 ° 53 ’ N, 61 ° 26 ’ W).
1.1.6 Thesis structure
Each of the following chapters of the thesis has been published on or submitted
to a scientific journal for publication. The paper title, the authorship, the relevant journal
and a brief summary is given for each.
Chapter 2 Nothofagus betuloides (Mirb.) Oerst 1871 (FAGALES:
NOTHOFAGACEAE) forests in southern Patagonia and Tierra del
Fuego
published on Anales del Instituto de la Patagonia 36: 53-68
Promis, A., Cruz, G., Reif, A., Gärtner, S.
Chapter 1 Thesis review, Zusammenfassung and resumen
9
The aim of this study was to review biological and ecological aspects of N.
betuloides, as well as the characteristics of the vegetation types where it occurs, the
forest structures, forest dynamics and the use of the forests in the past, present and
future. It is a review of the present state of knowledge in the relation to the
southernmost part of the species’ distribution.
Chapter 3 Small-scale natural disturbances and tree development processes in
two forests dominated by Nothofagus betuloides – A case study from
Tierra del Fuego
submitted
Promis, A., Gärtner, S., Reif, A., Cruz, G.
The objectives of the study were to compare the characteristics of natural canopy
gaps found in the pure N. betuloides forest and the mixed N. betuloides – N. pumilio
forest, and to analyse the gap dynamics and the role of natural disturbances in the radial
growth responses of juvenile trees. Two questions in particular were addressed: Do
juvenile N. betuloides trees growing in pure and mixed natural forests respond similarly
following the creation of small canopy gaps? In a mixed forest, do the responses of N.
betuloides and N. pumilio differ? The objective was to provide a deeper understanding
of the natural dynamics of these forest types in Tierra del Fuego.
Chapter 4 Comparison of canopy structures and solar radiation transmittances
estimated using four different programmes for the analysis of
hemispherical photographs
submitted
Promis, A., Gärtner, S., Butler-Manning, D., Durán-Rangel, C., Reif, A.,
Cruz, G., Hernández, L.
There have been many studies involving the use of hemispherical photographs to
estimate indirectly forest structures and below-canopy solar radiation environments.
There are both commercial and free software packages for the analysis of hemispherical
photographs. The costs of investment might represent an advantage of the free
programmes over the commercial, but are there differences in the usability and the
results provided by the different softwares? As yet, little has been documented about the
Chapter 1 Thesis review, Zusammenfassung and resumen
10
differences in their outputs and technical applications from a user (ecologists and
foresters) perspective. The objective was to show the most commonly used canopy
structures (canopy openness and effective plant area index) and below-canopy solar
radiation variables (direct, diffuse and global transmittances) estimated from digital
hemispherical photographs taken under two forest canopy conditions (gap and closed
canopy) and in forest located at different latitudes (northern, equatorial and southern
hemisphere).
Chapter 5 Effects of canopy structure and stand parameters on the variability
of solar radiation transmittance in an uneven-aged evergreen
Nothofagus betuloides forest
submitted
Promis, A., Schindler, D., Reif, A., Cruz, G.
There are knowledge gaps regarding the effects of canopy structure and stand
parameters on the spatial variation of the below-canopy solar radiation environment in
N. betuloides forests. The objectives of the study, therefore, were to analyse the effects
of the forest canopy on the transmittance of solar radiation to the forest floor, and to
evaluate whether canopy structures and stand parameters can explain the variation in the
below-canopy solar radiation in an uneven-aged N. betuloides forest.
Chapter 6 Effects of natural small-scale disturbances on understorey light and
regeneration patterns in an old-growth Nothofagus betuloides forest
in Tierra del Fuego, Chile
submitted
Promis, A., Gärtner, S., Reif, A., Cruz, G.
What are the effects of small canopy gaps on the regeneration dynamics of N.
betuloides forest? It is not yet known whether these small canopy gaps result in a
differentiation in the availability of the below-canopy solar radiation between areas
located beneath natural canopy gaps and areas beneath undisturbed canopy. If there are
differences in the solar radiation levels, do these influence the density and growth rates
of the young trees in the forest? Another question concerned whether the presence of
canopy gaps influences the browsing habits of Lama guanicoe and the age distribution
Chapter 1 Thesis review, Zusammenfassung and resumen
11
of the young trees in N. betuloides forest. All of these questions were addressed in the
study.
1.1.7 Short summary of results
The canopy gaps observed were small, with an average size of 51 m2 in the pure
N. betuloides forest and 107 m2 in the mixed N. betuloides – N. pumilio forest. Only 2.0
% of the total canopy area of the pure forest was covered by canopy gaps and 4.6 % by
expanded gaps. In the mixed forest the gap areas were 2.6 and 2.5 times greater,
respectively. An increase in the frequency of disturbances affecting the forests since
1920-30 was observed.
The mean number of gap-makers per gap, i.e., the trees that have created the
canopy gaps, was 2.2 trees in the pure forest and 2.5 trees in the mixed forest. The most
common type of damage in the pure forest was snapping, compared to uprooting in the
mixed forest.
The greatest changes in radial increment after release from restricted growth
were found for N. pumilio (18.4 %) and N. betuloides (11.2 %) growing in the mixed
forest and the lowest for N. betuloides (2.4 %) in the pure forest.
An analysis of hemispherical photographs using one commercial (HemiView)
and three free programmes (Gap Light Analyzer, hemIMAGE and Winphot) revealed
that all four programmes calculated similar canopy structures and below-canopy solar
radiation estimates. Only the effective plant area index with an ellipsoidal leaf angle
distribution calculated for canopy gaps demonstrated a weak correlation. Consequently,
the costs associated with the analysis of hemispherical photographs can be reduced by
using free software, which can be downloaded from the internet.
The below-canopy solar radiation in the N. betuloides forest was affected by a
high level of horizontal variability, the vertical heterogeneity of the forest canopy, and
also by the low angles of the sun’s path over the course of the growing season (October
to March). The below-canopy direct radiation appeared to be variable in space and time,
while the variability of the diffuse radiation was lower.
The direct solar radiation during the growing season correlated poorly with the
canopy structure and stand parameters, the variable that best fit the data was the plant
area index (R2 = 0.263). Although poorly correlated with simple stand parameters,
diffuse and global solar radiation were very sensitive to canopy openness (R2 = 0.963
Chapter 1 Thesis review, Zusammenfassung and resumen
12
and 0.833). However, using only variables of canopy structure and stands parameters
measured in the forest a high heterogeneity in the spatial structures of the uneven-aged
forest was found affecting the below-canopy diffuse and global solar radiation. This
explained 75 % of the variation in diffuse solar radiation and 73 % of global solar
radiation, when basal area, crown area projected to the ground, crown volume, stem
volume and the averaged equivalent crown radius were combined in a common model.
The availability of the non-cosine-corrected direct, diffuse and global solar
radiation transmitted into the pure forest ranged from 3.2 to 19.4 %, 3.1 to16.7 %, and
3.2 to 17.6 %, respectively.
The seedlings and saplings of N. betuloides showed the greatest shade tolerance,
compared to other South American Nothofagus species, regenerating even under very
shady conditions, and apparently not requiring the presence of large gaps to establish.
This resulted in a more continuous process of forest regeneration.
The solar radiation transmittances did not correlate with either the relative radial
growth or the relative height increment of the young trees. The growth of the young
trees correlated only with the age of the plants. Inverse polynomial curves explained 70
% of the variance in relative radial growth and 50 % of the variance in relative height
increment.
The proportions of seedlings browsed by L. guanicoe were low (0.7-2.8 % of the
total). Browsing damage to young trees was observed below canopy gaps as well as
beneath undisturbed canopies, demonstrating no particular habitat preference.
The heterogeneous canopy of the primary old-growth uneven-aged N. betuloides
forest with only very small canopy gaps produced a variety of mosaics in the
understorey with seedlings and saplings present in a large range of ages and heights.
These results suggest that N. betuloides exhibits greater shade-tolerance. It can
successfully grow beneath closed canopies and in the vicinity of very small canopy gaps
with low radial growth, until larger disturbances to the canopy bring abrupt increases.
Chapter 1 Thesis review, Zusammenfassung and resumen
13
1.2 Zusammenfassung
1.2.1 Einführung: Einfluss von Störungen auf die Verjüngung in Waldbeständen
Natürliche Pflanzengesellschaften sind räumlich heterogene, dynamische
Systeme (Sousa 1984). Störungen verändern die Struktur sowie die physikalische
Umwelt von Ökosystemen (White und Jentsch 2001). Aus diesem Grund wurden sie als
der Hauptfaktor, welcher die Struktur und Artenzusammensetzung beeinflusst,
angesehen (White 1979, Sousa 1984). Die Beschreibung von Störungsregimen ist also
ein wichtiger Schritt auf dem Weg zum Verständnis der natürlichen Dynamik in
Pflanzengesellschaften (White et al. 1999).
Störungen können abhängig von ihrer Art völlig unterschiedliche Auswirkungen
haben. Störungen unterscheiden sich in ihrem räumlichen (Größe und Form) und
zeitlichen Auftreten (Frequenz, Dauer, Zeitpunkt). Störungen können das gesamte
Ökosystem betreffen oder nur Teile (Arten, Altersklassen, Durchmesserklassen). Zudem
kann das Ausmaß der Störung sehr unterschiedlich sein (Sousa 1984, White et al. 1999).
Waldgesellschaften sind häufig Störungen ausgesetzt (Oliver und Larsern 1996). Die
Auswirkungen natürlicher Störungen auf die Dynamik und die Struktur von
Waldbeständen wurden in tropischen, temperaten und borealen Wäldern erforscht (Platt
und Strong 1989, Denslow und Spies 1990, McCarthy 2001, Kuuluvainen 2002).
Großflächige Störungen haben stärkere Auswirkungen als kleinflächige
Störungen, sie treten aber seltener auf (Sousa 1984, Turner et al. 1998). Kleine
Störungen durch das Absterben eines oder mehrer Bäume sind in alten
Waldökosystemen häufiger (Oliver und Larson 1996) und betreffen über längere Zeit
gesehen große Flächen (Spies et al. 1990).
Folglich beeinflusst in Waldökosystemen die Intensität von Störungen die
Bestandesstruktur, die Artenzusammensetzung, das Zuwachsverhalten der überlebenden
Bäume, die Verjüngungsdynamik und die Diversität (Connell 1978, Canham et al. 1994,
Oliver und Larson 1996).
Die Entwicklung von Verjüngung in Wäldern, hervorgerufen durch kleinflächige
Kronendachöffnungen, wurde als Lückendynamik beschreiben (Watt 1947).
Entstehende Lücken werden durch sich verjüngende Bäume gefüllt, von denen einer
oder mehrere die vorherigen Bäume im Kronendach ersetzt. Größere Lücken im
Chapter 1 Thesis review, Zusammenfassung and resumen
14
Kronendach können auch durch schattenintolerante Baumarten geschlossen werden,
kleine Unterbrechungen im Kronendach dagegen werden in der Regel durch
schattentolerante Arten gefüllt (Grubb 1977).
In Wäldern wird die Verfügbarkeit von Ressourcen, die für das
Pflanzenwachstum notwendig sind (Licht, Wasser, Nährelemente), durch Störungen und
das Auftreten von kleinen Öffnungen im Kronendach modifiziert (Canham und Marks
1985). Es entsteht ein Gradient unterschiedlicher Standortbedingungen vom Zentrum
einer Lücke bis zum ungestörten, die Lücke umgebenden Bestand (Riklefs 1977,
Denslow 1980). Die Standortbedingungen verändern sich, insbesondere wenn Bäume
entwurzelt oder abgebrochen sind, wodurch Mikrostandorte auf dem Waldboden
entstehen (Collins et al. 1985).
Die offensichtlichsten Veränderungen, verursacht durch Lücken im Kronendach,
können im Strahlungshaushalt des Bestandesinneren beobachtet werden (Canham et
al.1990, Gray et al. 2002). Um Walddynamik zu verstehen, ist es wichtig den Einfluss
des Strahlungshaushalts auf den Unterstand zu kennen. Der Strahlungshaushalt
beeinflusst den gesamten Verjüngungsvorgang wie die Keimung, die Etablierung von
Jungwüchsen, deren Wachstum und Überleben (Grant 1997). Unterschiede im
Strahlungshaushalt des Bestandesinneren innerhalb von Lücken sowie unter einem
geschlossenen Kronendach wurden für unterschiedliche Waldtypen beschrieben
(Denslow 1980, Canham et al. 1990, de Freitas und Enright 1995, Gray et al. 2002).
In vielen Forschungsprojekten wurden die Strahlungsintensitäten im
Bestandesinneren gemessen. Es wurde eine Anzahl von Messinstrumenten entwickelt,
die entweder die direkte oder die indirekte Strahlung im Bestandesinneren messen
können. Viele Ökologen und Forstwissenschaftler bevorzugen den indirekten Ansatz
um die Strahlungsintensität abzuschätzen, da bei der Messung von direkter Strahlung
eine Reihe von Problemen auftritt (Jennings et al. 1999). Hemisphärische Photographie
beispielsweise ist ein weit verbreitetes Mittel zur indirekten Berechnung der Strahlung
in Wäldern (Rich et al. 1993, Comeau et al. 1998, Gendron et al. 1998, Clearwater et al.
1999, Engelbrecht und Herz 2001).
Die räumliche Heterogenität und die damit verbundene Vielfalt an
unterschiedlichen Mikrostandorten führen zu ganz unterschiedlichen
Verjüngungsnischen, in denen sich unterschiedliche Arten etablieren und nebeneinander
koexistieren können (Grubb 1977). Selbst unter einem ungestörten Kronendach findet
man eine hohe kleinstandörtliche Heterogenität, da Kronendächer im Hinblick auf die
Chapter 1 Thesis review, Zusammenfassung and resumen
15
Artenzusammensetzung, die Höhe, die Dichte und den Blattflächenindex ganz
unterschiedlich gestaltet sein können (Lieberman et al. 1989, Veblen 1992).
Insbesondere in höheren Breitengraden fällt ein größerer Anteil der Sonnenstrahlung am
Rande der Lücke oder sogar im angrenzenden Bestand auf den Unterstand bzw.
Waldboden. Dies führt insgesamt gesehen zu homogeneren Strahlungsverhältnissen im
Bestandesinneren (Canham et al. 1990). Aus diesem Grund ist es möglich, dass die
Verjüngung von schattentoleranten Arten in größeren Breiten, also auch in den
Nothofagus-Wäldern der südlichen Hemisphäre, durch die Lückendynamik in Wäldern
nur relativ wenig beeinflusst wird (Canham 1990, Veblen 1992).
1.2.2 Die Nothofagus betuloides Wälder
Nothofagus betuloides ist eine immergrüne endemische Baumart der
chilenischen und argentinischen subantarktischen Wälder. In Chile bedecken die Wälder
mit N. betuloides als Haupt- oder Nebenbaumart eine Fläche von ungefähr 2,739,906
ha. Dies entspricht 20,4 % der gesamten nationalen Waldfläche Chiles (CONAF-
CONAMA 1999a). Von dieser Fläche gehören 1,793,098 ha zu der immergrünen N.
betuloides-Assoziation, die restlichen 947,808 ha gehören dem N. betuloides – N.
pumilio-Mischwäldern an. In Südpatagonien und der Tierra del Fuego wächst N.
betuloides auf ungefähr 1,396,947 ha. Dies entspricht 53% der gesamten Waldfläche.
Heute sind diese Wälder nicht mehr gefährdet, da mehr als 69% der Landfläche in
Südpatagonien und der Tierra del Fuego in „State Protected Wild Areas“ (SNASPE)
oder in privaten Naturreservaten (Karukinka), verwaltet durch die „Wild Conservation
Society“ (WCS), liegen (Arroyo et al. 1996, CONAF-CONAMA 1999b).
Natürliche groß- und kleinflächige Störungen in Nothofagus-Wäldern in Tierra
del Fuego werden vor allem durch starke Stürme verursacht (Rebertus et al. 1997,
Puigdefábregas et al. 1999). Stürme können großflächige Windwürfe ganzer
Waldbestände verursachen (Rebertus et al. 1997, Puigdefábregas et al. 1999).
Wellenartige Unterbrechungen des Kronendachs wurden in topografisch
windexponierten N. betuloides-, N. pumilio- Beständen sowie in Mischwäldern mit N.
betuloides und N. pumilio beobachtet (Rebertus und Veblen 1993b, Rebertus et al.
1993, Puigdefábregas et al. 1999). Kleinere Unterbrechungen des Kronendachs unter
200 m² entstehen durch Entwurzelung oder Stammbruch einzelner Bäume (Rebertus
und Veblen 1993a, Gutiérrez 1994). In reinen, alten N. betuloides- Primärwäldern von
Chapter 1 Thesis review, Zusammenfassung and resumen
16
Tierra del Fuego sind einzelne Lücken im Kronendach oftmals nicht deutlich sichtbar,
da die Lücken immer als mit dem vorhandenen Kronendach verflochtene
Lückenkomplexe auftreten (Rebertus und Veblen 1993a). An anderen Orten hat das
Vorhandensein von Verjüngungskegeln, angrenzend an Althölzer zum Entstehen von
„multi-kohorten“ mosaikartigen Bestandesstrukturen in Nothofagus-Wäldern geführt
(Gutiérrez et al. 1991).
Die Regenerationsdynamik der südlichen südamerikanischen Nothofagus-
Wälder und der Einfluss von Störungen auf die Verjüngung wurde von Veblen et al.
(1996) und Pollman und Veblen (2004) sehr gut zusammengefasst. Sie zeigten, dass in
niedrigen Meereshöhen und bei milderem Klima, wo Nothofagus-Arten mit anderen
schattentoleranten Baumarten vergesellschaftet sind und konkurrieren, großflächige
Störungen wichtig für die Verjüngung sind. In größeren Meereshöhen und höheren
Breitengraden, also unter suboptimalen Standortsbedingungen und geringerer
Artenvielfalt, scheinen die Nothofagus-Arten in der Lage zu sein, sich nach
großflächigen Störungen (z.B Erdrutsche, Waldbrände, Windwürfe) als auch nach
kleinflächigen Störungen zu verjüngen.
N. betuloides ist in Tierra del Fuego in der Lage, sich auch nach kleinflächigen
Störungen zu etablieren (Rebertus und Veblen 1993a, Gutiérrez 1994, Arroyo et al.
1996). Keimlinge, Jungwüchse und fortgeschrittenere Verjüngung, die zum Zeitpunkt
der Störung schon vorhanden sind, können entstandene Lücken schnell schließen, wenn
sie durch die Störung nicht beschädigt wurden (Veblen et al. 1996). Die Etablierung
und das Wachstum von N. betuloides kann aber durch dichte Bodenvegetation oder das
Vorhandensein von Sträuchern und Bäumen wie z.B. Drimys winteri oder Maytenus
magellanica verhindert werden (Rebertus et al. 1993a, Gutiérrez et al. 1991, Gutiérrez
1994, Veblen et al. 1996).
Seit dem späten 19. Jahrhundert wurden die Wälder an der Küste und ein großer
Teil der Wälder im Landesinneren im südlichen Patagonien und der Tierra del Fuego
einzelstammweise genutzt. Das waldbauliche Vorgehen ist unter dem Namen floreo in
der Region bekannt. Dies bedeutet, dass die qualitativ besten, größten und gesündesten
Bäume selektiv genutzt wurden, und die qualitativ schlechten, kranken Bäume stehen
gelassen wurden oder der verbleibende Wald völlig abgebrannt wurde (Martínez Pastur
et al. 2000, Cruz et al. 2007a).
Im Moment müssen die für die Holzproduktion geeigneten N. betuloides-
Wälder in Chile aufgrund gesetzlicher Bestimmungen entweder Plenterung oder im
Chapter 1 Thesis review, Zusammenfassung and resumen
17
Schirmschlagverfahren bewirtschaftet werden. Dadurch soll die natürliche Verjüngung
der Bestände nach der Holzernte gefördert werden. Trotzdem werden in der Praxis
immer noch viele Bestände in der herkömmlichen Weise (floreo) bewirtschaftet, oder
nur die Regenerationshiebe des Schirmschlagverfahrens werden durchgeführt (Cruz et
al. 2007a). Durch die Anwendung des Schirmschlagverfahrens wird es zu einer
Homogenisierung von Artenzusammensetzung und Strukturen dieser Wälder kommen
(Cruz et al. 2008).
Seit kurzem ist in Chile ein Trend hin zur Intensivierung der Nutzung von
Nothofagus-Wäldern zu beobachten. Neue Studien über die Ökologie der N. betuloides-
Wälder, ihre Verbreitung, Waldbau, Holzeigenschaften, Methoden zur Holztrocknung
und Erträge wurden durchgeführt (Cruz und Caldentey 2007).
Das Verständnis der natürlichen Bestandesdynamik inklusive der Rolle
natürlicher Störungen wird die Basis darstellen, aufgrund derer die Wälder als
erneuerbare Ressource unter Beibehaltung des Artenreichtums und der strukturellen
Vielfalt bewirtschaftet werden können (Lindenmayer und Franklin 2002).
1.2.3 Hypothesen und Ziele
Die zentrale Hypothese dieser Arbeit geht davon aus, dass die Etablierung und
das Wachstum von N. betuloides- Jungwüchsen durch das Vorhandensein von
kleinflächigen Störungen beeinflusst wird. Diese Störungen führen dazu, dass sich ein
Gradient verändernder Strahlungsbedingungen vom ungestörten Bestandesinneren hin
zum Zentrum kleinerer Lücken entwickelt.
Die Hauptziele dieser Studie sind:
1. Die natürlichen kleinflächigen Störungen im Kronendach in N. betuloides -
Wäldern werden charakterisiert,
2. die Dynamik von Lücken im Kronendach von N. betuloides- Wäldern werden
analysiert,
3. die Kronendachstruktur wird mit der Strahlungsintensität im Bestandesinneren
in Beziehung gesetzt und mit Hilfe von vier unterschiedlichen Programmen
analysiert,
4. die Zusammenhänge zwischen Struktur des Kronendachs, Bestandesparametern
und Unterschieden im Strahlungshaushalt des Bestandesinneren von N.
betuloides-Wäldern werden erklärt,
Chapter 1 Thesis review, Zusammenfassung and resumen
18
5. der Effekt natürlicher, kleinflächiger Störungen wird untersucht, hierbei auf
a. die Strahlungsverhältnisse im Bestandesinneren,
b. die Verjüngungsmuster (Dichte und Wachstumsraten) von N. betuloides
c. das Dickenwachstum junger, um die Störungsfläche herum stehender
Bäume.
1.2.4 Untersuchungsgebiete
Die Untersuchungsgebiete liegen am „Estancia Olguita“ an der südöstlichen
Seite des Río Cóndor (53 ° 59 ’ S, 69 ° 58 ’ W) sowie an der südwestlichen,
chilenischen Seite von Tierra del Fuego. Bis heute wird Waldweide im „Río Cóndor
Tal“ praktiziert, wo die niedrigen Flussauen stark durch den Menschen beeinflusst sind
(Arroyo et al. 1996). In den Untersuchungsgebieten wurden jedoch keine Hinweise auf
Verbiss durch Weidetiere gefunden.
1.2.4.1 Waldvegetation
Die Feldaufnahmen wurden in zwei primären, ungleichaltrigen Althölzern
durchgeführt. In beiden Beständen fanden sich keine Hinweise auf menschliche
Einflüsse. Der annähernd natürliche Zustand dieser Wälder erlaubte es, die Einflüsse
von Störungen im Kronendach auf den Strahlungshaushalt, die Verjüngungsmuster und
das Dickenwachstum junger N. betuloides-Bäume zu untersuchen. Zwei Waldbestände
mit einer Fläche von jeweils 20 ha wurden ausgewählt und im Detail untersucht. Es
handelte sich um einen reinen N. betuloides- Wald und einen gemischten N. betuloides
– N. pumilio- Bestand. In dem Reinbestand wurden alle Untersuchungsansätze verfolgt
und alle Methoden angewandt. Im Mischwald wurden die kleinflächigen Störungen
sowie Baumentwicklungsprozesse charakterisiert.
Der reine N. betuloides- Bestand erwies sich als relativ artenarm. In der
Strauchschicht fanden sich nur wenige Arten. Dominiert wurde die Strauchschicht
durch den hochwüchsigen Strauch Berberis ilicifolia. Weniger häufig und mit einer
geringeren Deckung kamen B. buxifolia und die kleineren Sträucher Pernettya
mucronata und P. pumila vor. In der Krautschicht fanden sich ebenfalls nur wenige
Arten. Die häufigsten Arten hier waren Adenocaulon chilense, Luzuriaga marginata,
Senecio acanthifolius, Rubus geoides, Uncinia lechleriana, die Farne Blechnum penna-
Chapter 1 Thesis review, Zusammenfassung and resumen
19
marina, Asplenium dareoides, Grammitis magellanica, und Hautfarne, insbesondere
Hymenophyllum secundum und H. tortuosum. Eine mächtige Moosschicht überzog den
Boden und vermodenrdes Todholz. Dominierende Arten der Moosschicht waren
Dicranoloma chilense, D. robustum und Pyrrhobryum mnioides sowie die Lebermoose
Gakstroemia magellanica, Plagiochila obovata und Chiloscyphus magellanica.
Ewähnenswerte Flechten waren Cladonia sp. auf dem Boden sowie Pseudocyphellaria
sp. auf Moderholz.
Der N. betuloides–N. pumilio-Mischwald kann als ein Übergang zwischen den
immergrünen Nothofagus-Wäldern und den Nothofagus-Laubwäldern angesehen
werden. N. betuloides dominierte vor allem auf den nässeren Standorten. Die Deckung
der Strauchschicht war niedrig. Dominierende Arten in der Strauchschicht waren B.
ilicifolia und P. mucronata. Es fanden sich weniger Hautfarne und Moose als in den
reinen N. betuloides-Wäldern (Young 1972, McQueen 1976, Pisano 1977, Gajardo
1994, Luebert und Pliscoff 2006).
1.2.4.2 Standortbedingungen
Das Untersuchungsgebiet befindet sich in der nördlichen antiborealen Sub-Zone.
Die Durchschnittstemperatur im Untersuchungsgebiet liegt zwischen 9,0 und 9,5 °C im
wärmsten Monat des Jahres. Im kältesten Monat bleibt die Temperatur über 0 °C. Es
fallen zwischen 500 und 600 mm Niederschläge pro Jahr, in Ausnahmefällen bis zu 900
mm. Der Wind weht gewöhnlich aus west bis südwest, mit durchschnittlichen
Windgeschwindigkeiten zwischen 14 und 22 km h-1. Die maximale
Windgeschwindigkeit liegt weit über 100 km h-1 (Tuhkanen 1992).
Von Frederiksen (1988) wurde das Untersuchungsgebiet der subalpinen Zone
zugeordnet. Das Relief ist charakterisiert durch während der Eiszeiten entstandene U-
Täler, die parallel zu den Anden verlaufen. Für die N. betuloides-Wälder wurden zwei
bodenbildende Prozesse beschrieben, welche auch im Untersuchungsgebiet zu erkennen
waren. Es handelt sich um Podsolierungsvorgänge auf gut entwässernden Standorten
sowie um hydromorphologische Prozesse auf stauwasserbeeinflussten Böden (Pisano
1977, Puigdefábregas et al. 1999, Gerding und Thiers 2002, Romanyà et al. 2005). Die
Böden sind in der Regel flachgründig (< 50 cm), lehmig, sauer (pH 3,4 – 5,5) sowie
nährstoffarm (Gerding und Thiers 2002, Romanyà et al. 2005, Thiers und Gerding
2007). Eine Akkumulation großer Humusauflagen auf dem Boden sowie die
Chapter 1 Thesis review, Zusammenfassung and resumen
20
Ansammlung großer Mengen an liegendem Todholz wurden für die Waldtypen in der
Tierra del Fuego bereits früher beschrieben (Gutiérrez et al. 1991). Die meisten Wurzeln
als auch die Nährelemente befinden sich im oberen Teil der dicken Rohhumusauflage in
einer Bodentiefe von nur 4 bis 10 cm (Pisano 1977, Gutiérrez et al. 1991, Gerding und
Thiers 2002, Romanyà et al. 2005).
1.2.5 Datenaufnahme
Die Geländeaufnahmen wurden in zwei Phasen durchgeführt. Die erste Phase
dauerte von Januar bis März 2006. In der ersten Phase wurden die
Untersuchungsbestände ausgewählt sowie 36 parallele Transekte (300 m) im Abstand
von 30m zueinander markiert. In den Transekten wurden die Baumarten, die das
Kronendach bilden, ermittelt, die Waldstruktur mit der „Point Centred Quarter Method“
erhoben und die Lücken im Kronendach aufgenommen. Alle Merkmale der Lücken im
Kronendach wurden gemessen. Es wurden Zuwachsbohrungen an einigen Bäumen
durchgeführt, um den Einfluss der Störungsdynamik auf das Zuwachsverhalten junger
Bäume abzuschätzen. 13 Lücken im Kronendach wurden ausgewählt, um den Effekt der
Lücken auf die Strahlungsverhältnisse im Bestandesinneren sowie auf die Verjüngung
der reinen N. betuloides-Wälder zu untersuchen. Transekte wurden vom Zentrum der
Lücken bis in den angrenzenden Bestand mit ungestörtem Kronendach angelegt.
Hemisphärische Fotografien wurden aufgenommen und Probepunkte für die
Sämlingsuntersuchungen ausgewählt.
Die zweite Phase der Geländeaufnahmen dauerte von Januar bis Februar 2007.
Der Schwerpunkt lag auf der Erhebung der Struktur des Kronendachs und den
Bestandesparametern sowie deren Auswirkungen auf die Strahlungsverhältnisse in
reinen N. betuloides-Wäldern. Es wurden erneut hemisphärische Fotografien
aufgenommen und Bestandesmessungen in 225 m2 großen Probepunkten durchgeführt.
Mit dem Ziel, die Struktur des Kronendachs mit der Strahlung im
Bestandesinneren zu vergleichen, und diese dann mit vier unterschiedlichen
Programmen zu berechnen, wurden im April 2007 zwei Sets hemisphärischer
Fotografien mit jeweils 26 Bildern in Laubwäldern aufgenommen und durch Vergleiche
mit entsprechenden Fotografien aus anderen Waldtypen der Erde analysiert. Eine
Bildreihe, aufgenommen von BUTLER-MANNING, stammt vom Weberstedter Holz im
Hainich Nationalpark in Deutschland (51 ° 01 ’ N, 10 ° 04 ’ E). Es handelt sich um
Chapter 1 Thesis review, Zusammenfassung and resumen
21
einen temperaten Buchenmischwald auf Kalkgestein. Die zweite Bildreihe,
aufgenommen von DURÁN RANGEL, stammt aus einem sehr feuchten submontanem
tropischen Nebelwald im „Sierra de Lema Forest“ (Canaima National Park) in
Venezuela (05 ° 53 ’ N, 61 ° 26 ’ W).
1.2.6 Struktur der Doktorarbeit
Die folgenden Kapitel der Doktorarbeit wurden entweder zur Publikation in
wissenschaftlichen Zeitschriften eingereicht oder publiziert:
Kapitel 2 Nothofagus betuloides (Mirb.) Oerst 1871 (FAGALES:
NOTHOFAGACEAE) forests in southern Patagonia and Tierra del
Fuego
Publiziert bei Anales del Instituto de la Patagonia 36: 53-68
Promis A, Cruz G, Reif A, Gärtner S
Das Ziel dieser Arbeit war die Erstellung eines Reviews über die Biologie und
die Ökologie von N. betuloides. Des Weiteren sollten die Pflanzengesellschaften, in
denen N. betuloides auftritt, die Walddynamik, die Waldnutzung in der Vergangenheit,
der Gegenwart und der Zukunft charakterisiert werden. Hierfür wurde der aktuelle
Stand des Wissens zusammen getragen.
Kapitel 3 Small-scale natural disturbances and tree development processes in
two forests dominated by Nothofagus betuloides – A case study from
Tierra del Fuego
Eingereicht
Promis A, Gärtner S, Reif A, Cruz G
Das Ziel der Untersuchung war der Vergleich natürlicher Kronendachlücken in
reinen N. betuloides Wäldern mit denen in gemischten N. betuloides – N. pumilio-
Wäldern. Die Lückendynamik sowie der Einfluss von Störungen auf das
Dickenwachstum junger Bäume wurden analysiert. Insbesondere zwei Fragen sollte
nachgegangen werden: Ist die durch die Entstehung von kleinen Lücken induzierte
Wachstumsreaktion junger Bäume in Rein- und Mischbeständen gleich? Unterscheiden
Chapter 1 Thesis review, Zusammenfassung and resumen
22
sich in Mischbeständen N. pumilio und N. betuloides in ihre Reaktion? Allgemein sollte
ein tieferes Verständnis für die natürliche Dynamik dieser Waldbestände in Tierra del
Fuego geschaffen werden.
Kapitel 4 Comparison of canopy structures and solar radiation transmittances
estimated using four different programmes for the analysis of
hemispherical photographs
Eingereicht
Promis A, Gärtner S, Butler-Manning D, Durán-Rangel C, Reif A, Cruz
G, Hernández L
Es wurde bereits eine Vielzahl unterschiedlicher Studien durchgeführt, in denen
indirekt mit Hilfe hemisphärischer Photografie die Bestandesstruktur sowie die
Strahlungsverhältnisse im Bestandesinneren beschrieben worden sind. Zur Auswertung
hemisphärischer Photografien stehen kommerziell vertriebene und im Netz frei
verfügbare Programme zur Verfügung. Die kostenlose Verfügbarkeit ist ein Vorteil der
Open Source Software. Es stellt sich jedoch die Frage, ob darüber hinaus auch
Unterschiede in der Nutzerfreundlichkeit sowie den berechneten Ergebnissen zwischen
den verschiedenen Programmen bestehen. Bis heute wurde wenig über die Unterschiede
der verschiedenen Programme geschrieben, insbesondere aus der Sicht eines Ökologen
oder Forstwissenschaftlers. Das Ziel dieser Arbeit war, die am häufigsten verwendeten
Kronendach- und Strahlungsparameter (Kronenschluss, Blattflächenindex, direkte und
indirekte Strahlung, Globalstrahlung) mit Hilfe hemisphärischer Fotografien zu
ermitteln. Es wurden Bestände mit unterschiedlichem Kronenschluss (durch Lücken
unterbrochener Kronenschluss, geschlossenes Kronendach) und Bestände
unterschiedlicher Breitengrade (nördliche und südliche Hemisphäre sowie am Äquator)
untersucht.
Kapitel 5 Effects of canopy structure and stand parameters on the variability
of solar radiation transmittance in an uneven-aged evergreen
Nothofagus betuloides forest
Eingereicht
Promis A, Schindler D, Reif A, Cruz G
Chapter 1 Thesis review, Zusammenfassung and resumen
23
Bisher ist über die Auswirkung der Struktur des Kronendachs und der
Bestandesparameter auf die räumliche Variabilität der Strahlungsverhältnisse in N.
betuloides- Beständen wenig bekannt. Aus diesem Grund war es Ziel dieser Studie, den
Effekt des Kronenschlusses auf die zum Waldboden durchdringende Strahlung zu
beschreiben. Zusätzlich sollte untersucht werden, ob Kronendachstruktur und
Bestandesparameter die Variabilität der Strahlungsverhältnisse in einem
ungleichaltrigen N. betuloides- Bestand erklären.
Kapitel 6 Effects of natural small-scale disturbances on understorey light and
regeneration patterns in an old-growth Nothofagus betuloides forest
in Tierra del Fuego, Chile
Eingereicht
Promis A, Gärtner S, Reif A, Cruz G
Untersucht wurden die Auswirkungen kleinflächiger Unterbrechungen im
Kronendach auf die Verjüngungsdynamik in N. betuloides- Wäldern. Kleine Lücken im
Kronendach führen zu Unterschieden der Lichtversorgung im Umfeld der Lücken. Es
stellt sich die Frage, wie stark diese unterschiedlichen Strahlungsverhältnisse die Dichte
und das Wachstum junger Bäume im Unterstand beeinflussen. Indirekt hängen davon
die Ausprägung der Bodenvegetation, ja sogar das Äsungsverhalten des Guanaco (Lama
guanicoe) ab. Weitere Forschungsfragen sind die Verteilung junger Bäume in N.
betuloides-Wäldern im Zusammenhang mit Bestandeslücken.
1.2.7 Ergebnisse
Die untersuchten Lücken im Kronendach waren relativ klein. So hatten die
Lücken im reinen N. betuloides-Bestand eine durchschnittliche Größe von 51 m². Die
Lücken in dem untersuchten N. betuloides – N. pumilio- Bestand hatten eine
durchschnittliche Größe von 107 m². Nur 2 % der gesamten Kronendachfläche waren
Lücken, 4,6 % konnten als erweiterte Lücken („expanded gaps“) eingestuft werden. Im
untersuchten Mischwald waren die Lücken 2,6- und 2,7-mal größer. Ein Ansteigen der
Häufigkeit von Störungen konnte für die Periode von 1920 bis 1930 beobachtet werden.
Die durchschnittliche Zahl an geworfenen Bäumen, durch welche die Lücken
entstanden sind, war im Reinbestand 2,2 und im Mischwald 2,5. Im Reinbestand
Chapter 1 Thesis review, Zusammenfassung and resumen
24
entstanden die Lücken meistens durch das Abbrechen einzelner Bäume, im Mischwald
dagegen durch die Entwurzelung von Bäumen.
Die größte Veränderung im radialen Zuwachsverhalten nach Freistellung konnte
für N. pumilio (18,4 %) und N. betuloides (11,2 %) im Mischwald festgestellt werden.
Der geringste Zuwachs wurde (bei kleineren Lücken!) bei N. betuloides (2,4 %) im
Reinbestand ermittelt werden.
Die Analyse der hemisphärischen Fotografien mit einem kommerziellen
vertriebenen (HemiView) und drei frei verfügbaren Software-Programmen (Gap Light
Analyzer, hemIMAGE and Winphot) zeigte, dass alle verwendeten Programme ähnliche
Kronendachstrukturen sowie Strahlungsverhältnisse für das Bestandesinnere
berechneten. Nur die Ergebnisse des Blattflächenindex, welche mit einem elliptischen
Blatt – Winkel – Verteilung („ellipsoidal leaf angle distribution“) für Lücken im
Kronendach berechnet wurde, zeigte eine schwache Korrelation. Die Kosten zur
Analyse hemisphärischer Photografien lassen sich also durch die Verwendung frei
verfügbarer Software, welche aus dem Internet herunter geladen werden kann,
reduzieren.
Die Höhe der Einstrahlung im Bestandesinneren des N. betuloides-Waldes
wurde durch eine hohe horizontale und vertikale Heterogenität im Bestandesaufbau
beeinflusst. Hinzu kommt der niedrige Winkel der Sonne während der
Vegetationsperiode (Oktober bis März). Die direkte Einstrahlung schien räumlich und
zeitlich stark zu variieren, während die indirekte Einstrahlung weitgehend konstant
blieb.
Die direkte Einstrahlung während der Vegetationsperiode zeigte eine geringe
Korrelation mit der Kronendachstruktur und den Bestandesparametern. Hierbei zeigte
der Blattflächenindex die beste Korrelation mit der Summe der direkten Einstrahlung
(R² = 0,263). Obwohl die diffuse und globale Strahlung kaum mit einfachen
Bestandesparametern korreliert werden konnte, besteht zwischen der Strahlungssumme
und dem Kronenschlussgrad ein starker Zusammenhang (R² = 0,963 und 0,833). Die
Kronendach- und Bestandesparameter weisen eine große räumliche Heterogenität auf,
welche die diffuse und globale Strahlung im Bestandesinneren beeinflusst. Durch die
Kombination der Grundfläche, der Kronenschirmfläche, des Kronenvolumens, des
Stammvolumens und dem durchschnittlichen Kronenradius in einem Modell konnten 75
% und 73 % der Variabilität der diffusen und globalen Strahlung erklärt werden. Die
Verfügbarkeit der nicht-Kosinus-korrigierten direkten, diffusen und globalen
Chapter 1 Thesis review, Zusammenfassung and resumen
25
Sonnenstrahlung, welche in den Reinbestand eindringen konnte, reichte von 3,2 bis 19,4
%, von 3,1 bis 16,7 % und von 3,2 bis 17,6 %.
Die Sämlinge und Jungwüchse von N. betuloides zeigten die größte
Schattentoleranz. N. betuloides verjüngt sich sogar unter sehr schattigen Bedingungen
und ist bei der Verjüngung offensichtlich nicht auf das Vorhandensein von Lücken im
Kronendach angewiesen. Dies führt zu einem kontinuierlich ablaufenden
Verjüngungsprozess in N. betuloides-Wäldern. Die Strahlungsmenge im
Bestandesinneren korrelierte weder mit dem relativen Dickenwachstum noch mit dem
relativen Zuwachs junger Bäume. Das Wachstum der jungen Bäume korrelierte nur mit
deren Alter. Inverse polynomische Kurve erklären 70% der Variabilität des radialen
Wachstums und 50 % der Variabilität des relativen Höhenzuwachses.
Der Anteil von durch Lama guanicoe verbissenen Sämlingen war sehr niedrig
(0,7-2,8 %). Der Verbiss junger Bäume war unter Lücken im Kronendach ebenso häufig
wie unter dem geschlossenen Kronendach.
Das heterogene Kronendach in dem primären, ungleichaltrigen N. betuloides-
Altholz mit nur sehr kleinen Öffnungen im Kronendach führte zu einem Mosaik
unterschiedlich alter und großer Jungwüchse im Unterstand.
Fazit: Die Ergebnisse deuten darauf hin, dass N. betuloides eine relativ hohe
Schattentoleranz aufweist. Die Baumart kann um sehr kleine Lücken herum mit
einem geringen Radialzuwachs ausharren und auf plötzliche, größere Störungen
im Kronendach mit erhöhtem Zuwachs reagieren.
1.3 Resumen
1.3.1 Introducción: Perturbación y Ecología de la Regeneración de Especies
Arbóreas en los Bosques
Las comunidades naturales de plantas son sistemas dinámicos que se encuentra
heterogéneamente distribuidas en el espacio (Sousa 1984). Las perturbaciones han sido
consideradas fuentes de gran impacto, las que afectan las estructuras de estas
comunidades así como también la composición de especies (White 1979, Sousa 1984),
pues modifican variables físicas y estructurales en los ecosistemas (White y Jentsch
Chapter 1 Thesis review, Zusammenfassung and resumen
26
2001). Así, la descripción de los regimenes de perturbaciones es un importante paso
hacia el entendimiento de la dinámica natural de las comunidades (White et al. 1999).
No todas las perturbaciones son parecidas, pues ellas difieren en patrones
espaciales (tamaño y forma), parámetros temporales (frecuencia, período de rotación,
estacionalidad), especificidad (probabilidad de perturbaciones por especies, edad, y
clases de tamaño), y magnitud (intensidad y severidad) (Sousa 1984, White et al. 1999).
Comunidades boscosas están frecuentemente sujetas a perturbaciones (Oliver y
Larson 1996). Los efectos de las perturbaciones naturales en la dinámica y estructura de
los bosques han sido estudiados en bosques tropicales, templados y boreales (Platt y
Strong 1989, Denslow y Spies 1990, McCarthy 2001, Kuuluvainen 2002).
Perturbaciones de gran escala son más severas que las de pequeña escala, sin
embargo son menos frecuentes (Sousa 1984, Turner et al. 1998). Perturbaciones de
pequeña escala, tales como los claros de dosel producidos por la muerte de uno o varios
árboles, pueden ser más frecuentes en ecosistemas forestales en fases maduras (Oliver y
Larson 1996) y afectan un área más grande en el tiempo (Spies et al. 1990).
Por lo tanto en ecosistemas forestales, la severidad de las perturbaciones influye
en las estructuras de rodal, en la composición de especies, en las tasas de crecimiento de
los árboles sobrevivientes, en la dinámica de la regeneración, y en la diversidad de
especies (Connell 1978, Canham et al. 1994, Oliver y Larson 1996).
La fase de desarrollo de un bosque afectado por perturbaciones de claros de
dosel de pequeña escala ha sido descrita como fase de claros (Watt 1947), donde la
regeneración de los árboles es estimulada por la muerte de uno o más árboles del dosel
arbóreo, llegando a ocupar el espacio y finalmente uno o varios de los árboles juveniles
remplazarán el o los árboles del dosel previamente muertos (Busing y Brokaw 2002).
Espacios dejados por claros de dosel grandes presentan una mayor probabilidad de ser
ocupados por especies arbóreas intolerantes a la sombra, mientras que los claros de
dosel pequeños son frecuentemente ocupados por especies arbóreas tolerantes a la
sombra (Grubb 1977).
En los bosques, las perturbaciones y la ocurrencia de claros de dosel modifican
la disponibilidad de recursos (luz, agua, nutrientes del suelo) requeridos para el
crecimiento de las plantas (Canham y Marks 1985). Así, se puede encontrar un
gradiente de condiciones de sitio diferentes, desde el centro de un área perturbada hasta
el bosque de las cercanías que no presenta signos de perturbación (Riklefs 1977,
Denslow 1980). Además, se alteran las condiciones del substrato, y nuevas condiciones
Chapter 1 Thesis review, Zusammenfassung and resumen
27
son creadas en el piso del bosque, particularmente cuando los árboles muertos son
descales o se produjeron porque el tronco se quebró (Collins et al. 1985).
El cambio más obvio debido a los claros de dosel puede ser observado en el
ambiente de radiación solar bajo el dosel arbóreo (Canham et al.1990, Gray et al. 2002).
La comprensión de los efectos de la radiación solar en el interior del bosque es
importante para entender las dinámicas forestales, pues la radiación solar afecta los
patrones de regeneración de las plantas, tales como la germinación, el establecimiento,
el crecimiento y la sobrevivencia (Grant 1997). Diferencias en la radiación solar dentro
de claros de dosel y bajo doseles cerrados han sido descritas para diferentes tipos
forestales (Denslow 1980, Canham et al. 1990, de Freitas y Enright 1995, Gray et al.
2002).
Consiguientemente ha habido mucho interés en medir la radiación solar bajo el
dosel arbóreo. Varios instrumentos han sido desarrollados para medir directa o
indirectamente el ambiente de la radiación solar en el interior de un bosque. Ecologistas
y silvicultores prefieren muchas veces aproximaciones indirectas para estimar la
radiación solar, debido a las dificultades inherentes en la medición de la radiación solar
directamente (Jennings et al. 1999). Fotografías hemisféricas han sido una herramienta
ampliamente usada para calcular indirectamente el ambiente de la radiación solar en el
interior de los bosques. Varios estudios, que han utilizado esta herramienta, han
mostrado patrones similares de la radiación solar en el interior del bosque (Rich et al.
1993, Comeau et al. 1998, Gendron et al. 1998, Clearwater et al. 1999, Engelbrecht y
Herz 2001).
Por lo tanto, la heterogeneidad especial de microambientes en el bosque, referido
al nicho de regeneración, facilita el establecimiento de las plantas de regeneración de
diferentes especies arbóreas y promueve la coexistencia de especies (Grubb 1977).
Sin embargo, existe también una alta heterogeneidad bajo los doseles no
perturbados debido a las variaciones en el dosel, tales como la composición, la altura, la
espesura y la densidad del follaje (Lieberman et al. 1989, Veblen 1992). Particularmente
a altas latitudes, una gran y significante proporción de la radiación solar alcanza el piso
del bosque más allá de los límites de los claros del dosel, produciendo una más
homogénea distribución de la radiación solar dentro del rodal (Canham et al. 1990). Por
lo tanto, a altas latitudes, donde se presentan bosques como los de Nothofagus en el
hemisferio sur, la dinámica de la regeneración, especialmente de especies tolerantes a la
Chapter 1 Thesis review, Zusammenfassung and resumen
28
sombra, puede ser menos afectada por los mismos claros de dosel (Canham 1990,
Veblen 1992).
1.3.2 Los Bosques de Nothofagus betuloides
Nothofagus betuloides es una especie arbórea siempreverde endémica de los
bosques subantárticos de Chile y Argentina. En Chile, la superficie de bosques en los
que participa N. betuloides alcanza aproximadamente 2.739.906 ha, correspondiendo al
20,4 % de la superficie nacional de bosques (CONAF-CONAMA 1999a). De esta
superficie, 1.793.098 ha corresponden al tipo forestal siempreverde de N. betuloides y
946.808 ha conforman el subtipo forestal siempreverde - deciduo de N. betuloides – N.
pumilio. N. betuloides se presenta aproximadamente en 1.396.947 ha en la Patagonia
Austral y en Tierra del Fuego (53 % de la superficie total de bosques). Actualmente
estos bosques no se encuentran en peligro, pues al menos más del 69 % de la superficie
de bosques en la Patagonia Austral y en Tierra del Fuego se encuentran dentro del
Sistema Nacional de Áreas Silvestres Protegidas del Estado (SNASPE) o forman parte
de un parque natural privado en el lado chileno de Tierra del Fuego (Karukinka)
administrado por Wildlife Conservation Society (WCS) (Arroyo et al. 1996, CONAF-
CONAMA 1999b).
Perturbaciones naturales de gran y pequeña escala afectan los bosques de
Nothofagus en Tierra del Fuego. Estos bosques son modelados por la ocurrencia de
fuertes vientos (Rebertus et al. 1997, Puigdefábregas et al. 1999). Tormentas de viento
pueden causar la caída de la mayoría de los árboles de un rodal (Rebertus et al. 1997,
Puigdefábregas et al. 1999), y patrones de bandas de mortalidad en sitios predispuestos
a fuertes vientos han sido reportados para bosques puros de N. betuloides, de N.
pumilio, y también para bosques mixtos de N. betuloides - N. pumilio (Rebertus y
Veblen 1993b, Rebertus et al. 1993, Puigdefábregas et al. 1999). Claros de dosel de
tamaños menores a 200 m2 en superficie son creados por la caída de árboles producida
por la acción del viento (Rebertus y Veblen 1993a, Gutiérrez 1994). Sin embargo, en
bosques adultos, vírgenes y puros de N. betuloides en Tierra del Fuego, los discretos
claros de dosel pueden no ser aparentes, y estas aberturas ocurren generalmente como
un complejo de claros entretejidos en el dosel (Rebertus y Veblen 1993a). También, la
presencia de manchas de árboles juveniles colindantes a grandes parches de bosques
Chapter 1 Thesis review, Zusammenfassung and resumen
29
adultos ha formado una estructura de rodal multietánea, lo que resulta en un patrón de
mosaico de parches en estos bosques de Nothofagus (Gutiérrez et al. 1991).
La dinámica de regeneración de los bosques australes sudamericanos de
Nothofagus y la importancia de las perturbaciones en ella ha sido bien resumida por
Veblen et al. (1996) y Pollmann y Veblen (2004). Ellos demostraron que a bajas
elevaciones, en condiciones de clima templado, donde especies de Nothofagus compiten
con otras especies forestales tolerantes a la sombra, perturbaciones de gran escala
parecen ser importantes para la regeneración de Nothofagus. A elevaciones más altas, en
sitios de condiciones subóptimas, donde la riqueza de especies forestales es menor, las
especies de Nothofagus parecen ser capaces de regenerar tanto después de
perturbaciones de gran escala (deslizamientos de tierra, fuego, caída masiva de árboles
por efecto del viento), así como también después de la ocurrencia de perturbaciones de
pequeña escala o claros de dosel, donde pocos árboles mueren.
N. betuloides en Tierra del Fuego es capaz de establecerse en claros de dosel de
pequeña escala (Rebertus y Veblen 1993a, Gutiérrez 1994, Arroyo et al. 1996). Plantas
de regeneración, regeneración avanzada y árboles jóvenes presentes al momento de la
formación del claro, y que no han sido dañados ni muertos, son liberados por la creación
de esta perturbación en el dosel de pequeña escala (Veblen et al. 1996). Sin embargo, el
establecimiento y crecimiento de N. betuloides pueden ser impedidos si existe un alto
nivel de cobertura de árboles y arbustos en el sotobosque tales como Drimys winteri y
Maytenus magellanica (Rebertus et al. 1993a, Gutiérrez et al. 1991, Gutiérrez 1994,
Veblen et al. 1996).
Desde finales del siglo 19 bosques costeros y del interior de la Patagonia Austral
y de Tierra del Fuego han sido intervenidos a través de un sistema selectivo de corta de
árboles conocido como floreo. Con este sistema se cortaban selectivamente los mejores
árboles desde un punto de vista maderero, y eran dejados en pie aquellos árboles que
presentaban mala forma y con bajas calidades madereras, o simplemente el bosque era
quemado después de la corta (Martínez Pastur et al. 2000, Cruz et al. 2007a).
Actualmente la legislación forestal chilena especifica que los bosques
productivos de N. betuloides, desde un punto de vista maderero, deben ser manejados
bajo los sistemas silviculturales de cortas de protección o de selección (Donoso 1981),
ambos diseñados para promover regeneración natural después de la cosecha. Sin
embargo, muchos rodales todavía son intervenidos a través del floreo, o solamente ha
sido aplicada la corta de regeneración del sistema silvicultural de cortas de protección
Chapter 1 Thesis review, Zusammenfassung and resumen
30
(Cruz et al. 2007a). Sin embargo, la aplicación del sistema silvicultural de cortas de
protección promueve una homogenización y simplificación de la típica estructura
multietánea de estos bosques (Cruz et al. 2008).
Recientemente ha existido una tendencia a la intensificación de la utilización de
los bosques de N. betuloides. Nuevos estudios han sido llevados respecto a la ecología
de estos bosques, su distribución, silvicultura, propiedades de la madera y de su secado,
y de producción maderera industrial (ver Cruz y Caldentey 2007).
La comprensión de la dinámica natural de rodales incluyendo el rol de las
perturbaciones naturales debería proveer la base en la cual estos bosques deberían ser
manejados como un recurso renovable, preservando la diversidad de especies y la
riqueza estructural (Lindenmayer y Franklin 2002).
1.3.3 Hipótesis y Objetivos
La hipótesis central de este estudio es que el establecimiento y el crecimiento de
árboles juveniles de Nothofagus betuloides son afectados por la ocurrencia de
perturbaciones de pequeña escala, debido a la existencia de un gradiente de condiciones
de radiación solar bajo el dosel del bosque, el que se extendería desde los claros de
dosel hasta bajo el dosel del bosque no perturbado.
Los principales objetivos del estudio son:
1. caracterizar las perturbaciones de pequeña escala de claros de dosel en bosques
dominados por N. betuloides,
2. analizar la dinámica de claros de dosel en bosques dominados por N. betuloides,
3. comparar variables de estructura de rodal y de transmisión de radiación solar
bajo el dosel del bosque usando cuatro programas diferentes para el análisis de
fotografías hemisféricas,
4. analizar como las estructuras del dosel y los parámetros de rodal explican la
variación en la radiación solar bajo el dosel de un bosque de N. betuloides
5. determinar los efectos de las perturbaciones de pequeña escala en:
a. las condiciones de radiación solar bajo el dosel del bosque,
b. los patrones de la regeneración (densidad y tasas de crecimiento) de N.
betuloides,
c. las respuestas de crecimiento radial de árboles juveniles que se
encuentran creciendo al rededor de los claros de dosel.
Chapter 1 Thesis review, Zusammenfassung and resumen
31
1.3.4 Área de Estudio
El área estudio se localiza al suroeste del lado chileno de Tierra del Fuego, en la
“Estancia Olguita”, específicamente en la vertiente sureste del Río Cóndor (53 ° 59 ’ S,
69 ° 58 ’ W). Hasta la fecha todavía existe pastoreo en el valle del Río Cóndor, el que se
debe principalmente a ganado vacuno, donde han sido fuertemente impactadas las
terrazas ribereñas bajas del río (Arroyo et al. 1996). Sin embargo en el área de estudio
no fueron encontradas evidencias de pastoreo por ganado.
1.3.4.1 Vegetación
El estudio fue llevado a cabo en dos bosques primarios y maduros que
presentaron una estructura multietánea, y no evidenciaban alteración antrópica. Así, el
estado natural de estos bosques nos permiten estudiar el efecto de las perturbaciones en
el dosel arbóreo sobre la radiación solar en el interior del bosque, los patrones de la
regeneración y las respuestas del crecimiento radial de los árboles juveniles de N.
betuloides. Dos bosques, de aproximadamente 20 ha cada uno, fueron estudiados, un
bosque puro de N. betuloides y un bosque mixto siempreverde-deciduo de N. betuloides
- N. pumilio. En el bosque puro se llevo a cabo completamente el trabajo. Mientras que
en el bosque mixto fueron solamente caracterizadas las perturbaciones de pequeña
escala y los procesos de desarrollo de los árboles.
El bosque puro de N. betuloides tenía una baja riqueza de especies de plantas.
Pocas especies arbustivas fueron encontradas, siendo la más frecuente y abundante en
cobertura el arbusto Berberis ilicifolia. Menos frecuentes y con menores coberturas
fueron encontradas B. buxifolia, Pernettya mucronata, y P. pumila. La riqueza de
especies de plantas vasculares que crecen en el piso del bosque también fue baja, siendo
las más frecuentes Adenocaulon chilense, Luzuriaga marginata, Senecio acanthifolius,
Rubus geoides, Uncinia lechleriana, y los helechos Blechnum penna-marina, Asplenium
dareoides, Grammitis magellanica, y los helechos película, mayoritariamente
Hymenophyllum secundum e H. tortuosum. Sin embargo, fue encontrada sobre el suelo
y madera en descomposición una abundante y profunda capa de musgos y hepáticas, la
que estaba dominada por las especies de musgos Dicranoloma chilense, D. robustum, y
Pyrrhobryum mnioides, y las hepáticas Gakstroemia magellanica, Plagiochila obovata,
y Chiloscyphus magellanica. Digno de mencionar son los líquenes como los del género
Chapter 1 Thesis review, Zusammenfassung and resumen
32
Cladonia sp. los que fueron encontrados creciendo sobre el suelo y los del género
Pseudocyphellaria sp. sobre madera en descomposición.
El bosque mixto siempreverde-deciduo de N. betuloides – N. pumilio puede ser
considerado como una transición entre los bosques de Nothofagus siempreverdes y
deciduos. N. betuloides domina los sitios más húmedos y pobremente drenados. La
cobertura arbustiva en el interior del bosque fue baja, dominada por B. ilicifolia y P.
mucronata. El sotobosque presentó menor cantidad de helechos películas (familia
Hymenophyllaceae) y de especies de briófitas que el bosque puro de N. betuloides
mencionado anteriormente (Young 1972, McQueen 1976, Pisano 1977, Gajardo 1994,
Luebert y Pliscoff 2006).
1.3.4.2 Condiciones del sitio
Climáticamente el área de estudio se inserta en la subzona Antiboreal del norte,
que presenta una temperatura media del aire en el mes más cálido de entre 9.0 - 9.5 °C y
para el mes más frío mayor a 0 ºC. La precipitación anual promedio es
aproximadamente entre 500 y 600 mm, pero puede alcanzar valores de hasta 900 mm.
Los vientos generalmente provienen del oeste y suroeste, registrándose velocidades
promedio de entre 14 y 22 km h-1 y velocidades máximas sobre 100 km h-1 (Tuhkanen
1992).
El área de estudio es parte de la zona subalpina definida por Frederiksen (1988).
El relieve es caracterizado por valles que corren paralelos a los Andes, los que fueron
profundamente modificados por la glaciación. Dos tipos de suelos han sido descritos
para los bosques de N. betuloides, los que también fueron encontrados en el área de
estudio. Suelos podzólicos en los sitios bien drenados, y suelos muy húmedos en áreas
mal drenadas y con condiciones de anegamiento moderadas a altas (Pisano 1977,
Puigdefábregas et al. 1999, Gerding y Thiers 2002, Romanyà et al. 2005). Los suelos
son normalmente delgados (< 50 cm), de textura arcillosa, ácidos (pH 3.4-5.5) y no muy
fértiles (Gerding y Thiers 2002, Romanyà et al. 2005, Thiers y Gerding 2007). Una
enorme acumulación de materia orgánica en el suelo y grandes cantidades de madera en
descomposición han sido descritos para este tipo forestal en Tierra del Fuego (Gutiérrez
et al. 1991). La mayoría de las raíces de las plantas y de los nutrientes están localizadas
en la parte baja de una gruesa capa de humus, a una profundidad aproximada en el suelo
Chapter 1 Thesis review, Zusammenfassung and resumen
33
de entre 4 y 10 cm (Pisano 1977, Gutiérrez et al. 1991, Gerding y Thiers 2002,
Romanyà et al. 2005).
1.3.5 Toma de Datos
Se llevaron a cabo en total dos períodos de toma de datos en terreno.
El primer período de trabajo de campo se prolongó desde Enero a Marzo de
2006. En este período se seleccionaron los rodales y se trazaron 36 transectos paralelos
de 300 m a intervalos de 30 m cada uno. Los transectos fueron usados tanto para hacer
la descripción de la estructura de los bosques y de la composición de especies a través
del método de los cuartos, así como también para registrar los claros de dosel. Todas las
características de los claros de dosel encontrados fueron medidas. Tarugos de
incremento fueron tomados a árboles juveniles para posteriormente evaluar la dinámica
de las perturbaciones y las respuestas de crecimiento radial de los árboles. Un total de
13 claros de dosel fueron seleccionados para estudiar sus efectos sobre la radiación solar
en el interior del bosque, y sobre la regeneración en el bosque puro de N. betuloides. Un
transecto fue trazado en cada uno de los claros de dosel. Estos transectos iban desde el
centro del claro de dosel hasta el interior del bosque adyacente no perturbado. Las
fotografías hemisféricas fueron tomadas, y también fueron instaladas las parcelas para el
muestreo de las plantas de regeneración.
El segundo trabajo de campo se prolongó desde Enero a Febrero de 2007. La
toma de datos se enfocó en el estudio de los efectos de las estructuras del dosel y los
parámetros de rodal en la variabilidad de la transmisión de radiación solar en el bosque
puro de N. betuloides. Las fotografías hemisféricas fueron tomadas y las mediciones de
rodal fueron hechas en parcelas fijas de 225 m2.
Además, durante Abril de 2007 dos juegos de 26 fotografías hemisféricas,
tomadas en otros bosques de latifoliadas, fueron pedidas prestadas. Esto con el ánimo de
comparar las variables de estructuras de rodal y transmisiones de radiación solar en el
interior del bosque estimadas usando cuatro programas diferentes para el análisis de las
fotografías hemisféricas. Un juego de fotografías hemisféricas fue tomado en un bosque
mixto deciduo dominado por Fagus sylvatica, creciendo en suelo de piedra caliza,
localizado en el Parque Nacional de Weberstedter Holz en Alemania (51 ° 01 ’ N, 10 °
04 ’ E). El otro juego de fotografías hemisféricas fue tomado en un bosque tropical
Chapter 1 Thesis review, Zusammenfassung and resumen
34
submontano nublado, muy húmedo, localizado en el Bosque de Sierra de Lema (Parque
Nacional Canaima) en Venezuela (05 ° 53 ’ N, 61 ° 26 ’ W).
1.3.6 Estructura de la Tesis
Los siguientes capítulos de la tesis fueron publicados o sometidos a publicación
a revistas científicas.
Capítulo 2 Nothofagus betuloides (Mirb.) Oerst 1871 (FAGALES:
NOTHOFAGACEAE) forests in southern Patagonia and Tierra del
Fuego
publicado en Anales del Instituto de la Patagonia 36: 53-68
Promis, A., Cruz, G., Reif, A., Gärtner, S.
El ánimo de este trabajo fue revisar los aspectos biológicos y ecológicos de N.
betuloides, así cómo también las características de los tipos vegetacionales donde
ocurre, estructuras de los bosques, dinámica de los bosques, y uso de los bosques en el
pasado, el presente y el futuro. Por lo tanto, fue revisado el presente estado del arte de la
especie, con especial énfasis en su distribución austral.
Capítulo 3 Small-scale natural disturbances and tree development processes in
two forests dominated by Nothofagus betuloides – A case study from
Tierra del Fuego
sometido
Promis, A., Gärtner, S., Reif, A., Cruz, G.
Los objetivos de este estudio fueron comparar las características de los claros de
dosel formados naturalmente en un bosque puro de N. betuloides y en un bosque mixto
de N. betuloides – N. pumilio, analizar la dinámica de los claros y el rol de las
perturbaciones naturales en el crecimiento radial de los árboles juveniles. Dos preguntas
fueron establecidas. ¿Son similares las respuestas de los árboles juveniles de N.
betuloides que crecen en bosques puros y mixtos después de la creación de pequeños
claros de dosel? ¿En bosques mixtos, las respuestas de N. pumilio y N. betuloides son
Chapter 1 Thesis review, Zusammenfassung and resumen
35
diferentes? La idea fue la de entregar una profunda comprensión de la dinámica natural
de estos tipos de bosques den Tierra del Fuego.
Capítulo 4 Comparison of canopy structures and solar radiation transmittances
estimated using four different programmes for the analysis of
hemispherical photographs
sometido
Promis, A., Gärtner, S., Butler-Manning, D., Durán-Rangel, C., Reif, A.,
Cruz, G., Hernández, L.
Existen muchas investigaciones en las que se han usado las fotografías
hemisféricas para estimar indirectamente las estructuras del bosque y el ambiente de
radiación solar bajo el dosel arbóreo. Para el análisis de las fotografías hemisféricas
existen programas computacionales gratis y otros que deben ser comprados. El costo de
inversión podría representar una ventaja de los programas computacionales que son
gratis sobre los que deben ser comprados. Sin embargo, ¿existen diferencias en la
utilización y los resultados obtenidos por los diferentes tipos de programas
computacionales? Además, poco ha sido documentado respecto a las diferencias en los
resultados y en las aplicaciones técnicas de los programas computacionales desde un
punto de vista del usuario (ecologistas y silvicultores). El objetivo fue comparar los
resultados de las variables usadas comúnmente, de estructuras de dosel (abertura de
dosel e índice de área de planta) y transmisiones de radiación solar (directa, difusa y
global) en el interior del bosque, estimadas a partir de fotografías hemisféricas usando
cuatro programas computacionales, en dos condiciones de dosel de copa (claros de
dosel y doseles cerrados), y en bosques localizados a diferentes latitudes (hemisferios
norte y sur y zona ecuatorial).
Capítulo 5 Effects of canopy structure and stand parameters on the variability
of solar radiation transmittance in an uneven-aged evergreen
Nothofagus betuloides forest
sometido
Promis, A., Schindler, D., Reif, A., Cruz, G.
Chapter 1 Thesis review, Zusammenfassung and resumen
36
Debido a la falta de conocimientos respecto a los efectos de las estructuras del
dosel y los parámetros de rodal en la variación espacial de la radiación solar bajo el
dosel de copas en bosques de N. betuloides, el objetivo fue analizar los efectos del dosel
en la transmisión de la radiación solar al piso del bosque, y evaluar si las estructuras del
dosel y los parámetros del rodal explican la variación en la radiación solar bajo el dosel
de copas en un bosque multietáneo de N. betuloides.
Capítulo 6 Effects of natural small-scale disturbances on understorey light and
regeneration patterns in an old-growth Nothofagus betuloides forest
in Tierra del Fuego, Chile
sometido
Promis, A., Gärtner, S., Reif, A., Cruz, G.
¿Cuáles son los efectos de los claros de dosel de pequeña escala en las dinámicas
de la regeneración en el bosque de N. betuloides? No se sabe si estos pequeños claros de
dosel resultan en una disponibilidad de radiación solar diferente bajo el dosel de copas
entre áreas bajo claros de dosel y aquellas partes del dosel del bosque no perturbadas. Si
hay diferencias en las transmisiones de radiación solar, ¿éstas influyen la densidad y las
tasas de crecimiento de los árboles jóvenes en este bosque? ¿Los claros de dosel
influyen los hábitos de ramoneo de Lama guanicoe y la distribución de edades de los
árboles jóvenes en el bosque de N. betuloides? Todas estas preguntas fueron explicadas
con el estudio.
1.3.7 Resumen de los resultados
Los claros de dosel encontrados fueron pequeños, con un tamaño promedio de
51 m2 en el bosque puro de N. betuloides y 107 m2 en el bosque mixto de N. betuloides
– N. pumilio. Solo 2,0 % del dosel de copas del bosque puro correspondió a claros de
dosel, y 4,6 % a claros de dosel expandidos. En el bosque mixto las áreas del dosel en
claros fueron 2,6 y 2,5 veces más grandes, respectivamente. Un incremento en la
frecuencia de las perturbaciones fue estimado desde los años 1920-30.
El número promedio de árboles que han creado los claros de dosel fue de 2,2
árboles por claro en el bosque puro y 2,5 árboles por claro en el bosque mixto. El tipo
Chapter 1 Thesis review, Zusammenfassung and resumen
37
de daño más frecuente fue el de troncos quebrados en el bosque puro y de descalces en
el bosque mixto.
Los mayores cambios en incremento radial después de la liberación de períodos
de crecimiento restringido fueron registrados para N. pumilio (18,4 %) y N. betuloides
(11,2 %) creciendo en el bosque mixto, en cambio los menores se encontraron para N.
betuloides (2,4 %) en el bosque puro.
A partir del análisis de fotografías hemisféricas usando un programa
computacional comercial (HemiView) y tres programas computacionales gratis (Gap
Light Analyzer, hemIMAGE y Winphot) se demostró que todos los programas
calcularon estimaciones similares respecto a estructuras del dosel de copas y el medio
ambiente de radiación solar en el interior del bosque. Solo los resultados de índice de
área de planta efectiva medida con una distribución elíptica del ángulo de hoja,
calculado en claros de dosel, demostró una correlación baja. Por lo tanto, se podrían
reducir los costos asociados con los análisis de fotografías hemisféricas usando
programas computacionales gratis, los cuales pueden ser obtenidos a través de Internet.
La radiación solar transmitida bajo el dosel de copas en e bosque de N.
betuloides fue afectada por un alto nivel de variabilidad horizontal, una heterogeneidad
vertical del dosel de copas, y también por menores ángulos de la trayectoria del sol
durante la estación de crecimiento vegetacional (entre Octubre y Marzo). La radiación
solar directa bajo el dosel de copas mostró ser variable tanto en el espacio como
también en el tiempo, mientras la transmisión de la radiación solar difusa mostró menor
variabilidad.
El monto de radiación solar directa en la estación de crecimiento vegetativo
mostró una baja correlación con las estructuras del dosel y los parámetros de rodal,
siendo el índice de área de planta, la variable que mejor se ajusta a los datos (R2 =
0.263). Aunque pobremente correlacionadas con los parámetros de rodal, las
radiaciones solares difusa y global estimadas durante la estación de crecimiento
vegetativo fueron sensitivas a la variable de abertura del dosel (R2 = 0.963 y 0.833,
respectivamente). Una alta heterogeneidad en las estructuras espaciales del bosque
multietáneo fue encontrada, la que afectaría las radiaciones solares difusa y global en el
interior del bosque. 75 % y 73 % de las variaciones en las radiaciones solares difusa y
global, respectivamente, estimadas durante el período de crecimiento vegetativo, fueron
explicadas cuando fueron combinadas en un modelo las variables de área basal,
proyección de área de copa, volumen de copa y el radio equivalente de copa medio.
Chapter 1 Thesis review, Zusammenfassung and resumen
38
Las transmisiones de las radiaciones solares directa, difusa y global (estimadas
sin aplicación de ley del coseno) en el interior del bosque puro de N. betuloides fue de
entre 3,2 a 19,4 %, 3,1 a 16,7 %, y 3,2 a 17,6 %, respectivamente.
Las plantas de regeneración de N. betuloides mostraron una alta tolerancia a la
sombra, regenerando incluso bajo condiciones muy sombrías, y aparentemente no
requerirían de la presencia de grandes claros de dosel para establecerse. Esto ha
resultado en un proceso de regeneración del bosque más continuo
Las transmisiones de radiaciones solares no se correlacionaron con el
crecimiento radial relativo ni con el incremento en altura relativo de los árboles
juveniles. El crecimiento de los árboles jóvenes se correlacionó solamente con la edad
de las plantas, y una curva polinómica inversa explicó el 70 % de la varianza en el
crecimiento radial relativo y el 50 % de la varianza en el incremento en altura relativo.
Las proporciones de plantas de regeneración ramoneadas por L. guanicoe fueron
bajas (entre 0,7-2,8 % del total). El daño por ramoneo a las plantas de regeneración fue
observado tanto en claros de dosel como también bajo el dosel del bosque sin
perturbación, demostrándose que el animal no presenta un hábitat de preferencia.
El heterogéneo dosel del bosque maduro, multietáneo y primario de N.
betuloides, que solamente presentó claros de dosel muy pequeños, ha influido en que
exista una variedad de mosaicos en el interior del bosque, con plantas de regeneración
presentes en un amplio rango de edades y alturas.
Estos resultados sugieren que N. betuloides presenta una alta tolerancia a la
sombra. Esta especie puede crecer alrededor de claros de dosel muy pequeños, con
bajos crecimientos radiales, y sujeta a incrementos abruptos producto de la ocurrencia
de perturbaciones del dosel de copas más grandes.
Chapter 2 Nothofagus betuloides forests
39
CHAPTER 2
Nothofagus betuloides (Mirb.) Oerst 1871 (FAGALES:
NOTHOFAGACEAE) FORESTS IN SOUTHERN PATAGONIA
AND TIERRA DEL FUEGO
2.1 The Genus Nothofagus
Southern Patagonia and Tierra del Fuego have always been of great interest for
botanists because of their evergreen plant formations and biogeographical perspectives.
Antarctic families like the Winteraceae and genera like Gunnera and Gaultheria
represent the ancient Gondwana flora. The biogeography of Nothofagus, the southern
beech, has been the classical study that supports the sequence of Gondwana break-up
and the linkage of the Austral biota between South America and Australasia (Swenson
et al. 2001).
In the past the genus Nothofagus was included in the Fagaceae family
(Rodríguez and Quezada 2003), and seemed to be closely related to Fagus (Hill and
Dettmann 1996). More recent genetic studies have shown that the genus of Nothofagus
belongs to a new monogeneric family, the Nothofagaceae (Hill and Jordan 1993, Hill
and Dettmann 1996, Manos 1997, Jordan and Hill 1999).
There are currently 36 recognised Nothofagus species (Table 2.1), 26 of which
occur in Australasia and the remaining 10 in South America. Of the total number, 78 %
are evergreen and 22 % deciduous. The evergreen Nothofagus species can grow equally
well at tropical latitudes in the mountains of New Guinea (13 species, van Royen 1983),
and in subantarctic areas. Nothofagus betuloides (Mirb.) Oerst is the species with the
southernmost distribution. However, natural hybridisation between evergreen
Nothofagus species has been demonstrated in South America (Donoso and Atienza
1983, Donoso et al. 2004) as well as in New Zealand (Wardle 1984).
Chapter 2 Nothofagus betuloides forests
40
Table 2.1: Distribution and leaf characteristics of the Nothofagus species.
Species Distribution Leaves Species Distribution Leaves
Brassospora Fuscospora
N. aequilateralis New Caledonia Evergreen N. alessandri Chile Deciduous
N. balansae New Caledonia Evergreen N. fusca New Zealand Evergreen
N. baumanniae New Caledonia Evergreen N. gunnii Australia Deciduous
N. brassii New Guinea Evergreen N. solandri New Zealand Evergreen
N. carrii New Guinea Evergreen N. truncata New Zealand Evergreen
N. codonandra New Caledonia Evergreen Lophozonia
N. crenata New Guinea Evergreen N. alpina Chile - Argentina Deciduous
N. discoidea New Caledonia Evergreen N. cunninghamii Australia Evergreen
N. flaviramea New Guinea Evergreen N. glauca Chile Deciduous
N. grandis New Guinea Evergreen N. macrocarpa Chile Deciduous
N. nuda New Guinea Evergreen N. menziesii New Zealand Evergreen
N. perryi New Guinea Evergreen N. moorei Australia Evergreen
N. pseudoresinosa New Guinea Evergreen N. obliqua Chile - Argentina Deciduous
N. pullei New Guinea Evergreen Nothofagus
N. resinosa New Guinea Evergreen N. antarctica Chile - Argentina Deciduous
N. rubra New Guinea Evergreen N. betuloides Chile - Argentina Evergreen
N. starkenborghii New Guinea Evergreen N. dombeyi Chile - Argentina Evergreen
N. stylosa New Guinea Evergreen N. nitida Chile Evergreen
N. womersleyi New Guinea Evergreen N. pumilio Chile - Argentina Deciduous
source: Hill and Dettmann 1996, Ogden et al. 1996, Read and Brown 1996, Read and
Hope 1996, Rodríguez and Quezada 2003.
2.2 Nothofagus betuloides – the Southernmost Evergreen Tree
Species and its Forests
N. betuloides is known commonly as ‘coihue de Magallanes’ in Chile and
‘guindo’ in Argentina. It was also well known to the Indian tribes of South America
who referred to it as coigüe (Mapuche name), yerkianop (Alacaluf name), ouchpaya
(Ona or Shelknam name), and shushchi (Yahgan or Yamana name).
Chapter 2 Nothofagus betuloides forests
41
2.2.1 Biology
N. betuloides is one of the longest-living South American Nothofagus species,
with specimens reaching 500-600 years of age (Veblen et al. 1996) or more (628 years,
Gutiérrez et al. 1991). The trees (Figure 1.1) can grow to heights of 20 m, and in a few
cases up to 35 m, but can also remain as only meter low shrubs in subantarctic
shrublands. The trunk can reach 2 m in diameter. The bark is grey or reddish in colour
and relatively smooth. The twigs are puberulent, rarely glabrous. The leaves (12-28 x 8-
18 mm) are ovate-elliptical to elliptical–suborbicular, acute to obtuse, cuneate at the
base, serrate, subcoriaceous and glabrous (Figure 2.2) (Moore 1983).
Figure 2.1: Nothofagus betuloides growing in Río Bueno, Tierra del Fuego (Photo: A.
Promis).
N. betuloides is a hermaphrodite. The male flowers are solitary, with a perianth
4-4.5 cm long, 5-7 lobes, and has 10-16 stamens. Female flowers occur in groups of
three (Moore 1983, Rodríguez and Quezada 2003). Depending on the location, N.
betuloides flowers between September and December (Rodríguez and Quezada 2003).
However, the South American Nothofagus species do not flower regularly and in some
Chapter 2 Nothofagus betuloides forests
42
years widespread non-flowering occurs, and seed production is therefore intermittent
(Báez et al. 2002).
Figure 2.2: Leaves and seeds of Nothofagus betuloides (Photo: A. Promis).
The fruits of N. betuloides (Figures 2.2 and 2.3) are nuts occurring in threes, 5-6
x 4-4.5 mm, triquetrous, glabrous; cupule 4-partite (Moore 1983). They mature during
summer and are dispersed mainly by gravity and wind between March and May
(Donoso and Donoso 2007, Ibarra et al. 2007). Although nut development in
Nothofagus is often close to 100 %, the majority of the seeds produced are often not
viable (Báez et al. 2002).
Figure 2.3: Seeds of Nothofagus betuloides (Photo: G. Cruz).
The wood of N. betuloides has a slight lustre, and a fine and homogeneous
texture. The grain is generally straight. The growth rings are annual but not clearly
Chapter 2 Nothofagus betuloides forests
43
visible. The sapwood has a yellowish-white colour, and the heartwood is light pink to
reddish-brown. The wood density has been classified as low, with a basic density of 615
kg m-3, and an air dry density of 620 kg m-3. With respect to the strength properties of
the species, the wood has a low modulus of rupture (708 kg cm-2), a medium modulus
of elasticity (103 t cm-2), and also a medium maximum crushing strength parallel to the
grain when dry (445 kg cm-2) (Pérez 1983, Manso et al. 2007). The wood is long
lasting, even without treatment. The durability ranges from durable to very durable
when it is not exposed to conditions promoting rapid decay, e.g., ground contact
(Donoso and Donoso 2007).
The timber can be used as poles, flooring, indoor panelling, roofing (joist and
rafter), pillars, furniture, decorative veneers and panels (Pérez 1983, Manso et al. 2007).
2.2.2 Ecology
2.2.2.1 Geographical distribution
N. betuloides is an endemic tree species of the
Chilean and Argentinean subantarctic forests. In Chile
it occurs from the Valdivia district (40 ° 31 ’ S) to the
archipelago of Cape Horn (55 ° 31 ’ S) (Rodríguez and
Quezada 2003). In Argentina it occurs mainly between
48° S to the southernmost tip of Tierra del Fuego
(Veblen et al. 1996) (Figure 2.4).
In the northern part of its distribution, N.
betuloides grows at high elevations in both the coastal
(above 800 m a.s.l.) and the Andean Cordillera (above
900 m a.s.l.), approaching the treeline. In the south it
forms forests in elevations from sea level to upper
treeline on the southern and western sides of Tierra del
Fuego (McQueen 1976, Tuhkanen et al. 1989-1990,
Donoso and Donoso 2007).
Figure 2.4: Map of the distribution of Nothofagus
betuloides in Chile and Argentina (source: Dimitri 1972, Ibarra et al. 2007).
Chapter 2 Nothofagus betuloides forests
44
2.2.2.2 Autecology: Germination and juvenile growth
Germination is epigeous and occurs during the spring of the year in which the
seed is produced (Donoso and Donoso 2007). Most Nothofagus species do not develop
a persistent seed bank (Veblen et al. 1996). Germination can occur in sunny, semi-shady
or shady places (Roig et al. 1985). The seed dormancy of N. betuloides is readily broken
(Martínez Pastur et al. 1994). Pre-germinative treatments have demonstrated that with a
cold-moist stratification of the seeds for a period of up to 120 days the germination rate
reaches up to 45 % (Donoso and Donoso 2007). The immersion of seeds in 100 ppm
giberelic acid for 12 hours results in a germination rate of 33 %. The application of
potassium nitrate has no effect (Martínez Pastur et al. 1994).
The natural regeneration of N. betuloides is through seed. Vegetative
reproduction by means of sprouting at the base of the trunks of living trees has also
been observed on the upper slopes of Tierra del Fuego, where the trees are stunted and
crooked (Krummholz) (Gutiérrez et al. 1991).
For all Nothofagus species in South America, seedling establishment occurs best
under moderately high light levels and where bare mineral soil has been exposed
(Veblen et al. 1996). For example, N. betuloides is able to grow as a pioneer species on
open sites with mineral soils, including moraines (Armesto et al. 1992), recently
deglaciated areas (Pisano 1978), and forest road banks. In old-growth forests, seedlings
often establish on fallen logs (Roig et al. 1985, Veblen et al. 1996).
Positive rates of net photosynthesis of up to three hours (around noon) have been
reported for N. betuloides seedlings growing under a closed canopy in Tierra del Fuego,
and up to ten hours in canopy gaps (Squeo and Cabrera 1995, Arroyo et al. 1996). As N.
betuloides has a relatively low light compensation point for net positive photosynthesis,
seedlings can establish under closed canopy conditions. N. betuloides can form an
abundant stock of persistent seedlings or saplings, surviving in the understorey for many
decades and even exceeding one hundred years (Rebertus and Veblen 1993a, Veblen et
al. 1996) at high elevations or latitudes, where there is little competition from ground
flora.
The relationship between foliar weight and leaf area is on average lower for
seedlings growing in shade (9.3 mg cm-2) than for those situated in canopy gaps (11 mg
cm-2). The foliar nitrogen concentration of the seedlings is similar under both light
conditions (ca. 1.2 %, Squeo and Cabrera 1995).
Chapter 2 Nothofagus betuloides forests
45
2.2.2.3 Synecology: Vegetation types
N. betuloides forests have been well described phytogeographically, and given
the following designations: subantarctic evergreen forest (Skottsberg 1910, Godley
1960), subantarctic evergreen rain forest (Schmithüsen 1956), Nothofagetum betuloidis
(Oberdorfer 1960, Pisano 1977), evergreen forest (Pisano 1977, Moore 1983, Pisano
1997), N. betuloides forest type (Donoso 1981, Veblen et al. 1983), sub-region of the
microphyllus evergreen forest (Gajardo 1994), and Andean and coastal temperate
evergreen forest (Luebert and Pliscoff 2006).
N. betuloides forests are predominantly found where an oceanic cold temperate
climate prevails, characterised by a mean temperature of around 8.9 ºC in the warmest
month (between 8.5 and 10 °C) and 2.7 ºC in the coldest (between 1.0 and 3.5 °C). The
rainfall ranges between 800-2,000 mm year-1; i.e., there are no arid months (Pisano
1977, Tuhkanen 1992). The climate of the mixed evergreen – deciduous forest is less
oceanic, characterised by a mean temperature between 9.0 to 9.5 ° C, and even 11 °C, in
the warmest month, and between 0.5 to 2.5 °C in the coldest month (Tuhkanen 1992).
N. betuloides can also grow as creeping shrub in transition to the tundra near the Pacific
Ocean. The climate there has a mean temperature of 8.8 ºC in the warmest and 4.4 ºC in
the coldest month. The rainfall exceeds 2,000 mm year-1, and reaches up to 4,846 mm
year-1 (McQueen 1976, Pisano 1977, Pisano 1981).
The climate conditions, where the pure evergreen N. betuloides forest and the
mixed evergreen forests are found, until now are only poorly known. Nonetheless, we
hypothesize that the temperature would be affecting the distribution of the tree species
in these forests, with mild winters adjacent to the sea and at low elevations, and
decreasing minimum temperatures further inland.
In southern Patagonia and Tierra del Fuego, four characteristic forest types
dominated by N. betuloides, and additionally occurrences in subantarctic shrublands,
can be distinguished: (1) the pure evergreen N. betuloides forest, (2) the mixed
evergreen N. betuloides – Drimys winteri forest, (3) the mixed evergreen N.
betuloides – D. winteri – Pseudopanax laetevirens forest, and (4) the mixed evergreen
– deciduous N. betuloides – Nothofagus pumilio forest (Pisano 1977). (5) Outside
closed forests, N. betuloides is able to grow as creeping shrub in subantarctic
Krummholz formations and moorland.
Chapter 2 Nothofagus betuloides forests
46
(1) Pure evergreen N. betuloides forest is mainly located in inland southern
Patagonia and Tierra del Fuego, and also at the treeline in some places protected from
strong winds (Figure 2.5).
Figure 2.5: Pure evergreen Nothofagus betuloides forest in Río Condor, Tierra del
Fuego (Photo: A. Promis).
Two soil formation processes have been described for pure N. betuloides forests,
podsolisation on well-drained sites and hydromorphism in areas with moderate to high
waterlogging (Pisano 1977, Puigdefábregas et al. 1999, Gerding and Thiers 2002,
Romanyà et al. 2005). These soils are normally shallow (< 50 cm), loamy in texture,
acidic (pH 3.4-5.5) and not very fertile (Gerding and Thiers 2002, Romanyà et al. 2005,
Thiers and Gerding 2007). Accumulation of huge layers of organic matter on the forest
floor and large amounts of decaying wood have been described for this forest type in
Tierra del Fuego (Gutiérrez et al. 1991). Most of the plant roots and nutrients are
located in the bottom part of a thick raw humus layer, i.e., in a soil depth of only 4 to10
cm (Pisano 1977, Gutiérrez et al. 1991, Gerding and Thiers 2002, Romanyà et al. 2005).
The N. betuloides forests form a very dense forest with few vascular plant
species. Few individuals of the tree species D. winteri and Maytenus magellanica occur
locally. There are few species in the shrub layer, which is dominated mainly by
Berberis ilicifolia. Less frequent and lower in cover are Empetrum rubrum, Fuchsia
magellanica, Pernettya mucronata, and Ribes magellanicum. Vascular plant species of
the ground flora are Adenocaulon chilense, Luzuriaga marginata, Senecio acanthifolius,
Gunnera magellanica, the ferns Blechnum magellanicum, Blechnum penna-marina,
Chapter 2 Nothofagus betuloides forests
47
Asplenium dareoides, and filmy ferns, mostly Hymenophyllum pectinatum,
Hymenophyllum secundum and Hymenophyllum tortuosum (Pisano 1977, Moore 1983,
Gajardo 1994). Worth mentioning is the dense cover of lower plants, dominating the
forest floor, the decaying tree trunks, and as epiphytes on the stems and branches of the
trees. Characteristic mosses are Acrocladium auriculatum, Dendroligotrichum
dendroides, Polytrichadelphus magellanicus, Dicranoloma robustum, and Ptychomnion
cygnisetum. The most common liverworts are Marchantia berteroana, Gakstroemia
magellanica, Schistochila lamellata, and Lepidozia filamentosa (McQueen 1976, Pisano
1977, Moore 1983). Worth mentioning are lichens like Cladonia sp. on the ground, and
a large number of epiphytes.
A study of forest hydrology in a pure evergreen mature N. betuloides forest
located in Tierra del Fuego showed that the canopy intercepts around 41 % of the total
rainfall (779 mm year-1). The direct throughfall was 59 %, and the stemflow averaged
less than 0.1 % of the total rainfall. The amount of water percolated was around 31 % of
the gross precipitation, and the water yield 33 % (Frangi and Ritcher 1994). The average
mass of fallen coarse woody debris in stands on the Argentinean side of Tierra del
Fuego has been measured at 52 Mg ha-1 (dry weight), with low decay rates for small
branches (k=0.17). This might be related to the lower summer temperatures and
saturated water conditions, which can reduce aeration of the laid logs on the ground
(Frangi et al. 1997).
(2) Near the coast below ca. 200 m a.s.l., D. winteri is becoming a more regular
component of the canopy, forming a mixed evergreen N. betuloides – D. winteri forest
(Figure 2.6). The precipitation ranges between 900-2,000 mm year-1, and there are low
thermal amplitudes, indicating hyperoceanic climate (Pisano 1977). The soils are deep,
but often poorly drained and waterlogged (Thiers and Gerding 2007).
Between 8-12 % of the trees are D. winteri, with isolated individuals of M.
magellanica and Embothrium coccineum. Floristically this association is very similar to
the pure evergreen N. betuloides forest. However, due to edaphic and climatic factors,
the decomposition of litter is slow. The forest floors are covered by decomposed and
decomposing tree trunks. These conditions facilitate the ferns A. dareoides, Cystopteris
fragilis, Grammitis magellanica, the lower plants and the filmy ferns mentioned above
with the addition of Hymenophyllum ferrugineum, Hymenophyllum peltatum, and
Serpyllopsis caespitose (Pisano 1977).
Chapter 2 Nothofagus betuloides forests
48
Figure 2.6: Coastal mixed evergreen Nothofagus betuloides – Drimys winteri forest
(Photo: G. Cruz).
(3) At elevations below ca. 100 m a.s.l., the tree P. laetevirens joins the canopy,
forming the coastal mixed evergreen N. betuloides – D. winteri – P. laetevirens
forest. The precipitation ranges from around 1,500-4,000 mm year-1. The soils are often
organic, with a deep accumulation of peat in the first horizon. The soil is covered by a
thick litter layer of coarse woody debris in different stages of decay (Pisano 1977). Tree
species such as D. winteri and P. laetevirens are very characteristic. The latter is a small
tree up to 5 m tall. The ground vegetation is species poor, most dominant are mosses
and liverworts on decaying wood.
(4) The mixed evergreen – deciduous N. betuloides – N. pumilio forest can be
regarded as a transition between the evergreen and the deciduous Nothofagus forests
(Figure 2.7). N. betuloides dominates the more humid and poorly drained sites. With
decreasing rainfall the deciduous N. pumilio gains dominance and the transition to the
deciduous forests is gradual. The soils are more fertile than those of the pure evergreen
N. betuloides forest or the mixed evergreen N. betuloides – D. winteri forest (Thiers and
Gerding 2007). They are predominantly brown podsolic, with increased podsolisation in
stands dominated by the deciduous N. pumilio (Pisano 1977). The tree species D.
winteri and M. magellanica are present in low numbers. The coverage of the shrub
understorey is low, dominated by B. ilicifolia and P. mucronata. There are fewer filmy
ferns (Hymenophyllaceae sp.) and bryophyte species than in the forest types mentioned
Chapter 2 Nothofagus betuloides forests
49
previously (Young 1972, McQueen 1976, Pisano 1977, Gajardo 1994, Luebert and
Pliscoff 2006).
Figure 2.7: Mixed evergreen – deciduous Nothofagus betuloides – Nothofagus pumilio
forest (Photo: A. Reif).
(5) N. betuloides also can grow in the Magellan Mooreland, there being a minor
species in shrubland dominated by Pilgerodendron uviferum, or as a low creeping shrub
associated with Schoenus antarcticus and Carpha alpina var. schoenoides (Pisano
1977) and mosses including Sphagnum magellanicum.
2.2.2.4 Forest texture
The structure of the forests of southern Patagonia and Tierra del Fuego is shaped
principally by wind. Wind acts as an agent of both coarse and fine-scale disturbance.
Storms can cause the blow-down of entire stands (Rebertus et al. 1997, Puigdefábregas
et al. 1999). Wavelike patterns of gap formation have been documented for both pure N.
betuloides and pure N. pumilio forests in Tierra del Fuego, and for mixed N. betuloides -
N. pumilio forests, mostly on sites predisposed to wind disturbance (Rebertus and
Veblen 1993b, Rebertus et al. 1993, Puigdefábregas et al. 1999).
In most cases, windthrow of individual trees creates canopy gaps smaller than
200 m2 (Rebertus and Veblen 1993a, Gutiérrez 1994). In pure N. betuloides stands,
canopy openings can occur as interwoven gap complexes where discrete gaps are not
apparent (Rebertus and Veblen 1993a). It was observed small canopy gaps (51 m2) in a
Chapter 2 Nothofagus betuloides forests
50
pure, uneven-aged N. betuloides forest in Tierra del Fuego (see Chapter 3). In a mixed,
uneven-aged N. betuloides – N. pumilio forest larger canopy gaps were found, with an
average size of 107 m2 (see Chapter 3). In Tierra del Fuego a patch mosaic pattern has
been observed in Nothofagus forests, with patches of younger trees neighbouring larger
patches of old forest, forming multicohort stands (Gutiérrez et al. 1991).
2.2.2.5 Forest dynamics and structure
Disturbances of different frequencies and intensities on different sizes of areas
are a major factor shaping the forest structures. The importance of coarse and fine-scale
disturbances to the forest dynamics and structures of southern South American
Nothofagus forests has been well summarised by Veblen et al. (1996) and Pollmann and
Veblen (2004).
Coarse-scale disturbance
Coarse-scale disturbances are generally necessary for the regeneration of
Nothofagus species at lower elevations and under a milder climate, where a number of
shade-tolerant rain forest species are dominant, and a dense understorey competes with
juveniles of Nothofagus.
Large-scale disturbance at higher elevations or latitudes can initiate regeneration
patterns forming even-aged N. betuloides stands (Donoso and Donoso 2007). Examples
are the pure, even-aged secondary N. betuloides forest which established after a fire on
the Argentinean side of Tierra del Fuego at the end of the 1950s (Martínez Pastur et al.
2002), or the pure, even-aged secondary forest of the coastal Chilean side of southern
Patagonia and Tierra del Fuego, which recovered through natural succession after
periods of colonisation during which the forests were selectively logged, burned and
grazed.
Fine-scale disturbance
At higher elevations and at higher latitudes, where species richness is low,
regeneration is less dependent on coarse-scale disturbance (Pollmann and Veblen 2004).
Here canopy gaps are more important for the regeneration of the Nothofagus species,
Chapter 2 Nothofagus betuloides forests
51
e.g., in southern Patagonia and Tierra del Fuego. The wind-induced snapping and
uprooting of trees were the most common types of mortality observed in a pure N.
betuloides forest and in N. betuloides forest mixed with N. pumilio (see Chapter 3). In
the pure N. betuloides forest 52 % of the tree-falls were snap and 30 % uprooting. This
appears to be characteristic of other Nothofagus dominated forests in South America. In
the mixed N. betuloides – N. pumilio forest, however, the uprooting of trees was by far
the most frequent cause of tree mortality, accounting for 70 % of the tree-falls,
compared to only 24 % snapped trees. This largely corresponded with the findings from
Tierra del Fuego (Rebertus and Veblen 1993a).
The lower resistance to stem breakage and the prevalence of snapped trees in the
evergreen N. betuloides forests might be related to crown dieback (Rebertus and Veblen
1993b, Rebertus et al. 1993). An additional cause might be due to the abundance of the
magellanic woodpecker (Campephilus magellanicus). Its occurrence in forests in Tierra
del Fuego has been related to the density of N. betuloides and the occurrence of snags
(Vergara and Schlatter 2004). Magellanic woodpeckers primarily consume the larvae of
wood-boring coleopteras in large and decaying trees, and also drill holes in large and
healthy trees to access the phloem sap (Schlatter and Vergara 2005). Although not fatal
in itself, the activity of the woodpecker may lead to secondary damage by diseases and
insects. Insects and extreme climatic events may also reduce the vigour of trees,
inducing partial crown mortality. This, too, facilitates fungal attacks and heart rot of the
bole. The decaying standing deadwood enlarges the potential of trees suited for cavity
creation by magellanic woodpeckers (Ojeda et al. 2007).
Both N. betuloides and N. pumilio can establish in small tree-fall canopy gaps
(Veblen 1989, Rebertus and Veblen 1993a, Gutiérrez 1994, Arroyo et al. 1996, Cuevas
2003, Fajardo and de Graaf 2004, Cavieres and Fajardo 2005). Juvenile trees are also
released by the creation of these small-scale disturbances in the canopy (Veblen et
al.1996), although the growth strategies of the species differ. The observation by
Rebertus and Veblen (1993a) that N. betuloides is more shade tolerant than N. pumilio
has been proved in Tierra del Fuego (see Chapter 3).
In the mixed evergreen N. betuloides – D. winteri forest at low elevations near
the Tierra del Fuego coast, the D. winteri seedlings grow well under dense canopies
and, after formation of gaps in the canopy, can respond faster than N. betuloides,
sometimes even impeding the establishment of the latter (Rebertus et al. 1993a,
Gutiérrez 1994, Veblen et al. 1996). Neither saplings nor pole stage N. betuloides are
Chapter 2 Nothofagus betuloides forests
52
likely to be found where there are high numbers of D. winteri and M. magellanica in the
understorey (Gutiérrez et al. 1991).
2.3 Forest Use in the Past, the Present and the Future
2.3.1 The Past
The historical forest use has strongly influenced the present forest cover. In the
Magellan Region of Chile (southern Patagonia), the history of forest use can been
divided into four periods (Cruz et al. 2007b); (1) an indigenous period (10,000 B.C.-
1843); (2) a colonisation period (1843-1953); (3) an oil and industrial period (1953-
1980); and (4) a forest management and industrial expansion period (1980-2004).
(1) Five different indigenous tribes inhabited Patagonia thousands of years
before the arrival of the Spaniards (16th century). The Strait of Magellan was inhabited
by two nomadic tribes, the canoe aborigines (the Alacalufes or Kawéskar and the
Yámanas or Yaganes) and the land aborigines (the Onas or Selk’man and the Haush or
Manek’enk on the large island of Tierra del Fuego or Karukinká, and the Tehuelches or
Patagones on the continent). The indigenous people mainly used the forests to collect
fungi and berries, and wood for fire, bows, arrows, domestic utensils and for
constructing huts. Canoes were built with the bark of N. betuloides. There was also a
spiritual attachment, with the Onas people believing that spirits inhabited the forests
(Gusinde 1944, de Agostini 1945, 1956, Martinic 1982, 1992, Vairo 1997).
(2) Harvesting of the N. betuloides forests began in 1843, when the Bulnes’ Fort
was built on the eastern side of the Brunswick Peninsula (Figure 2.8), a consequence of
the colonisation policies in southern Chile. In 1848 the city of Punta Arenas (Sandy
Point) was founded. At this time wood became an important resource for construction
and as fuel. The first sawmill with a hydropower system was established in Punta
Arenas in 1861, and in 1875 steam power was introduced to the region in the form of
locomotives. In the late 19th century there were several sawmills located on the
Brunswick Peninsula (Martinic 1992, Cruz et al. 2007b).
Chapter 2 Nothofagus betuloides forests
53
Figure 2.8: Map of southern Patagonia and Tierra del Fuego showing the past locations
of sawmills.
From the 1880s, many forests were converted to farmland and pasture through a
process of logging and burning. In southern Patagonia and Tierra del Fuego,
approximately 200,000-300,000 ha were transformed to pasture (Cruz and Lara 1987,
Cruz et al. 2007b).
In the late 19th and early 20th centuries the timber industry was centred on the
Chilean side of southern Patagonia and Tierra del Fuego, but with the majority of the
wood harvested destined for the Argentinean side of Patagonia and Tierra del Fuego,
and the Falklands. New sawmills were established near forest dominated by N.
betuloides, such as those situated on or near Dawson Island, the Whiteside Channel, the
Almirantazgo Fjord, Navarino Island (Beagle Channel), the Otway Sound and Skyring
Sound (Figure 1.8). During this period N. betuloides provided around 80 % of the
timber traded. However, restrictions on the importation of wood put in place by the
Argentinean government impeded the timber industry in Chile, with the lowest
exportation rates recorded between 1951 and 1952 (Martinic 1992, Cruz et al. 2007b).
(3) In the middle of the 20th century an intensive harvesting of the forests began
on both the Chilean and the Argentinean (Gea-Izquierdo et al. 2004) sides of southern
Patagonia. This coincided with the beginning of the oil and industrial period. At this
time the forest industry concentrated on forests dominated by the deciduous N. pumilio,
because oil exploration, and the related infrastructure, was frequently situated at
locations near to these forests. The demand for wood from N. betuloides forests, which
Chapter 2 Nothofagus betuloides forests
54
were located near urban areas and the coast, decreased. The harvested trees were logged
selectively, with the best, largest and healthiest timber trees removed from the stands
(known as ‘floreo’ in the region). Only the poor quality, badly shaped and unhealthy
trees remained (Martínez Pastur et al. 2000, Klepeis and Laris 2006, Cruz et al. 2007a).
Many other stands were burned and converted to farmland.
The introduction of fossil fuels after the 1950s as a new energy resource
replaced the use of firewood. At that time N. betuloides accounted for around 15 % of
the total wood volume traded in the Chilean Patagonia and Tierra del Fuego (Cruz et al.
2007b).
(4) A new period of forest use in Chile began in the 1980s. Specific silvicultural
methods for the management of the native forests were developed. It was demonstrated
that N. betuloides forests in Chile could be managed employing either a selection or a
shelterwood system (Donoso 1981). In reality, however, the stands were only rarely
managed, with a small number of regeneration cuts made as part of a shelterwood
system (Cruz et al. 2007a).
In the early 1990s a new, productive development of wood and forest
management began. Wood chips were exported for a short time (1991-1997), and a
furniture factory using solid wood was founded (Cruz et al. 2007b).
2.3.2 The Present
At present the forest surface where N. betuloides participates is approximately
1,396,947 ha in the Magellan Region in Chile, accounting for 53 % of the total forest
area. In terms of forest structure, 51 % are old-growth, 6 % are secondary growth, 9 %
represent a transition between mature and secondary growth, and 34 % are 2 to 8 m tall
shrubland (CONAF-CONAMA 1999b).
A new period of forest conservation on private land began in 2004. In the 1990s
the American Trillium Corporation purchased 625,000 ha on the Chilean and 185,000
ha on the Argentinean side of Tierra del Fuego. However, the firm failed in its attempts
to establish a sustainable logging operation. Goldman Sachs, a global investment
banking firm, acquired the loans and land, and finally donated the property to the
Wildlife Conservation Society (WCS) in 2004 (Duncan 2006). At present, the property
on the Chilean side of Tierra del Fuego is managed by WCS as a private reserve. The
principal aim of the Karukinka Reserve is to preserve the wildlife existing there, and to
Chapter 2 Nothofagus betuloides forests
55
restore its ecosystems (Karukinka 2007, WCS 2007). This private reserve protects more
than 20 % of the N. betuloides forests of southern Patagonia and Tierra del Fuego in
Chile (Arroyo et al. 1996).
Additionally, more than 49 % of the N. betuloides forests of Chilean Patagonia
and Tierra del Fuego are protected as State Protected Wild Areas (SNASPE) (CONAF-
CONAMA 1999b).
It can be estimated, that ca. 280,000 ha of pure N. betuloides forests and forests
mixed with N. pumilio are suitable for timber production. Because of logistical reasons,
lack of ecological and silvicultural knowledge, and problems in the wood drying
process, the use of these forests at present is marginal (< 1 % of wood production in
2004) (Cruz et al. 2007b). Sawn wood of N. betuloides is only produced in one big
sawmill for the furniture production industry, consuming < 5 % of the harvested timber
(Cruz et al. 2007b).
2.3.3 The Future
The N. betuloides forest area suitable for timber production in the Magellan
Region of Chile has been estimated ca. 280,000 ha. Additionally, the forested area
covered by the deciduous N. pumilio, the most important forest resource in southern
Patagonia and Tierra del Fuego, has been estimated ca. 200,000 ha (Cruz et al. 2007b).
For the future development of a commercial forest industry, a system of
sustainable forest management is required. This includes (1) increasing the managed
forest area of stands dominated by N. betuloides, (2) improving current timber
management (carrying out intermediate practices such as thinning), (3) incorporating
the forests selectively logged in the past in silvicultural management schemes, (4)
applying new silvicultural treatments in order to maintain the uneven-aged and multi-
layer structure of the forest, based on an ecological understanding of the natural stand
development, and including the role of natural disturbances, providing the basis on
which the forest may be managed as a renewable resource and trying to leave biological
legacies in order to maintain a higher diversity and richness of species.
New studies of the ecology of the N. betuloides forests, their distribution,
silviculture, wood properties, industrial yields, and also methods of drying have been
carried out in the meantime (see Cruz and Caldentey 2007). The application of this new
knowledge in combination with a diversification of the forest industry within the
Chapter 2 Nothofagus betuloides forests
56
framework of sustainable forest management would allow the derivation of goods and
services from forest landscapes, while certain levels of biodiversity and ecosystem
processes could also be maintained.
Chapter 3 Disturbances in Nothofagus betuloides forests
57
CHAPTER 3
SMALL-SCALE NATURAL DISTURBANCES AND TREE
DEVELOPMENT PROCESSES IN TWO FORESTS DOMINATED
BY Nothofagus betuloides – A CASE STUDY FROM TIERRA DEL
FUEGO
3.1 Abstract
In order to better understand natural disturbance regimes and tree development
processes, a characterisation of canopy gaps and a study of disturbance dynamics were
undertaken in a pure uneven-aged evergreen Nothofagus betuloides forest and a mixed
uneven-aged evergreen-deciduous N. betuloides – N. pumilio forest. Canopy gaps were
measured along transects, and the gap-makers characterised. Disturbance dynamics
were studied by means of abrupt releases in radial growth revealed in increment cores.
These cores were taken from juvenile trees growing at the edges of canopy gaps. The
canopy gaps observed were small, with an average size of 51 m2 in the pure forest and
107 m2 in the mixed. Only 2.0 % of the total canopy area of the pure forest was canopy
gaps, and 4.6 % expanded gaps. The gap areas in the mixed forest were 2.6 and 2.5
times greater, respectively. The mean number of gap-makers was 2.2 trees in the pure
forest and 2.5 trees in the mixed forest. The most common type of damage in the pure
forest was snapping, compared to uprooting in the mixed forest. An increase in the
frequency of disturbances affecting the forests since 1920-30 was observed. The
greatest changes in radial increment after release from restricted growth were found for
N. pumilio (18.4 %) and N. betuloides (11.2 %) growing in the mixed forest, and the
lowest for N. betuloides (2.4 %) in the pure forest. These results suggest that N.
betuloides exhibits greater shade-tolerance. It can grow surrounding very small canopy
gaps, with low radial growth, subject to abrupt increases upon larger disturbances to the
canopy.
Keywords: canopy gaps, disturbance dynamics, Nothofagus, dendroecology, Tierra del
Fuego
Chapter 3 Disturbances in Nothofagus betuloides forests
58
3.2 Introduction
The effects of natural disturbances on the dynamics and structure of forests have
been studied in tropical, temperate and boreal forests (e.g. Platt and Strong 1989,
Denslow and Spies 1990, McCarthy 2001, Kuuluvainen 2002). Gap dynamics are
characterised by small or micro-scale disturbances to the mature forest canopy
(McCarthy 2001). The severity of disturbances can influence stand structure, species
composition and the growth rates of surviving trees (Oliver and Larson 1996), and may
increase the availability of resources for plant growth (Veblen 1992) through the
creation of special microhabitats (Runkle 1985). Small-scale canopy disturbances,
although less dramatic than large-scale disturbances, may be more frequent and affect a
larger area over time (Spies et al. 1990). The focus of this study was on gap
characteristics and disturbance dynamics, and their role in the radial growth responses
of juvenile trees, in a pure evergreen Nothofagus betuloides (Mirb.) Oerst. forest and a
mixed evergreen-deciduous N. betuloides - Nothofagus pumilio (Poepp. et Endl.)
Krasser forest.
In South America, the temperate evergreen forest is largely confined to southern
Chile (from 37 ° 45 ’ S to the southernmost tip of the continent), and neighbouring
southern Argentina. These forests tend to have a multi-layered structure. They have a
reduction in species diversity in a southerly direction, and with increasing altitude
(Ovington 1983, Veblen et al. 1983), likely caused by the declining temperatures and
shorter growing seasons (Hildebrand-Vogel and Vogel 1995). Nothofagus species such
as N. betuloides, N. dombeyi (Mirb.) Oerst. and N. nitida (Phil.) Krasser largely
dominate these forests (Ovington 1983). To the north and to the east of its distribution,
the temperate evergreen forest is replaced mainly by the deciduous N. pumilio forest
(Hildebrand-Vogel et al. 1990, Hildebrand-Vogel and Vogel 1995).
Evergreen N. betuloides forests have been described in a variety of different
associations or forest types depending on the author and phytogeographic region. These
include the subantarctic evergreen forest (Skottsberg 1910, Godley 1960), subantarctic
evergreen rain forest (Schmithüsen 1956), Nothofagetum betuloidis association
(Oberdorfer 1960, Pisano 1977), evergreen forest (Moore 1983), N. betuloides forest
type (Donoso 1981, Veblen et al. 1983), sub-region of the microphyllus evergreen forest
(Gajardo 1994), and the Andean and coastal temperate evergreen forests (Luebert and
Chapter 3 Disturbances in Nothofagus betuloides forests
59
Pliscoff 2006). In general, they have been characterised as species-poor in the canopy,
and species-rich in the cryptogam layer. These forest types occur on sites influenced by
high precipitation levels (> 800 mm year-1) and low temperatures, and where soils are
shallow, with partially decomposed organic matter overlying a bleached podzolic
horizon (Skottsberg 1910, Schmithüsen 1956, Pisano 1977, Moore, 1983). The mixed
evergreen and deciduous N. betuloides - N. pumilio forest has been characterised as a
transitional forest between pure Nothofagus forests. N. betuloides dominates the more
humid and poorly drained sites. With decreasing rainfall the deciduous N. pumilio gains
dominance. The floristic composition is similar to that described above, but with fewer
Hymenophyllaceae and bryophyte species (Young 1972, Pisano 1977, Donoso 1981,
Moore 1983, Veblen et al. 1983, Gajardo 1994, Luebert and Pliscoff 2006).
It has been demonstrated that more than 50 % of the surveyed forests belonging
to these forest types, specifically those forests in southern Patagonia and Tierra del
Fuego suitable for timber production, have been impacted by human influences in the
past (Cruz et al. 2007a). These influences include grazing, logging and burning (Cruz et
al. 2007a). In fact, many of these anthropogenic disturbances have affected the process
of forest stand dynamics, resulting in fragmented and isolated patches of regeneration or
secondary forest (Martínez Pastur et al. 2000).
The world’s southernmost temperate evergreen forests are located on Tierra del
Fuego and Cape Horn archipelagos, and are dominated by N. betuloides. The structure
of these forests was shaped principally by wind. Wind acts as both a coarse and a fine-
scale disturbance agent. In the case of the former, it can cause the blow-down of entire
stands (Rebertus et al. 1997, Puigdefábregas et al. 1999), and in the latter it results in
the windthrow of individual trees, creating canopy gaps smaller than 200 m2, such as
occurs in pure N. pumilio stands and N. betuloides forests mixed with either Drimys
winteri J.R.Forst. & G. Forst or N. pumilio (Rebertus and Veblen 1993a, Gutiérrez
1994). In pure N. betuloides stands, canopy openings can occur as interwoven gap
complexes. In this case discrete gaps might not be apparent (Rebertus and Veblen
1993a). Uprooting and the snapping of boles are the most predominant modes of tree-
fall (Rebertus and Veblen 1993a). On Tierra del Fuego, wavelike patterns of gap
formation have also been documented for both pure N. betuloides and pure N. pumilio
forests, and for mixed N. betuloides - N. pumilio forests. Those patterns appear to be
limited to sites predisposed to wind disturbance (Rebertus and Veblen 1993b, Rebertus
et al. 1993, Puigdefábregas et al. 1999).
Chapter 3 Disturbances in Nothofagus betuloides forests
60
The importance of coarse and fine-scale disturbances to the forest dynamics of
southern South American Nothofagus forests has been summarised by Veblen et al.
(1996) and Pollmann and Veblen (2004). They demonstrated that canopy gaps appear to
be important in the regeneration dynamics of these Nothofagus forests. In this context,
both N. betuloides and N. pumilio can establish beneath small tree-fall canopy gaps
(Veblen 1989, Rebertus and Veblen 1993a, Arroyo et al. 1996, Cuevas 2003, Fajardo
and de Graaf 2004, Cavieres and Fajardo 2005). Juvenile trees are also released by the
creation of these small-scale disturbances in the canopy (Veblen et al. 1996), although
the growth strategies of the species differ. For example, N. betuloides is more shade
tolerant than N. pumilio. Individuals of this species are able to survive in the
understorey for a long time, even more than 100 years (Veblen et al. 1996). Features of
shade tolerant trees are that they slowly grow into the canopy in the absence of any
disturbance, and persist suppressed beneath a closed canopy until periodic openings in
the canopy are created (Canham 1985, 1989). Shade-intolerant species require relative
large gaps because of their need for relatively high illumination, however (Canham
1990). The growth of N. pumilio alternatively appears to be facilitated by lower
minimum temperatures in larger canopy gaps (Veblen et al. 1996).
However, questions still remain regarding the effects of canopy gaps on stand
development in Nothofagus forests. With this study we want to address the following
questions: are the responses of juvenile N. betuloides trees growing in pure and mixed
natural forests following the creation of small canopy gaps similar? In mixed forests, do
the responses of N. pumilio and N. betuloides trees differ?
To address these questions, the specific objectives of the study were (1) to
compare the characteristics of natural canopy gaps found in two forest types dominated
by evergreen N. betuloides with no human impact. One is a pure N. betuloides forest
and the other is a mixed forest with the deciduous N. pumilio, and (2) to analyse the gap
dynamics and the role of natural disturbances in the radial growth responses of juvenile
trees, thereby providing a deeper understanding of the natural dynamics of these forest
types.
Chapter 3 Disturbances in Nothofagus betuloides forests
61
3.3 Material and Methods
3.3.1 Study Area
Two forest areas dominated by the evergreen N. betuloides with no evidence of
human impact were studied in the summer 2006 on the south western end of the Isla
Grande of Tierra del Fuego. The two forest areas studied were a pure N. betuloides
forest (forest type 14 sensu Veblen et al. 1983) and a mixed evergreen-deciduous N.
betuloides - N. pumilio forest (forest type 16 sensu Veblen et al. 1983). The larger was a
pure evergreen N. betuloides forest and covered an area of 20 ha, whereas the smaller
was a mixed evergreen-deciduous N. betuloides - N. pumilio forest covering 18.6 ha.
The study was located at the ‘Estancia Olguita’, on the south-eastern side of the Río
Cóndor (53 °59 ’ S, 69 °58 ’ W) (Figure 3.1). Access to this remote area is difficult.
Because of the remoteness, human impact is very slight. Therefore, the study area is
excellent for the study of the natural dynamics of these forest types.
The climate of the area corresponds to that of the northern antiboreal sub-zone,
which has a mean temperature of between 9.0-9.5 °C in the warmest month of the year
and slightly above 0 °C in the coldest month. The annual rainfall is 500-600 mm, but
can reach up to 900 mm. The prevailing wind direction is west to south-west, with an
average speed of 14-22 km hr-1 and a maximum speed of in excess of 100 km hr-1
(Tuhkanen 1992).
The study area is part of the subalpine zone (Frederiksen 1988). The relief is
characterised by valleys running parallel to the Andes, which in most places have been
glacially deepened forming U-valleys. The most frequent soil formation processes in N.
betuloides forests have been described as: (1) podzolisation on well-drained sites and
(2) hydromorphism in areas with moderate to high waterlogging (Pisano 1977,
Puigdefábregas et al. 1999, Gerding and Thiers 2002, Romanyà et al. 2005). These soils
are normally shallow (< 50 cm). They are loamy in texture, acid (pH 3.4-5.5) and not
very fertile (Gerding and Thiers, 2002, Romanyà et al. 2005, Thiers and Gerding 2007).
Most of the plant roots and nutrients are located in the deep layer of poorly decomposed
organic material (4-10 cm) (Pisano 1977, Gutiérrez et al. 1991, Gerding and Thiers
2002, Romanyà et al. 2005).
Chapter 3 Disturbances in Nothofagus betuloides forests
62
Figure 3.1: Map of South America, Tierra del Fuego and the forests studied on the Río
Cóndor.
Chile
Chapter 3 Disturbances in Nothofagus betuloides forests
63
3.3.2 Sampling Design for the Assessment of the Forest Structure
The sampling design used to assess the canopy species composition and the
forest structure was a grid system combined with the point-centred quarter method
(PCQ, Cottam and Curtis 1956). A total of 36 parallel transects (300 m) were located at
30 m intervals, following a north - south direction. Sample points were placed every 30
m along each transect. At every point a PCQ was done by measuring the distance to the
nearest live tree with a dbh ≥ 5.0 cm. For each individual, its dbh (cm) was measured
and the species and the crown class were determined (dominant, co-dominant,
intermediate and suppressed). At every second sample point the dominant tree height
was estimated by averaging the heights of the two tallest trees.
3.3.3 Measuring Gap Characteristics
In order to determine the canopy gap and the expanded gap sizes, all gaps (≥ 20
m2) found along the transects were measured. Canopy gaps were defined as the
horizontal projection of a canopy opening to the ground surface (Runkle 1982). In this
study, a gap was considered closed if the vegetation growing below the opening in the
canopy was ≥ 2-3 m tall. The expanded gap area was defined as the area formed by the
gap in the canopy plus the adjacent area delimited by the bases of the edge trees (Runkle
1982). Both gap types were measured on the basis of between 5-8 radii, following a
method similar to that applied in N. pumilio forests in southern Chile by Fajardo and de
Graaf (2004). The gap centre was determined visually. The distances from the gap
centre and the azimuths to the bases of almost every edge tree were recorded, as were
the distances to the corresponding horizontal crown projections. All gaps were digitised
using ArcView GIS Version 3.2 (ESRI, Redlands, CA, USA), and their areas and
perimeters calculated. The topography at the location of each gap was also registered, in
terms of slope, aspect and elevation.
The diameter at breast height (dbh), height or length, type of damage (uprooted,
standing dead, snap) and fall direction was recorded for each gap-maker, i.e., those trees
that resulted in the creation of the gap.
The proportion of the total forest area made up of both canopy gaps and
expanded gaps was calculated from the length of the transect sections they intercepted
and the proportion of the total transect length per forest (sensu Runkle 1992).
Chapter 3 Disturbances in Nothofagus betuloides forests
64
3.3.4 Assessing Disturbance Dynamics and Radial Growth Responses of Juvenile
Trees
The frequency and intensity of disturbances over time, was studied on the basis
of radial growth patterns of trees, with release periods estimated by means of variations
in the diameter increment. The death of neighbouring canopy trees may lead to a sudden
increase in resource availability, which can in turn produce an abrupt increase in tree
growth. A tree-ring growth release represents a post-disturbance environment, whereby
the surviving trees respond to an increase in resource availability (Copenheaver and
Abrams 2003). Increment cores were examined to determine any abrupt changes in
radial growth, potentially highlighting the dynamics of disturbance in this particular
forest ecosystem (Lorimer 1985, Lorimer and Frelich 1989).
Between three and four juvenile trees were selected in each canopy gap and
cored. Increment cores were taken at a height of about 1 m from the base of the stem.
All suitable cores (n = 203; 85 and 118 for the pure and mixed forest, respectively) were
dried, mounted, sanded and processed at the Department of Silviculture of the
University of Chile, following the standard procedures outlined by Stokes and Smiley
(1968). Ring widths were recorded to the nearest 0.01 mm using a microscope.
Schulman’s (1956) convention for processing increment cores extracted from trees in
the southern hemisphere was followed for the dating of annual rings. The year in which
radial growth began was ascertained for each tree-ring, and the cores were visually
crossdated.
The nature of the understorey release was classed according to the major and
moderate release criteria (Lorimer and Frelich 1989, Copenheaver and Abrams 2003).
Comparing the radial growth rate for the 10 years prior to release with that of the
subsequent 10 years, a major understorey release was defined as an average growth
increase ≥ 100% lasting for at least 10 years, whereas a moderate release was defined as
an average growth increase ≥ 50% sustained for at least 10 years (Copenheaver and
Abrams 2003). The periods not classified as release were defined as restricted growth
periods.
The disturbance intensity was defined as the percentage of all of the trees
sampled showing signs of understorey release in each decade (Lorimer and Frelich
1989, Frelich and Lorimer 1991).
Chapter 3 Disturbances in Nothofagus betuloides forests
65
The analysis revealed only a small portion of the heterogeneity of the forests, as
only the radial growth responses of juvenile trees to disturbance frequencies and
intensities were examined.
3.3.5 Statistical Analyses
The non-parametric Mann-Whitney U test was used to compare forest structures
between the forests (Sokal and Rohlf 2000). The variables compared in each case were
stocking density, canopy gap size, the canopy gap area as a proportion of the total forest
area, referred to as the gap fraction, the characteristics of gap-makers and radial growth
rates. All of the statistical analyses were performed using SPSS 15.0 for Windows
(SPSS Inc.).
3.4 Results
3.4.1 Forest Structures
Two uneven-aged forests were surveyed. When graphed, the diameter
distributions of the trees fit a power function (Figure 3.2).
The stocking density and the basal area differed between the two forests.
Whereas the pure N. betuloides forest had 1,362 trees ha-1 and a basal area of 105 m2 ha-
1 there were 604 trees ha-1 in the mixed forest, and a basal area of 73 m2 ha-1 (Table 3.1).
The pure forest revealed a higher number of trees in the smallest diameter classes than
the mixed forest, with more than 500 trees of dbh ≤ 10 cm. The distributions of the
relative stocking density and the relative basal area according to the tree crown class
classification were very similar in both forests. Suppressed and intermediate trees were
most frequent but contributed < 15 % to the total basal area. The dominant trees by
contrast accounted for 63 % and 56% of the basal area in the pure and the mixed forest,
respectively (Figure 3.3). The tree species representation within each of the social
classes in the mixed forest demonstrated the importance of N. betuloides. It accounted
for > 80% of the total tree number in the dominant and suppressed classes, indicating
continuity of the species composition in the future (Figure 3.3).
Chapter 3 Disturbances in Nothofagus betuloides forests
66
Figure 3.2: Tree frequency per 5 cm diameter class for trees ≥ 5 cm dbh in both (a) the
pure evergreen N. betuloides forest and (b) the mixed evergreen-deciduous N.
betuloides – N. pumilio forest. Lines in the graphs correspond to power function models
describing the tree diameter distribution.
Table 3.1: Structural variables of the pure evergreen N. betuloides forest and the mixed
evergreen-deciduous N. betuloides – N. pumilio forest. Numbers in brackets are ranges.
Forest Stocking
(trees ha-1)
Basal area
(m2 ha-1)
dbh
(cm)
Dominant tree
height (m)
N. betuloides 1,362 105 6-118 25 (16-31)
N. betuloides – N. pumilio 604 73 5-120 27 (21-36)
y= 24946.90391*x –1.78603 n=20; R2=0.82300; RMSE=0.60720; p<0.001
(a)
0
100
200
300
400
500
600
≤ 10
11-
15
16-
20 2
1-25
26-
30 3
1-35
36-
40 4
1-45
46-
50 5
1-55
56-
60 6
1-65
66-
70 7
1-75
76-
80 8
1-85
86-9
091
-95
96-
100
>100
dbh (cm)
Stoc
king
(tre
es h
a-1) Nothofagus betuloides
y= 4399.25074*x –1.36603 n=20; R2=0.81241; RMSE=0.48121; p<0.001
0
100
200
300
400
500
600
≤ 10
11-
15
16-
20 2
1-25
26-
30
31-
35
36-
40
41-
45 4
6-50
51-
55
56-
60
61-
65
66-
70 7
1-75
76-
80
81-
85
86-9
0
91-9
5 9
6-10
0
>100
dbh (cm)
Stoc
king
(tre
es h
a-1) Nothofagus betuloides Nothofagus pumilio
Chapter 3 Disturbances in Nothofagus betuloides forests
67
Figure 3.3: Relative stocking density and basal area presented according to crown class
(Sup, suppressed; int, intermediate; cod, co-dominant; dom, dominant) for both (a) the
pure evergreen N. betuloides forest and (b) the mixed evergreen-deciduous N.
betuloides – N. pumilio forest.
Relative stocking density of N. betuloides
Relative stocking density of N. pumilio
Relative basal area of N. betuloides
Relative basal area of N. pumilio
The two forests differed in terms of the heights of the dominant trees. The
canopy height in the mixed forest was 27 m, compared to only 25 m in the pure forest
(Table 3.1).
(a)
0
10
20
30
40
50
Dom Cod Int Sup
Classification of the tree crown
Rel
ativ
e st
ocki
ng (%
tree
s ha
-1)
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
Relative basal area (%
m2 ha
-1)
N. betuloides
(b)
0
10
20
30
40
50
Dom Cod Int Sup
Classification of the tree crown
Rel
ativ
e st
ocki
ng (%
tree
s ha
-1)
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
Relative basal area (%
m2 ha
-1)
N. betuloides N. pumilio
Chapter 3 Disturbances in Nothofagus betuloides forests
68
3.4.2 Canopy Gap Characteristics
There were 25 gaps > 20 m2 in the pure N. betuloides forest and 40 in the mixed
forest (Table 3.2). The mean sizes of both the canopy gaps and the expanded gaps were
significantly smaller in the pure N. betuloides forest (51 m2 and 164 m2, respectively)
than in the mixed N. betuloides - N. pumilio forest (107 m2 and 299 m2, respectively)
(Mann-Whitney U test, p < 0.001). All of the canopy gaps in the pure forest were < 100
m2, compared to 68 % of the gaps in the mixed forest. Roughly 75 % of the expanded
gaps were < 200 m2 in the pure forest compared to only 43 % in the mixed forest
(Figure 3.4).
Table 3.2: Number of gaps, characteristics of canopy and expanded gaps and the gap
fraction determined for each forest. Identical letters mean that there was no significant
difference (Mann-Whitney U test, p > 0.05). Numbers in brackets are standard errors.
N. betuloides N. betuloides – N. pumilio
Area (ha) 20.0 18.6
Slope characteristics
range of slope inclinations (º) 0-10 0-12
most common relative elevation mid and upper slope mid slope
Number of gaps 25 40
Canopy gap
mean gap area (m2) 51 a (± 4.7) 107 b (± 21.5)
size range (m2) 21-98 21-605
mean gap perimeter (m) 34 (± 2.0) 48 (± 5.6)
Expanded gap
mean gap area (m2) 164 a (±15.4) 299 b (± 35.9)
size range (m2) 82-441 69-1,126
mean gap perimeter (m) 56 (± 2.8) 75 (± 6.3)
Gap fraction (% of forest)
canopy gaps 2.0 a 5.2 b
expanded gaps 4.6 a 11.6 b
Chapter 3 Disturbances in Nothofagus betuloides forests
69
Figure 3.4: Frequency of (a) canopy gaps (size class 20 m2) and (b) expanded gaps (size
class 40 m2) for both the pure evergreen N. betuloides forest and the mixed evergreen-
deciduous N. betuloides – N. pumilio forest.
The percentage gap area, determined for both gap types as a function of the
combined length of transect situated within gaps and the total transect length, was
significantly lower for the pure N. betuloides forest (Mann-Whitney U test, p < 0.001).
The percentage canopy gap area and expanded gap area in the mixed forest was 2.6 and
2.5 times greater than in the pure forest, respectively (Table 3.2).
The characteristics of the gap-makers in both forests did not differ significantly
in terms of the average number of dead trees per gap (Mann-Whitney U test, p = 0.527).
There were an average of 2.2 dead trees in the gaps located in the pure N. betuloides
forest and 2.5 in the mixed N. betuloides - N. pumilio forest (Table 3.3). About 30 % of
the gaps present in both forests were created by the death of a single tree.
The most common type of damage in the pure N. betuloides forest was snap,
with uprooting most prevalent in the mixed forest. This difference between the type of
0
10
20
30
40
50
30 50 70 90 110 130 150 170 190 210 230 > 250
Gap size classes (m2)
Freq
uenc
y (%
)N. betuloides N. betuloides - N. pumilio
(a)
0
10
20
30
40
50
40 80 120 160 200 240 280 320 360 400 440 480 > 500
Expanded gap size classes (m2)
Freq
uenc
y (%
)
N. betuloides N. betuloides - N. pumilio(b)
Chapter 3 Disturbances in Nothofagus betuloides forests
70
damage observed in the two forests was statistically significant (Mann-Whitney U test,
p < 0.001). The number of standing dead trees did not differ significantly between the
two forests (Mann-Whitney U test, p = 0.388), although these were more frequently
observed in the pure N. betuloides forest (Table 3.3).
Table 3.3: Characteristics of gap-makers and the relative frequency of tree mortality
types in both forests. Identical letters indicate no significant difference (Mann-Whitney
U test, p > 0.05). Numbers in brackets are standard errors.
N. betuloides N. betuloides – N. pumilio
Gap-makers per gap
mean number 2.2 a (± 0.2) 2.5 a (± 0.3)
range 1-5 1-8
mean dbh (cm) 55 a (± 2.7) 66 b (± 5.6)
dbh range (cm) 19-142 35-103
most frequent fall orientation south-east south-east
Tree mortality types (%)
snapped 52 a 24 b
uprooted 30 a 70 b
standing dead 18 a 6 a
3.4.3 Disturbance Dynamics and Radial Growth Responses of Juvenile Trees
The N. betuloides juvenile trees selected in the two forests studied exhibited a
smaller average dbh and height than the N. pumilio juvenile trees. Both the mean and
the maximum radial growth recorded for N. betuloides was lower in individuals
sampled from the pure forest than those located in the mixed forest. Whereas N. pumilio
demonstrated the greatest mean radial growth, N. betuloides revealed a greater
maximum radial growth, of 7.96 mm yr-1 (Table 3.4).
The recruitment of N. betuloides juvenile trees occurred continually over the
time period in question; from 1810 to 1970 in the pure forest and 1820 to 1990 in the
mixed forest (Figure 3.5). N. betuloides revealed a fairly constant recruitment rate
between 1920 and 1950 in the pure forest and up until 1980 in the mixed forest. The
recruitment of N. pumilio in the mixed forest was more recent than that of N. betuloides,
Chapter 3 Disturbances in Nothofagus betuloides forests
71
only occurring after 1850 (Figure 3.5). The recruitment rate of N. pumilio was higher
than that of N. betuloides in the mixed forest, but appeared to decline after 1950, with
N. betuloides tending to dominate the forest composition with time (Figure 3.5).
Table 3.4: Characteristics of all recorded juvenile trees, the number and mean duration
of major and moderate periods of release, radial growth patterns of juvenile trees,
percentage of the mean annual radial increment due to release, and the percentage of the
lifespan in release by species and forest. Identical letters indicate no significant
difference between the annual radial growth under restricted growth and in release
(Mann-Whitney U test, p > 0.05). Numbers in brackets are standard errors.
Pure forest Mixed forest
N. betuloides N. betuloides N. pumilio
juvenile trees 85 70 48
mean age (yr) 81 (3.4) 91 (4.2) 97 (4.3)
mean height (m) 10 (0.5) 11 (1.2) 14 (1.2)
mean dbh (cm) 13 (± 0.6) 18 (± 0.9) 23 (± 1.1)
mean radial growth (mm yr-1) 0.62 (± 0.01) 0.75 (± 0.01) 0.87 (± 0.01)
highest radial growth (mm yr-1) 3.21 7.96 7.16
juvenile trees with at least one release
period (%) 41 60 74
number of major releases 10 20 19
mean duration of major releases (yr) 11 (± 0.54) 12 (± 0.53) 12 (± 0.48)
number of moderate releases 39 51 41
mean duration of moderate releases
(yr)15 (± 0.54) 17 (± 0.94) 17 (± 0.99)
lifespan in release (%) 22 (±1.66) 23 (±1.55) 21 (±1.28)
mean annual radial growth under
restricted growth (mm yr-1)
0.61 a
(± 0.03)
0.80 a
(± 0.09)
0.84 a
(± 0.08)
mean annual radial growth in release
(mm yr-1)
0.62 a
(± 0.04)
0.89 a
(± 0.14)
1.00 b
(± 0.17)
mean annual radial growth increment
due to release (%) 2.4 11.2 18.4
Chapter 3 Disturbances in Nothofagus betuloides forests
72
Figure 3.5: Recruitment in (a) the pure evergreen N. betuloides forest and (b) the mixed
evergreen-deciduous N. betuloides – N. pumilio forest. Bars show the percentage of the
trees cored recruited in each decade.
Changes to the radial growth of juvenile trees were also analysed to determine
disturbance frequencies and intensities. A total of 112 increment cores were analysed to
study the occurrence of release events.
In general, the responses of N. betuloides and N. pumilio to disturbances were
very irregular, revealing many longer periods of restricted growth followed by both
moderate and major releases (Figure 3.6).
The juvenile trees sampled in this study revealed between 0 and 3 periods of
release during their lives. A large percentage (74 %) of the cored N. pumilio juvenile
trees showed at least one period of release, compared to only 60 % of N. betuloides trees
in the mixed forest and 41 % in the pure forest (Table 3.4).
(a)
02468
1012141618
1800 1820 1840 1860 1880 1900 1920 1940 1960 1980 2000
Decade
Per
cent
age
of tr
ees
N. betuloides
(b)
02468
1012141618
1800 1820 1840 1860 1880 1900 1920 1940 1960 1980 2000
Decade
Per
cent
age
of tr
ees
N. betuloides
N. pumilio
Chapter 3 Disturbances in Nothofagus betuloides forests
73
Figure 3.6: Examples of radial growth patterns of juvenile trees growing surrounding
canopy gaps in both forests. Radial growth in solid line and growth increases (%) in
dashed line. The arrowhead and the whole arrow indicate moderate and major periods of
release, respectively.
The duration of the periods of release was very similar for the two species. On
average, both N. betuloides and N. pumilo in the mixed forest enjoyed 17 years
moderate release and 12 years major release. In the pure forest, N. betuloides juvenile
trees enjoyed an average of only 15 years moderate and 11 years major release (Table
3.4). This indicated, therefore, that 22 % of the lifespan of N. betuloides juvenile trees
growing in the pure forest was characterised by a period of release and 23 % in the
mixed forest. Similarly, 21 % of the lifespan of N. pumilio was spent in release (Table
3.4).
0
2
4
6
8
1850 1875 1900 1925 1950 1975 2000
Year
Rad
ial g
row
th (m
m y
r-1)
-200
-150
-100
-50
0
50
100
150
200
Gro
wth
incr
ease
(%)
▼ ▼
N. betuloides in the pure stand
0
2
4
6
8
1850 1875 1900 1925 1950 1975 2000
Year
Rad
ial g
row
th (m
m y
r-1)
-200
-150
-100
-50
0
50
100
150
200
Gro
wth
incr
ease
(%)
▼ ▼
N. betuloides in the mixed stand
0
2
4
6
8
1850 1875 1900 1925 1950 1975 2000
Year
Rad
ial g
row
th (m
m y
r-1)
-200
-150
-100
-50
0
50
100
150
200
Gro
wth
incr
ese
(%)
N. betuloides in the pure stand
0
2
4
6
8
1850 1875 1900 1925 1950 1975 2000
Year
Rad
ial g
row
th (m
m y
r-1)
-250-200-150-100-50050100150200250
Gro
wth
incr
ease
(%)
N. betuloides in the mixed stand
0
2
4
6
8
1850 1875 1900 1925 1950 1975 2000
Year
Rad
ial g
row
th (m
m y
r-1)
-200-150
-100-50
050
100150
200250
Per
cent
age
grow
th c
hang
e
▼
N. pumilio in the mixed stand
0
2
4
6
8
1850 1875 1900 1925 1950 1975 2000
Year
Rad
ial g
row
th (m
m y
r-1)
-100-50050100150200250300350400450
Gro
wth
incr
ease
(%)
N. pumilio in the mixed stand
Chapter 3 Disturbances in Nothofagus betuloides forests
74
Frequent periods of moderate release after 1870 were detected for the pure N.
betuloides forest and after 1860 for the mixed forest (Figure 3.7). However, the periods
of release appeared to increase after 1930-1940. The distribution of the major periods of
release revealed an increase in the frequency of disturbances affecting the mixed forest
after 1930. The frequency of major disturbances affecting the pure forest was lower, and
only in the years since 1940 (Figure 3.7). These results suggest a possible change to
both the frequency and the intensity of the disturbances impacting upon these forests, as
caused possibly by both autogenic and allogeneic factors.
Figure 3.7: Periods of (a) major and (b) moderate release for juvenile trees growing
surrounding canopy gaps in both forests in the decades between 1850 and 1980.
A comparison of the average annual radial growth rates for both species during
periods of release and while restricted growth (Table 3.4) revealed that N. betuloides
growing in the pure forest had the lowest annual radial increments (2.4 %), and the
mean annual radial growth under restricted growth and in release did not show
statistical differences (Mann-Whitney U test, p= 0.874). In the mixed forest the highest
(a)
0
5
10
15
20
25
1850 1860 1870 1880 1890 1900 1910 1920 1930 1940 1950 1960 1970 1980
Decade
Num
ber o
f maj
or re
leas
es N. betuloides N. betuloides - N. pumilio
(b)
0
10
20
30
40
50
1850 1860 1870 1880 1890 1900 1910 1920 1930 1940 1950 1960 1970 1980
Decade
Num
ber o
f mod
erat
e re
leas
es
N. betuloides N. betuloides - N. pumilio
Chapter 3 Disturbances in Nothofagus betuloides forests
75
radial growth increments observed were those of N. pumilio (18.4 %), whit annual
radial growths in release statistically higher than during restricted growth (Mann-
Whitney U test, p = 0.028). In the case of N. betuloides growing in the mixed forest,
there was also an increment in the mean annual growth (11.2 %), albeit it was not
significant (Mann-Whitney U test, p = 0.260) when the mean annual growth in
restricted growth and in release were compared.
3.5 Discussion
3.5.1 Causes and Characteristics of Canopy Gaps
In the pure evergreen N. betuloides forest the average sizes of canopy and
expanded gaps were 51 and 164 m2 (Table 3.2), respectively. These were smaller than
canopy and expanded gaps observed in other studies of Nothofagus dominated forests in
South America and in New Zealand (Tables 3.5, 3.6 and 3.7). In the mixed evergreen-
deciduous N. betuloides – N. pumilio forest the canopy and expanded gaps were 107
and 299 m2 (Table 3.2), respectively. These larger gap sizes were similar to the findings
from elsewhere (Tables 3.5, 3.6 and 3.7).
The gap fractions measured in the pure N. betuloides forest were 2.0 % for the
canopy gaps and 5.2 % for the expanded gaps, and higher in the mixed N. betuloides –
N. pumilio forest with 4.6 and 11.6 %, respectively (Table 3.2). In both cases, the
proportion of gaps in the forests was generally smaller than recorded in other
Nothofagus dominated forests (Tables 3.5, 3.6 and 3.7). Indeed, the results obtained for
the pure forest reveal the smallest documented gap fraction.
The average number of gap-makers was similar in both forests, at 2.2 and 2.5
dead trees per gap in the pure and in the mixed forest, respectively (Table 3.3). This
feature, namely multiple gap-makers per gap, is similar to observations from Tierra del
Fuego, where many gaps underwent secondary expansion as a result of the death of
trees bordering the gaps (Table 3.8). This has also been observed in New Zealand’s
Nothofagus forests (Table 3.9).
Chapter 3 Disturbances in Nothofagus betuloides forests
76
Table 3.5: Canopy and expanded gap characteristics in some Nothofagus dominated
forests of Tierra del Fuego. Numbers in brackets are ranges. A ‘-’ means that no figure
was given in the reference.
Ref
eren
ces
Reb
ertu
s and
Veb
len
(199
3a)
Cue
vas (
2003
)
Cav
iere
s and
Faja
rdo
(200
5)
Expa
nded
- - - - - - - - - -
Gap
frac
tion
(%)
Can
opy
9.1
34.8
15.6
12.1
11.6
- - - - -
Expa
nded
208
(55-
1665
)
173
(66-
1249
)
268
(76-
>147
6)
- - - - -
Mea
n ga
p ar
ea (m
2 ) ± S
E
Can
opy
106
(19-
372)
61 (2
6-89
8)
104
(18-
1476
)
90.6
± 1
7.5
62.7
± 1
2.4
36.0
± 9
.3
11.1
± 0
.8
-
Nº
gaps
disc
rete
gap
s wer
e no
t app
aren
t
25
30
15
33
20
11
3 35
Alti
tude
(m. a
.s.l.)
400
300
150
350
350
450
530
630
690 -
Loca
tion
54º5
4’S,
66º
57’W
54º5
5’S,
66º
54’W
54º5
5’S,
66º
57’W
54º5
5’S,
66º
54’W
54º4
4’S,
67º
53’W
54º4
4’S,
68º
00’W
54º1
3’S,
68º
41’W
54º1
2’S,
68º
45’W
Fore
st c
ompo
sitio
n
N. b
etul
oide
s
N. b
etul
oide
s –
D w
inte
ri
N. p
umili
o –
N. b
etul
oide
s
N. p
umili
o
N. p
umili
o
N. p
umili
o
Chapter 3 Disturbances in Nothofagus betuloides forests
77
Table 3.6: Canopy and expanded gap characteristics in some Nothofagus dominated
forests of South America (Continent). Numbers in brackets are ranges. A ‘-’ means that
no figure was given in the reference.
Ref
eren
ces
Hei
nem
ann
et
al. (
2000
)
Faja
rdo
and
de
Gra
af (2
004)
Veb
len
(198
5)
Veb
len
(198
9)
Expa
nded
-
23.8
24.4
13.3
26
29
Gap
frac
tion
(%)
Can
opy
-
13.6
12.1
8.6 - -
Expa
nded
413
± 34
.6
289
(126
-744
)
189
(60-
394)
120-
1532
294-
1144
334-
3462
Mea
n ga
p ar
ea (m
2 ) ± S
E
Can
opy
95 ±
13.
2
113
(21-
312)
80 (6
-229
)
- - -
Nº
gaps
15
15
20
35
12
7
Alti
tude
(m. a
.s.l.)
1200
1500
900
800
850
850
Loca
tion
41ºS
, 71º
W
36º6
0’S,
71º
30’W
45º5
2’S,
72º
00’W
39º3
3’S
40º3
8’S
40º3
8’S
Fore
st c
ompo
sitio
n
N. p
umili
o
N. p
umili
o
N. d
ombe
yi –
Laur
elio
psis
phili
ppia
na –
Saxe
goth
aea
cons
picu
a
N. d
ombe
yi –
Aust
roce
drus
chile
nsis
N. d
ombe
yi –
A. c
hile
nsis
–
N. a
ntar
ctic
a
Chapter 3 Disturbances in Nothofagus betuloides forests
78
Table 3.7: Canopy and expanded gap characteristics in some Nothofagus dominated
forests of New Zealand. Numbers in brackets are ranges. A ‘-’ means that no figure was
given in the reference.
Ref
eren
ces
Stew
art (
1986
)
Stew
art e
t al.
(199
1)
Expa
nded
-
11.4
-12.
9
25.2
-30.
7
24.8
-28.
8
Gap
frac
tion
(%)
Can
opy
8.6-
37.3
3.7-
4.1
14.4
-14.
9
9.8-
10.7
Expa
nded
-
260
(126
-443
)
295
(91-
939)
353
(112
-834
)
Mea
n ga
p ar
ea (m
2 ) ± S
E
Can
opy
100-
1000
68 (2
4-20
0)
140
(33-
528)
107
(33-
490)
Nº
gaps
- 50
50
50
Alti
tude
(m. a
.s.l.)
-
400-
500
400-
500
400-
500
Loca
tion
45º0
2’S,
167
º34’
E
42º1
3’S,
172
º15’
E
42º2
0’S,
172
º12’
E
42º2
3’S,
172
º16’
E
Fore
st c
ompo
sitio
n
N. m
enzi
esii
–
Wei
nman
nia
race
mos
a
N. f
usca
–
N. m
enzi
essi
Chapter 3 Disturbances in Nothofagus betuloides forests
79
Table 3.8: Mean number of gap-makers per gap and causes of tree mortality in some
Nothofagus dominated forests of South America. A ‘-’ means that no figure was given
in the reference.
Ref
eren
ces
Reb
ertu
s and
Veb
len
(199
3a)
Faja
rdo
and
de
Gra
af (2
004)
Veb
len
(198
5)
Veb
len
(198
9)
Oth
er
17
0 11
17
0 0
Stan
ding
dea
d
- 13
3 - 0 0
Upr
ootin
g
45
40
37
29
82
74
Tree
mor
talit
y ty
pes
(%)
Snap
38
47
49
54
18
26
Mea
n no
. gap
-mak
ers
per g
ap
- - 4 4 4 2 1.8 1 - -
Alti
tude
(m. a
.s.l.)
400
300
150
350
350
1500
900
800
850
850
Loca
tion
54º5
4’S,
66º
57’W
54º5
5’S,
66º
54’W
54º5
5’S,
66º
57’W
54º5
5’S,
66º
54’W
54º4
4’S,
67º
53’W
54º4
4’S,
68º
00’W
36°6
0’S,
71°
30’W
45°5
2’S,
72°
00’W
39°3
3’S
40°3
8’S
40°3
8’S
Fore
st c
ompo
sitio
n
Sout
h A
mer
ica
– Ti
erra
del
Fue
go
N. b
etul
oide
s
N. b
etul
oide
s –
D w
inte
ri
N. p
umili
o –
N. b
etul
oide
s
N. p
umili
o
Sout
h A
mer
ica
– C
ontin
ent
N. p
umili
o
N. d
ombe
yi –
L. p
hilip
pian
a –
S. c
onsp
icua
N. d
ombe
yi –
A. c
hile
nsis
N. d
ombe
yi –
A. c
hile
nsis
–
N. a
ntar
ctic
a
Chapter 3 Disturbances in Nothofagus betuloides forests
80
Table 3.9: Mean number of gap-makers per gap and causes of tree mortality in some
Nothofagus dominated forests of New Zealand.
Ref
eren
ces
Stew
art e
t al.
(199
1)
Oth
er
2 1 5
Stan
ding
dea
d
37
40
17
Upr
ootin
g
25
22
25
Tree
mor
talit
y ty
pes
(%)
Snap
33
37
53
Mea
n no
. gap
-mak
ers
per g
ap
2.6
5.3
3.9
Alti
tude
(m. a
.s.l.)
400-
500
Loca
tion
42°1
3’S,
172
°15’
E
42°2
0’S,
172
°12’
E
42°2
3’S,
172
°16’
E
Fore
st c
ompo
sitio
n
N. f
usca
–
N. m
enzi
essi
Chapter 3 Disturbances in Nothofagus betuloides forests
81
The wind-induced snapping and uprooting of trees were the most common types
of mortality observed. In the pure N. betuloides forest 52 % of the gap-makers were
snapped and 30 % uprooted (Table 3.3). This also appears to be characteristic of other
Nothofagus dominated forests in South America and New Zealand (Tables 3.8 and 3.9).
On the other hand in the mixed N. betuloides – N. pumilio forest, the uprooting of trees
was by far the most frequent cause of tree mortality, responsible for 70 % of the gap-
makers, compared to 24 % snapped trees (Table 3.3). This largely corresponded with
the findings from Tierra del Fuego (Table 3.8).
The lower resistance to stem breakage and the prevalence of snapped trees as
gap-makers in the evergreen N. betuloides forest might be related to either a dieback
phenomenon or a disease-decline (Rebertus and Veblen 1993b, Rebertus et al. 1993),
because of the rotting limbs in the dominant and emergent canopy trees (personal
observation). Another explanation is that the intertwining roots of adjacent trees may
help to maintain tree stability until the roots and trunks of individual trees are weakened
by rot (Alfonoso 1940). An additional cause could be related to the abundance of the
magellanic woodpecker (Campephilus magellanicus (King.)). Its occurrence in forests
in Tierra del Fuego has been related to the density of N. betuloides and the occurrence
of snags (Vergara and Schlatter 2004). Magellanic woodpeckers primarily consume the
larvae of wood-boring coleopterans in large and decaying trees, and also drill holes in
large and healthy trees to access the phloem sap (Schlatter and Vergara 2005). Although
not fatal in itself, the activity of the woodpecker may lead to secondary damage by
diseases and insects. Insects and extreme climatic events may also reduce the vigour of
trees, inducing partial crown mortality. This, too, facilitates fungal attack and heart rot
of the bole. This increases the soft substrate and the area available for cavity creation by
magellanic woodpeckers (Ojeda et al. 2007).
Shallow rooting, topographic exposure and poor vitality can promote tree
uprooting (Schaetzl et al. 1989). In the Río Cóndor area shallow rooting is a feature of
mixed N. betuloides – N. pumilio forests, with roots often only able to penetrate soils to
depths of less than 35 cm (Gerding and Thiers 2002). This, and the lower stocking
density in the mixed forest (604 trees ha-1, Table 3.1), may increase the susceptibility of
trees to uprooting.
Chapter 3 Disturbances in Nothofagus betuloides forests
82
3.5.2 Disturbance Dynamics and Radial Growth Responses of Juvenile Trees
The low frequency of major growth releases in the pure evergreen N. betuloides
forest showed an absence of large-scale disturbance between 1880 and 1940 (Figure
3.7). The uneven-aged canopy structure indicated many decades of stability, with the
canopy mainly affected by fine-scale disturbances leading to the creation of small
canopy gaps. This corresponds with the findings from uneven-aged forests dominated
by Nothofagus fusca (Hook. F.) Oerst. at lower altitudes in New Zealand (June and
Ogden 1978).
In South American Nothofagus forests large-scale disturbances at higher
elevations or latitudes can induce regeneration patterns forming even-aged stands
(Veblen et al. 1996). Examples on Tierra del Fuego are the pure, even-aged secondary
N. betuloides forests established either after fire (Martínez Pastur et al. 2002), or after
periods of colonisation during which the forests were selectively logged, burned and
grazed (Cruz et al. 2007), or the common even-aged structures of N. pumilio forests
resulted of large blow-downs (Rebertus et al. 1997). However, the presence of small
canopy gaps during the last 150 years and the indications of senescence in the larger
canopy trees in the pure N. betuloides forest might represent a gradual break-up of an
even-aged structure (Rebertus et al. 1993).
The release patterns in the pure N. betuloides forest were characterised by longer
periods of restricted growth and low to moderate release. Here trees rely on the presence
of only very small canopy gaps in order to reach maturity. This affects the radial growth
responses of the trees, and reflects the capacity of N. betuloides to remain in shaded
conditions in the understorey for long periods (Rebertus and Veblen 1983a). According
to Veblen et al. (1996), N. betuloides can survive in a suppressed state as advance
regeneration for more than one hundred years. Typically the radial increment of N.
betuloides growing naturally is < 1.0 mm year-1, as observed by Young (1972). Similar
patterns have been documented for Nothofagus forests located in New Zealand, where
Nothofagus menziesii (Hook. F.) Oerst is able to persist and grow under more closed
canopies than other Nothofagus species (Wardle 1984).
N. betuloides can also behave as a pioneer species, often the first to establish on
moraines and deglaciated areas in Patagonia (Pisano 1978, Armesto et al. 1992, Moore
and Pisano 1997). This feature has also been described for N. menziesii after glacial
retreat in New Zealand (Wardle 1984). In a pure, even-aged secondary forest of N.
Chapter 3 Disturbances in Nothofagus betuloides forests
83
betuloides established after a fire at the end of 1950s, the average radial increment
measured over a the last four years of the study was approximately 0.87 mm year-1
(Martínez Pastur et al. 2002). This was higher than the increment recorded for the
juvenile trees of N. betuloides growing beneath the edges of canopy gaps in the uneven-
aged pure forest (0.60-0.65 mm year-1).
Individuals of both Nothofagus species growing in the mixed evergreen-
deciduous N. betuloides – N. pumilio forest are released by the creation of canopy gaps,
allowing them to grow into the main canopy (Veblen et al. 1996). Over the last few
decades and under the present climate conditions, the occurrence of major disturbances
appears to have increased in this forest type. A similar dynamic has also been recorded
in old-growth North Patagonian rain forests in Chile (Gutiérrez et al. 2004). The high
frequency of periods of moderate release indicates that small scale disturbances affect
this forest, resulting in a reduction in the recruitment of N. pumilio. As a consequence,
N. betuloides has tended to dominate the forest composition. This pattern has been also
observed in mixed Nothofagus forests in New Zealand. In these forests, in the absence
of disturbance the more shade tolerant species, N. menziessi, tends to replace both
Nothofagus solandri var. cliffortioides (Hook. F.) Poole and N. fusca in dense stands
(Wardle 1984, Ogden 1988).
The recruitment of N. pumilio in the mixed N. betuloides – N. pumilio forest
might also be impeded by the harmful effects of the large and very abundant native
herbivore Lama guanicoe Müller. L. guanicoe browses the deciduous Nothofagus
species present in Tierra del Fuego (Raedeke 1980), influencing the regeneration
process in disturbed N. pumilio forest (Arroyo et al. 1996, Rebertus et al. 1997). The
development of the regeneration of N. pumilio in small canopy gaps has been observed
to be more vulnerable than that of the evergreen N. betuloides due to the effects of L.
guanicoe (Cavieres and Fajardo 2005). This may serve to threaten the successful
recruitment of the deciduous species in the mixed N. betuloides – N. pumilio forest.
N. pumilio demonstrated greater radial growth increments upon gap creation
than N. betuloides. This behaviour is similar to findings by Runkle et al. (1997).
Studying sapling diameter growth in gaps in forest dominated almost completely by N.
fusca and the more shade tolerant N. menziessi, they observed that in general the faster
growth rates of N. fusca were sufficient to balance the greater abundance of N.
menziesii. Therefore, neither species attained dominance under gaps created in the
canopy.
Chapter 3 Disturbances in Nothofagus betuloides forests
84
3.6 Conclusions
The study of two uneven-aged forests dominated by N. betuloides on Tierra del
Fuego, one pure and the other mixed with N. pumilio, revealed that it is reasonable to
assume that (1) the response of N. betuloides and N. pumilio to disturbances is very
irregular and that many longer periods of restricted growth are followed by moderate or
major releases; (2) small canopy gaps are the prevalent disturbance type and that large
tree-fall gaps are very episodic; (3) the recruitment of both Nothofagus species occurs
continually; (4) the mean number of gap-makers is similar in both forests; (5) the most
common cause of tree mortality is snapping in the pure forest and uprooting in the
mixed forest; (6) there is a reduction in the recruitment of N. pumilio in the mixed
forest, and N. betuloides tends to dominate the forest composition; (7) the frequency and
intensity of disturbance in these forests appears to have changed since 1930-40; and (8)
the greatest changes to the radial increment occurred during periods of release. In the
mixed forest the radial growth of both species increased on average by 11.2 and 18.4 %
for both N. betuloides and N. pumilio, respectively. Whereas in the pure forest the
increment of N. betuloides growing beneath the small canopy gaps increased by only
2.4 %. The evergreen N. betuloides demonstrated greater shade-tolerance on Tierra del
Fuego.
Chapter 4 Programmes for analysing hemispherical photographs
85
CHAPTER 4
COMPARISON OF CANOPY STRUCTURES AND SOLAR
RADIATION TRANSMITTANCES ESTIMATED USING FOUR
DIFFERENT PROGRAMMES FOR THE ANALYSIS OF
HEMISPHERICAL PHOTOGRAPHS
4.1 Abstract
There have been many studies involving the use of hemispherical photographs to
estimate indirectly forest light environments. A variety of commercial and free software
packages are available for the analysis of hemispherical photographs. The costs of
investment might represent an advantage of the free programmes over the commercial,
but as yet little has been documented about the differences in their outputs and in the
technical applications from a user (ecologist and forester) perspective. The objective of
the study was to show the most commonly employed canopy structure (canopy
openness and effective plant area index) and solar radiation variables (direct, diffuse
and global solar radiation transmittances) estimated from digital hemispherical
photographs taken under two forest canopy conditions (gap and closed canopy), and in
forests located at different latitudes (northern, equatorial and southern hemisphere). The
hemispherical photographs were analysed using one commercial (HemiView) and three
free programmes (Gap Light Analyzer, hemIMAGE and Winphot). The results
demonstrated that all of the programmes computed similar estimates of both canopy
structures and below-canopy solar radiation. Only the results relating to the effective
plant area index with an ellipsoidal leaf angle distribution calculated for the canopy
gaps demonstrated a weak correlation. Other user aspects are also discussed, such as
costs, image formats, computer system requirements, etc.
Keywords: hemispherical photography; solar radiation transmittances; canopy
openness; plant area index; HemiView; Gap Light Analyzer; hemIMAGE; Winphot
Chapter 4 Programmes for analysing hemispherical photographs
86
4.2 Introduction
The greatest importance of solar radiation for plant life lies in the plants’
dependence upon photosynthesis for growth and development, and the dependence in
turn of photosynthesis on light (Barnes et al. 1998). There is, consequently, much
interest in measuring light. Several instruments have been developed to measure either
directly or indirectly the forest understorey light environment. Many comparisons of
direct and indirect methods for the estimation of below-canopy irradiation have been
conducted in order to determine the best way to measure the light environment
(Chazdon and Field 1987, Rich et al. 1993, Roxburgh and Kelly 1995, Comeau et al.
1998, Gendron et al. 1998, Clearwater et al. 1999, Machado and Reich 1999,
Engelbrecht and Herz 2001, Ferment et al. 2001, Bellow and Nair 2003). However,
many ecologists and foresters prefer indirect means of light estimation due to the
difficulties inherent in measuring light directly (Jennings et al. 1999).
Since its introduction (Evans and Coombe 1959), hemispherical photography
has become a widely applied means of calculating the light environment under forest
canopies. In many studies carried out worldwide, this method has been applied not only
to the measurement of light environments in the understorey, but also to the estimation
of canopy structure variables. A number of studies have demonstrated a high level of
agreement between both estimates (Rich et al. 1993, Comeau et al. 1998; Gendron et al.
1998, Clearwater et al. 1999, Engelbrecht and Herz 2001). However, in deeply shaded
environments, the applicability of hemispherical photographs for the calculation of
understorey light environments still needs to be verified conclusively (Roxburgh and
Kelly 1995, Machado and Reich 1999).
Hemispherical photography has been used to estimate canopy structure and
below-canopy solar radiation environments in a variety of forest types, including
temperate (Canham et al. 1990, Roxburgh and Kelly 1995, Collet and Chenost 2006),
tropical (Canham et al. 1990, Rich et al. 1993, Clearwater et al. 1999, Engelbrecht and
Herz 2001, Ferment et al. 2001) and boreal forests (Wright et al. 1998, Bartemucci et al.
2006).
With advances in technology, the use of conventional film photography has
largely given way to digital photography (Hale and Edwards 2002). To date, there have
been several comparisons made between the data provided by analogue and digital
Chapter 4 Programmes for analysing hemispherical photographs
87
photography, demonstrating comparable results (Englund et al. 2000, Frazer et al. 2000,
Hale and Edwards 2002). In the case of digital photography, the effects of image quality
and image size have also been evaluated (Englund et al. 2000, Frazer et al. 2001, Inoue
et al. 2004a), revealing some differences in the light and the forest canopy structure
estimates associated with digital camera type and image quality.
The theoretical basis for estimating the various components of solar radiation
using hemispherical photography were developed by Anderson (1964a, 1966). This
initial manual, and very tedious, means of assessment was problematic because of the
time required to analyse the complex photographs (Chan et al. 1986). In the intervening
period a variety of semi-automated and computerised techniques have been developed
for the calculation of canopy structure and the estimation from hemispherical
photographs of the diffuse and direct light penetrating through openings in the canopy
(Chan et al. 1986, Chazdon and Field 1987, Becker et al. 1989, Barrie et al. 1990, Smith
and Somers 1993, Walter and Torquebiau 2000). A range of software packages are
currently available for the analysis of hemispherical photographs (Comeau 2000). These
include both commercial and free versions, with the latter available for download from
the internet.
The question that arises now is whether there are differences in the usability and
the results provided by the different software solutions. Frazer et al. (1997) compared
two canopy characteristics (percent open sky and effective leaf area index) using two
programmes (Hemiphot and PAMAP GIS) in eight chronosequences of coastal
temperate rainforest in British Columbia, Canada. The authors documented high
correlations between the percent open sky (R2 = 0.98) and the effective leaf area index
(R2 = 0.96) results produced by the two programmes. Brunner (2002) wrote that the
hemIMAGE software calculates results for transmitted light very similar to those
computed by the GLI-C and Winphot software, but that the results differed significantly
from those produced by the Solarcalc software. There remains as yet a lack of studies
covering a wide range of environments, which this paper seeks to address; for example,
to determine whether different latitudes influence the below-canopy solar radiation
environments estimated from hemispherical photographs. Furthermore, there is as yet
no published study comparing the programmes commonly used for computing these
variables from hemispherical photographs, namely Gap Light Analyzer (Frazer et al.
2001, Bartemucci et al. 2006, Fahey and Puettmann 2007), hemIMAGE (Gärtner and
Reif 2005, Collet and Chenost 2006, Gáldhidy et al. 2006), HemiView (Hale and
Chapter 4 Programmes for analysing hemispherical photographs
88
Edwards 2002, Coops et al. 2004, Pardos et al. 2007) and Winphot (Machado and Reich
1999, Englund et al. 2000, Bellow and Nair 2003).
The objective of this study, therefore, was to compare the canopy structure
variables and solar radiation transmission estimates calculated using the four different
programmes. In order to draw general conclusions, the hemispherical photographs used
in the study 1) depicted two extreme forest canopy conditions (gap and closed canopy),
and 2) were drawn from forests at different latitudes – northern hemisphere, equatorial
and southern hemisphere – which have different canopy structure and solar radiation
characteristics. With this paper, we want to share our experience with the different
programmes with other users in order to help them to decide which programme provides
the information needed to answer their particular research questions.
4.3 Material and Methods
4.3.1 Study Areas
The hemispherical photographs used in the evaluation were obtained from three
different forest ecosystems in which studies of gaps, regeneration and vegetation
dynamics were taking place. In order to have a variety of canopy structures and solar
radiation characteristics, contrasting latitudes and forest ecosystems were selected. The
details regarding the three sites are presented in Table 4.1. Besides the considerable
differences in the density of the forests studied, the different ecosystem characteristics
represented a complete range of broadleaf forest ecosystems. A gradient covering a
wide range of forest canopy conditions was sampled within each of the three study
areas.
Chapter 4 Programmes for analysing hemispherical photographs
89
Table 4.1 Study areas and their characterisation.
Top
heig
ht
(m)
34
40
31
Bas
al a
rea
(m2 h
a-1)
36
53
105
Stoc
king
(tree
s ha-1
)
519
700
1,36
2
Fore
st ty
pe
Tem
pera
te m
ixed
dec
iduo
us b
eech
fore
st o
n lim
esto
ne, d
omin
ated
by
Fagu
s syl
vatic
a
Trop
ical
clo
ud fo
rest
, ver
y hu
mid
subm
onta
ne fo
rest
Col
d te
mpe
rate
eve
rgre
en fo
rest
,
dom
inat
ed b
y N
otho
fagu
s bet
uloi
des
Slop
e
(°) 0 0
0-10
Alti
tude
(m a
.s.l.)
430
1,43
5
190
Loca
tion
Web
erst
edte
r Hol
z
Hai
nich
Nat
iona
l Par
k
(Ger
man
y) 1
(51°
01’
N, 1
0° 0
4’ E
)
Sier
ra d
e Le
ma
Fore
st,
Can
aim
a N
atio
nal P
ark
(Ven
ezue
la) 2
(05°
53’
N, 6
1° 2
6’ W
)
Río
Cón
dor,
Tier
ra d
el F
uego
(Chi
le) 3
(53°
59’
S, 6
9° 5
8’ W
)
1 But
ler-
Man
ning
(200
8), 2 H
erná
ndez
and
Cas
tella
nos (
2006
), 3 T
able
3.1
Chapter 4 Programmes for analysing hemispherical photographs
90
4.3.2 Photographic Source Material
A total of 78 hemispherical photographs were incorporated in the evaluation.
These comprised 13 photos made in gaps at each location and a further 13 under closed
canopies. All of the images were made using a digital Nikon Coolpix 990® camera
(Nikon Corporation, Tokyo, Japan) fitted with a Nikon FC-E8® fisheye converter
(Nikon Corporation, Tokyo, Japan), which has a field of view of 183°. The camera was
mounted on a tripod at a height of approximately 1.3 m above the ground. In the Sierra
de Lema cloud forest the photos were taken at a height of between 1.5-1.7 m above the
ground. The camera and the lens were arranged horizontally with the aid of a spirit
level, and pointed to the magnetic north. Automatic settings for aperture width and
shutter speed were selected (Englund et al. 2000, Inoue et al. 2004a). Details of the
photograph formats are presented in Table 4.2. Comparisons of the different image
qualities and image sizes obtained using a digital Nikon Coolpix 990 camera have
revealed no statistically discernable differences in the estimates of either gap fractions
or canopy openness (Inoue et al. 2004a). In so far as it was possible, the photographs
were only taken when the sky overhead was almost uniformly cloudy, or else shortly
after sunset. The reason for this was to avoid the occurrence of bright regions around the
sun and light reflection off foliage and woody structures, which can render thresholding
difficult.
4.3.3 Image Processing
All of the images were first cropped to squares to clearly define the image
boundaries and the image centre (refer to Brunner 2002). The reason for this is that the
fisheye photograph is a projection on a plane of a hemisphere, with the zenith at the
centre of the image and the horizons at the edges. This image renders it possible to
ascertain the distribution of canopy openings, and to estimate the solar radiation that
penetrates below the plant canopy (Rich 1990). The images were subsequently
converted to grey scales (256 levels) using the Adobe Photoshop® software (version 7.0
for Windows®, Adobe Systems Inc., San Jose, CA, USA).
A threshold value was then set for the separation of canopy and sky elements,
producing a binary black and white image (Anderson 1964a). This has in the past often
been performed manually (Roxburgh and Kelly 1995, Englund et al. 2000, Frazer et al.
Chapter 4 Programmes for analysing hemispherical photographs
91
2001, Brunner 2002, Hale and Edwards 2002), but this approach has been criticised for
being too subjective, with human interpretation a major source of error (Inoue et al.
2004a, A. Brunner, personal communication). Recently, automatic threshold setting
methods (Ishida 2004, Nobis and Hunziker 2005, Schwalbe et al. 2006) and automatic
gap fraction assessments for digital hemispherical photographs taken in forests
(Jonckheere et al. 2005) have been developed. In this study, all of the digital images
were converted to binary black and white pixels employing an automatic threshold
setting method based on edge detection (Nobis and Hunziker 2005), using the SideLook
software (http://www.appleco.ch/cms/index.php, Nobis 2005). The automatic threshold
was applied to all images by choosing the ‘edge value’ modus, and where necessary
‘local maxima’ were tested) (Nobis 2005).
Table 4.2: Details of the digital hemispherical photograph formats.
Location Colour Image
Quality* Pixels* Format
Weberstedter Holz
Hainich National Park
(Germany)
black and
white BASIC 2048 × 1536
1:16 compression
JPEG
Sierra de Lema Forest,
Canaima National Park
(Venezuela)
colour BASIC 2048 × 15361:16 compression
JPEG
Río Cóndor,
Tierra del Fuego (Chile)
black and
white HI 2048 × 1536
uncompressed
TIFF
* The Nikon Coolpix 990 allows for four image qualities, namely basic, normal, fine
and hi. Three image sizes are also possible; the largest is 2048 x 1536 pixels, the
medium 1024 x 768 pixels, and the lowest 640 x 480 pixels. Thus, an 8MB
CompactFlash memory card can store approximately 0 hi-quality images (each image is
larger than 9MB); between 5 and 48 fine-quality images, depending on the image size
used; 10 to 91 normal-quality images, and 19 to 161 basic-quality images.
Chapter 4 Programmes for analysing hemispherical photographs
92
4.3.4 Image Analyses
4.3.4.1 The software used and their settings
All images were analysed using one commercial software package called
HemiView (http://www.delta-t.co.uk, Delta-T Devices, Cambridge, UK, Rich et al.
1999), and three free programmes: (a) Gap Light Analyzer version 2.0
(http://www.ecostudies.org/gla/, Frazer et al. 1999), (b) hemIMAGE version 15-09-
2002 (http://www.umb.no/ina/ansatte/andrb_e.php, Brunner 2002) and (c) Winphot
version 5.0 (http://www.bio.uu.nl/~herba/Guyana/winphot/wp_index.htm, ter Steege
1996). All photographs were saved in the BMP format for analysis using HemiView,
Gap Light Analyzer and Winphot. The programme requirements of the hemIMAGE
software necessitated that the hemispherical photographs be converted to the GIF
format (Brunner 2002).
The lens used was the Nikon fisheye FC E8. The lens was originally designed to
produce a simple polar or equiangular projection (Herbert 1987), but new calibrations to
this lens type have since been made (Frazer et al. 2001, Inoue et al. 2004b). Three of the
programmes compared provided the option to set different calibrations to correct for the
lens distortion. The Coolpix 900 was selected for HemiView (Hale and Edwards 2002).
A third-order polynomial derived by Frazer et al. (2001) was set in the hemIMAGE
software (Nikon-Coolpix 950). This projection distortion is very close to the polar or
equiangular projection, which was also imported directly into Gap Light Analyzer as a
custom lens file (*.lns) (G. Frazer, personal communication). Lens options cannot be set
in Winphot, which assumes a polar or equiangular projection (H. ter Steege, personal
communication).
A uniform overcast sky (UOC) model was selected to describe the light intensity
of the diffuse sky (Monteith and Unsworth 1990). This model considers all regions of
the sky to be equally bright. As no actual measurements of the diffuse and direct
radiation above the study areas were available, a relative proportion of direct and diffuse
radiation equal to 0.5 was assumed for the three latitudes (Canham et al. 1990),
providing for a comparable and uniform data base. The results were calculated on the
basis of the specific vegetation periods corresponding to each site, namely April to
September in the Weberstedter Holz (Germany), all year round in the Sierra de Lema
(Venezuela) and from October to March in the Río Cóndor (Tierra del Fuego, Chile).
Chapter 4 Programmes for analysing hemispherical photographs
93
The option to set the entire year as the vegetation period for the Venezuelan forest did
not present a problem with any of the programmes, nor did the setting of a specific
vegetation period for the other two forests in either Gap Light Analyzer or hemIMAGE.
With HemiView specific periods can be calculated from the outputs obtained (refer to
Rich et al., 1999). Using Winphot a specific vegetation period comprising a maximum
of only 12 days can be set. In this case 7 days during the respective vegetation periods
were chosen for the Weberstedter Holz (1st April, 1st May, 1st June, 1st July, 1st August,
1st September and 30th September) and for the Río Cóndor (1st October, 1st November,
1st December, 1st January, 1st February, 1st March and 31st March). The option in
Winphot to include diffuse canopy light, which corresponds to the scattered radiation
transmitted or reflected from foliage, was not selected.
In HemiView and Gap Light Analyzer, the photographs were divided into 16
azimuth and 9 zenith regions (144 sky regions in total). Winphot and hemIMAGE,
alternatively, employ 89 fixed concentric rings, each one corresponding to a circular
sphere segment in the sky hemisphere (ter Steege 1996). These divisions are used by the
programmes to calculate canopy structures and solar radiation transmittances with
greater accuracy.
4.3.4.2 Calculated canopy structure and light environments
From hemispherical photographs it is possible to estimate canopy structure
variables (gap fraction, canopy openness, leaf area index, etc.), as well as potential solar
radiation (above canopy and the proportion transmitted into the forest). The basic and
most common outputs calculated using the programmes compared in this study are
listed in Table 4.3. The solar radiation calculations produced by all four programmes
were cosine-corrected. This is useful when comparing hemispherical radiation flux
estimates and measurements from cosine-corrected light sensors (Rich 1990).
HemiView and hemIMAGE also provide non-cosine-corrected transmitted solar
radiation outputs, which may be desirable for the purposes of measuring solar radiation
from all directions. This is an important feature of potential light interception by non-
flat surfaces (Rich et al. 1999); for example, a plant which has leaves oriented in many
directions (Rich 1990, Brunner 1998).
Chapter 4 Programmes for analysing hemispherical photographs
94
Table 4.3: List of the basic variables computed by the programmes HemiView (HV),
Gap Light Analyzer (GLA), hemIMAGE (hI) and Winphot (Wp). The variables
calculated by a particular programme are indicated by an ‘X.’ A ‘+’ means that the
variable can be derived from other variables computed by the programme.
Wp X
X + X X + + + + X + X
X
X
hI X
X
X
X
X
X
GLA
X
X X X X X X X X + X
X
HV
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X X
X
X
X
cosi
ne-c
orre
cted
non-
cosi
ne-c
orre
cted
cosi
ne-c
orre
cted
non-
cosi
ne-c
orre
cted
cosi
ne-c
orre
cted
non-
cosi
ne-c
orre
cted
cosi
ne-c
orre
cted
non-
cosi
ne-c
orre
cted
cosi
ne-c
orre
cted
non-
cosi
ne-c
orre
cted
cosi
ne-c
orre
cted
non-
cosi
ne-c
orre
cted
cosi
ne-c
orre
cted
non-
cosi
ne-c
orre
cted
cosi
ne-c
orre
cted
non-
cosi
ne-c
orre
cted
cosi
ne-c
orre
cted
non-
cosi
ne-c
orre
cted
Bas
ic O
utpu
ts
Abo
ve c
anop
y di
rect
sola
r rad
iatio
n
Abo
ve c
anop
y di
ffus
e so
lar r
adia
tion
Abo
ve c
anop
y gl
obal
sola
r rad
iatio
n
Bel
ow-c
anop
y di
rect
sola
r rad
iatio
n
Bel
ow-c
anop
y di
ffus
e so
lar r
adia
tion
Bel
ow-c
anop
y gl
obal
sola
r rad
iatio
n
Tran
smitt
ed d
irect
sola
r rad
iatio
n
Tran
smitt
ed d
ifuss
e so
lar r
adia
tion
Tran
smitt
ed g
loba
l sol
ar ra
diat
ion
Red
/ fa
r-re
d ra
tio
Gap
-fra
ctio
n (u
nwei
ghte
d op
enne
ss)
Can
opy
open
ness
(wei
ghte
d op
enne
ss)
Effe
ctiv
e le
af a
rea
inde
x
Leaf
ang
le d
istri
butio
n
Sola
r
Rad
iatio
n
Can
opy
The canopy structural characteristics measured were canopy openness (CO) and
effective plant area index (Le). Canopy openness was defined as the relative area of
visible sky weighted by the incident angle of cosine law from a point (Inoue et al.
Chapter 4 Programmes for analysing hemispherical photographs
95
2004a). Le was defined as the sum of all elements blocking canopy light (stems, twigs,
leaves), as hemispherical photographs do not distinguish between opaque objects
(stems) and photosynthetic tissue (Holst et al. 2004).
To obtain the Le, the programmes used methods based upon the determinations
of gap fractions in the canopy and inversion procedures. Thus, Le can be derived by
inverting Eq. (4.1) (Norman and Campbell 1989):
(4.1)
where Ti is the gap fraction at zenith angle θi, Kij is the extinction coefficient for a beam
at zenith angle θi and a leaf inclination angle (αj), and Li is the leaf area index at zenith
angle θi.
Using Eq. (4.1) Gap Light Analyzer and Winphot introduce other relationships
which finally produce Eq. (4.2) for the calculation of Le (Welles and Norman 1991):
(4.2)
where θi corresponds to fixed five viewing angles (7, 23, 38, 53 and 68), Ti is the gap
fraction around each viewing angle in bands of 15 degrees, and Wi is a fixed value
weighted to account for an area correction (0.034, 0.0104, 0.160, 0.218 and 0.484, for
the five angles referred to above). This is similar to the technique employed by the LAI
2000 plant canopy analyser. For the purposes of this evaluation, and as Le was
estimated over zenith angles of 0-75°, it is subsequently denoted Le-75 here.
Le was also estimated using an inversion algorithm for canopy transmission
employing an ellipsoidal leaf angle distribution (Le-E), which is incorporated into
HemiView and Winphot. The basis of this method is that the leaf angle distribution of a
canopy can be represented by the distribution of the area on the surface of an ellipsoid
of revolution (refer to Campbell 1986, Norman and Campbell 1989, Rich et al. 1999).
For an elliptical leaf angle distribution, the extinction coefficient – as defined by Eq.
(4.1) above (Campbell 1986, Norman and Campbell 1989) – is shown in Eq. (4.3):
(4.3)
iiji LxKT −=)ln(
( ) ( )∑=
−=5
1cosln2
iiiie WTL
θ
θ
( )( )[ ]
D
xxKK
i
ii
⎟⎟⎠
⎞⎜⎜⎝
⎛+
==
21
2tan,
2 θθ
Chapter 4 Programmes for analysing hemispherical photographs
96
where θi corresponds to the zenith angles, x corresponds to the ellipsoidal leaf angle
distribution parameter (ELADP), which is a ratio of vertical to horizontal foliage area
projections and describes the shape of the distribution. A spherical distribution occurs
when x = 1, whereas the canopy tends to be vertical and horizontal if x < 1 or x > 1,
respectively (Walter 1989-2006). D is an expression of a normalised ellipse area, which
is given by Eq. (4.4) in Winphot (ter Steege 1996) and by Eq. (4.5) in HemiView
(Wood 2001):
(4.4)
(4.5)
In Winphot x and L in Eqs. (4.1, 4.3 and 4.4) are solved using a Pascal
translation of the Basic programme (Norman and Campbell 1989), which also has been
adapted in HemiView (Rich et al. 1999).
Furthermore, a mean leaf angle or mean tilt angle (A) can be calculated using
Eq. (4.6) (Walter 1989-2006):
(4.6)
where A (the mean leaf angle) is in radians and x corresponds to ELADP.
4.3.5 Statistical Analyses
A linear regression analysis was performed to test the strength of the relationship
between the outputs (solar radiation transmittances and canopy structures) calculated by
the different programmes. The 78 hemispherical photographs used for this study were
stratified into two groups, according to the canopy condition. The analysis was carried
out separately for those images made under canopy gaps (n = 39) and those under
closed canopies (n = 39). For the regression analysis the goodness-of-fit was calculated
using the coefficient of determination (R2), the root mean square error (RMSE) and the
significance of the p-value (Sokal and Rohlf 2000). All of the statistical analyses were
performed using SPSS 15.0 for Windows (SPSS Inc.).
733.0)182.1(774.1 −++= xxD
708.0)12.1(702.1 −++= xxD
65.1)0.3(65.9)( −+= xxA
Chapter 4 Programmes for analysing hemispherical photographs
97
4.4 Results
4.4.1 Comparison of Canopy Structure Estimates
The canopy structures were estimated as percentage canopy openness (CO) and
using two definitions of effective plant area index (Le-E and Le-75) with three
programmes providing these outputs, namely HemiView, Gap Light Analyzer and
Winphot.
The canopies of the three forests were generally very dense, with the estimates
of canopy openness computed ranging between 11.1-22.6 % (Table 4.4).
The estimates of the effective plant area index integrated over the zenith angle 0-
75° (Le-75) were similar in each case, showing a range of values with an average of
between 3-4 m2 m-2 (Table 4.4). However, the maximum values of Le-75 in the
Weberstedter Holz (Germany) estimated by both of the programmes used were very
different (6.8 m2 m-2 with Gap Light Analyzer and 10.7 m2 m-2 with Winphot). The
tendency indicated by these values was also similar to the computed estimates of
effective plant area index using an ellipsoidal leaf angle distribution (Le-E) for all sites
(Table 4.4). In the case of the Weberstedter Holz there were again differences between
the maximum values computed (4.1 m2 m-2 with HemiView and 11.9 m2 m-2 with
Winphot).
The estimates of canopy openness revealed a strong, and high, correlation
between the different software outputs (Table 4.5 and Figure 4.1). This was the case for
both the hemispherical photographs taken beneath canopy gaps and those from under
closed canopies (n = 39; R2 > 0.993; p < 0.01 for all).
The computed estimates of effective plant area index (Le-75) were also highly
correlated between the two programmes that calculated this variable (Table 4.6), namely
Gap Light Analyzer and Winphot. The strong relationship was found under closed
canopy conditions (n = 39; R2 = 0.994; RMSE = 0.038; p < 0.01). However, below
canopy gaps one hemispherical photograph showed a strong deviation in the Le-75
estimate (Table 4.6 and Figure 4.1), which produced a decrease in the coefficient of
determination (n = 39; R2 = 0.859; RMSE = 0.492; p < 0.01).
Chapter 4 Programmes for analysing hemispherical photographs
98
Table 4.4: Characteristics of the canopy structures estimated for the three study areas
using the programmes HemiView (HV), Gap Light Analyzer (GLA) and Winphot (Wp).
The variables included are the canopy openness (CO), and the effective plant area
indexes integrated over the zenith angle 0-75° (Le-75) and calculated using an
ellipsoidal leaf angle distribution (Le-E). A ‘-’ means that the programme does not
compute outputs for the variable. Numbers in brackets are ranges.
CO (%) Le-75 Le-E
Weberstedter Holz, Hainich National Park, Germany (51° 01’ N, 10° 04’ E)
HV 18.5 (15.5-21.2) - 2.9 (2.3-4.1)
GLA 18.4 (15.4-21.1) 3.1 (2.5-6.8) -
Wp 19.2 (15.9-22.0) 3.2 (2.4-10.7) 3.2 (2.3-11.9)
Sierra de Lema Forest, Canaima National Park, Venezuela (05° 53’ N, 61° 26’ W)
HV 14.9 (11.2-21.4) - 3.8 (2.8-5.7)
GLA 14.8 (11.1-21.3) 3.8 (3.1-4.9) -
Wp 15.5 (11.4-22.6) 3.8 (3.1-4.9) 3.7 (3.0-4.8)
Río Cóndor, Tierra del Fuego, Chile (53° 59’ S, 69° 58’ W)
HV 14.9 (11.6-20.2) - 3.9 (2.6-6.4)
GLA 14.8 (11.6-20.1) 3.4 (2.4-4.3) -
Wp 15.4 (12.0-21.3) 3.4 (2.4-4.1) 3.3 (2.3-4.0)
The relationships between the estimates of Le-E computed using HemiView and
Winphot were very weak (Table 4.6). The relationship found under the closed canopy
conditions was characterised by large variation (n = 39; R2 = 0.053; RMSE = 1.111; p <
0.05). Below canopy gaps there was no correlation between the estimates provided by
both programmes (n = 39; R2 = 0.000; RMSE = 1.502; p = 0.939). In general, the
estimates of Le-E provided by HemiView deviated from those calculated using
Winphot, and vice versa, with great deviations between individual hemispherical
photographs (Figure 4.1).
Chapter 4 Programmes for analysing hemispherical photographs
99
Table 4.5: Linear regression coefficients for the comparison of the canopy openness
values associated with the two types of canopy condition estimated using the
programmes HemiView (HV), Gap Light Analyzer (GLA) and Winphot (Wp). The two
canopy conditions are canopy gaps and closed canopies. R2 is the coefficient of
determination; RMSE is the root mean square error. * indicates significance at the 5%
level, and ** at the 1% level.
Condition Variable Intercept Slope R2 RMSE p-value n
HV vs GLA 0.033 0.993** 0.998 0.109 0.000** 39
HV vs Wp 0.151 1.035** 0.995 0.184 0.000** 39Canopy
gap GLA vs Wp 0.149 1.041** 0.993 0.210 0.000** 39
HV vs GLA -0.023 0.998** 1.00 0.014 0.000** 39
HV vs Wp -0.044 1.033** 0.997 0.152 0.000** 39Closed
canopy GLA vs Wp -0.018 1.035** 0.997 0.155 0.000** 39
Table 4.6: Linear regression coefficients for the comparison of both effective plant area
indices associated with the two types of canopy condition estimated using the
programmes HemiView (HV), Gap Light Analyzer (GLA) and Winphot (Wp). The
variables are the effective plant area indices integrated over the zenith angle 0-75° (Le-
75) and calculated using an ellipsoidal leaf angle distribution (Le-E). The two canopy
conditions are canopy gaps and closed canopies. R2 is the coefficient of determination;
RMSE is the root mean square error. * indicates significance at the 5% level, and ** at
the 1% level.
Condition Variable Intercept Slope R2 RMSE p-value n
Le-75
Canopy gap GLA vs Wp -1.924** 1.529** 0.859 0.492 0.000** 39
Closed
canopy GLA vs Wp -0.044 0.996** 0.994 0.038 0.000** 39
Le-E
Canopy gap HV vs Wp 3.758** -0.018 0.000 1.502 0.939 39
Closed
canopy HV vs Wp 2.435** 0.273* 0.053 1.111 0.043* 39
Chapter 4 Programmes for analysing hemispherical photographs
100
(a) (b)
(c)
Figure 4.1: Scatter plots of the relationships between (a) the canopy openness estimated
under closed canopies using HemiView and Gap Light Analyzer, (b) the effective plant
area index integrated over the zenith angle 0-75° (Le-75) in canopy gaps estimated
using Gap Light Analyzer and Winphot, and (c) the effective plant area index calculated
from an ellipsoidal leaf angle distribution (Le-E) in canopy gaps estimated using
HemiView and Winphot. The solid lines correspond to the equations in Tables 4.5 (Fig.
a) and 4.6 (Figs. b and c). The broken lines represent a 1:1 reference.
Chapter 4 Programmes for analysing hemispherical photographs
101
4.4.2 Comparison of Solar RadiationTransmittance Estimates
All of the software packages evaluated in this study calculated cosine-corrected
solar radiation transmittance. However, only two estimated the non-cosine-corrected
solar radiation, namely HemiView and hemIMAGE.
4.4.2.1 Cosine-corrected solar radiation transmittance estimates
For all sites, the below-canopy cosine-corrected solar radiation values calculated
from the hemispherical photographs were low to moderate (Table 4.7). The cosine-
corrected direct, diffuse and global solar radiation transmittances ranged between 0.01-
0.41, 0.06-0.25, and 0.04-0.36, respectively. The highest direct and global solar
radiation transmittance values were always computed at the Sierra de Lema forest in
Venezuela.
All of the estimates of the cosine-corrected direct, diffuse and global solar
radiation transmittance under the two canopy variants incorporated in the study, namely
gap and closed canopy, were significant and strongly correlated (n = 39; R2 > 0.886; p <
0.01 for all). Therefore, all four programmes calculated very similar estimates of the
below-canopy solar radiation transmittance under both canopy conditions (Tables 4.8,
4.9 and 4.10 and Figure 4.2). However, in all cases some deviation was observed and
either overestimates or underestimates might be expected.
4.4.2.2 Non-cosine-corrected solar radiation transmittance estimates
In this case, only HemiView and hemIMAGE were compared, as the other two
programmes did not compute these variables. Again, the comparison was based on
hemispherical photos from gaps and closed stands.
As with the previous results, the estimates of the non-cosine-corrected direct,
diffuse and global solar radiation transmittances computed were between low to
medium solar radiation levels (Table 4.7). The estimation of non-cosine-corrected
direct, diffuse, and global solar radiation transmittances ranged between 0.01 and 0.34,
0.04 and 0.13, and 0.03 and 0.23, respectively. Again, the lighter below-canopy
environment was observed in Sierra de Lema Forest (Venezuela).
Chapter 4 Programmes for analysing hemispherical photographs
102
Table 4.7: Characteristics of the solar radiation transmittances of the three study areas
estimated using the programmes HemiView (HV), Gap Light Analyzer (GLA),
hemIMAGE (hI) and Winphot (Wp). The variables included are the direct (DIR),
diffuse (DIF) and global (GLO) solar radiation transmittances. A ‘-’ means that the
programme does not compute outputs for the variable. Numbers in brackets are ranges.
GLO
0.10
(0.0
7-0.
14)
-
0.10
(0.0
5-0.
15)
-
0.11
(0.0
3-0.
22)
-
0.11
(0.0
3-0.
23)
-
0.07
(0.0
4-0.
11)
-
0.07
(0.0
4-0.
10)
-
DIF
0.10
(0.0
7-0.
13)
-
0.10
(0.0
7-0.
13)
-
0.07
(0.0
4-0.
13)
-
0.07
(0.0
4-0.
13)
-
0.07
(0.0
4-0.
12)
-
0.07
(0.0
4-0.
12)
-
Non
-cos
ine-
corr
ecte
d so
lar r
adia
tion
trans
mitt
ance
s
DIR
0.11
(0.0
1-0.
17)
-
0.10
(0.0
1-0.
16)
-
0.16
(0.0
2-0.
34)
-
0.16
(0.0
2-0.
32)
-
0.07
(0.0
2-0.
13)
-
0.07
(0.0
2-0.
13)
-
GLO
0.15
(0.1
0-0.
20)
0.14
(0.0
9-0.
20)
0.14
(0.0
9-0.
20)
0.14
(0.0
7-0.
21)
0.15
(0.0
4-0.
31)
0.15
(0.0
4-0.
30)
0.15
(0.0
4-0.
30)
0.17
(0.0
4-0.
36)
0.10
(0.0
7-0.
17)
0.09
(0.0
6-0.
15)
0.09
(0.0
6-0.
15)
0.09
(0.0
5-0.
14)
DIF
0.16
(0.1
0-0.
23)
0.16
(0.1
0-0.
22)
0.16
(0.1
0-0.
23)
0.17
(0.1
1-0.
24)
0.12
(0.0
6-0.
23)
0.11
(0.0
6-0.
23)
0.11
(0.0
6-0.
23)
0.12
(0.0
6-0.
25)
0.11
(0.0
7-0.
22)
0.11
(0.0
7-0.
21)
0.11
(0.0
7-0.
21)
0.11
(0.0
7-0.
24)
Cos
ine-
corr
ecte
d so
lar r
adia
tion
trans
mitt
ance
s
DIR
0.12
(0.0
1-0.
19)
0.12
(0.0
1-0.
19)
0.12
(0.0
2-0.
19)
0.13
(0.0
2-0.
22)
0.19
(0.0
3-0.
39)
0.18
(0.0
3-0.
37)
0.18
(0.0
2-0.
39)
0.20
(0.0
3-0.
41)
0.08
(0.0
2-0.
15)
0.08
(0.0
2-0.
15)
0.08
(0.0
2-0.
15)
0.08
(0.0
2-0.
14)
Web
erst
edte
r Hol
z, H
aini
ch N
atio
nal P
ark,
Ger
man
y (5
1° 0
1’ N
, 10°
04’
E)
HV
GLA
hI
Wp
Sier
ra d
e Le
ma
Fore
st, C
anai
ma
Nat
iona
l Par
k, V
enez
uela
(05°
53’
N, 6
1° 2
6’ W
)
HV
GLA
hI
Wp
Río
Cón
dor,
Tier
ra d
el F
uego
, Chi
le (5
3° 5
9’ S
, 69°
58’
W)
HV
GLA
hI
Wp
Chapter 4 Programmes for analysing hemispherical photographs
103
Table 4.8: Linear regression coefficients for the comparison of the cosine-corrected
direct solar radiation transmittances associated with the two types of canopy condition
estimated using the programmes HemiView (HV), Gap Light Analyzer (GLA),
hemIMAGE (hI) and Winphot (Wp). The two canopy conditions are canopy gaps and
closed canopies. R2 is the coefficient of determination; RMSE is the root mean square
error. * indicates significance at the 5% level, and ** at the 1% level.
Condition Variable Intercept Slope R2 RMSE p-Value n
HV vs GLA 0.004** 0.930** 0.998 0.005 0.000** 39
HV vs hI 0.001 0.973** 0.997 0.005 0.000** 39
HV vs Wp -0.003 1.067** 0.994 0.010 0.000** 39
GLA vs hI -0.003 1.044** 0.997 0.006 0.000** 39
GLA vs Wp -0.007* 1.145** 0.992 0.011 0.000** 39
Canopy
Gap
hI vs Wp -0.003 1.096** 0.994 0.009 0.000** 39
HV vs GLA 0.003 0.959** 0.987 0.005 0.000** 39
HV vs hI 0.003 0.952** 0.938 0.011 0.000** 39
HV vs Wp -0.002 1.043 0.942 0.012 0.000** 39
GLA vs hI 0.002 0.981** 0.928 0.012 0.000** 39
GLA vs Wp -0.002 1.068** 0.920 0.013 0.000** 39
Closed
Canopy
hI vs Wp 0.002 1.029** 0.886 0.016 0.000** 39
Chapter 4 Programmes for analysing hemispherical photographs
104
Table 4.9: Linear regression coefficients for the comparison of the cosine-corrected
diffuse solar radiation transmittances associated with the two types of canopy condition
estimated using the programmes HemiView (HV), Gap Light Analyzer (GLA),
hemIMAGE (hI) and Winphot (Wp). The two canopy conditions are canopy gaps and
closed canopies. R2 is the coefficient of determination; RMSE is the root mean square
error. * indicates significance at the 5% level, and ** at the 1% level.
Condition Variable Intercept Slope R2 RMSE p-Value n
HV vs GLA -0.001 0.993** 0.998 0.002 0.000** 39
HV vs hI 0.000 0.997** 1.000 0.001 0.000** 39
HV vs Wp 0.001 1.072** 0.994 0.003 0.000** 39
GLA vs hI 0.001 1.002** 0.998 0.002 0.000** 39
GLA vs Wp 0.002 1.077 0.992 0.004 0.000** 39
Canopy
Gap
hI vs Wp 0.001 1.075 0.994 0.003 0.000** 39
HV vs GLA 0.000 0.996** 0.999 0.001 0.000** 39
HV vs hI 0.000 0.999** 1.000 0.001 0.000** 39
HV vs Wp -0.001 1.047** 0.997 0.002 0.000** 39
GLA vs hI 0.000 1.003** 0.999 0.001 0.000** 39
GLA vs Wp 0.000 1.050** 0.996 0.002 0.000** 39
Closed
Canopy
hI vs Wp 0.000 1.047** 0.997 0.002 0.000** 39
Chapter 4 Programmes for analysing hemispherical photographs
105
Table 4.10: Linear regression coefficients for the comparison of the cosine-corrected
global solar radiation transmittances associated with the two types of canopy condition
estimated using the programmes HemiView (HV), Gap Light Analyzer (GLA),
hemIMAGE (hI) and Winphot (Wp). The two canopy conditions are canopy gaps and
closed canopies. R2 is the coefficient of determination; RMSE is the root mean square
error. * indicates significance at the 5% level, and ** at the 1% level.
Condition Variable Intercept Slope R2 RMSE p-Value n
HV vs GLA -0.007* 0.987** 0.989 0.006 0.000** 39
HV vs hI -0.009** 1.010** 0.990 0.006 0.000** 39
HV vs Wp -0.052** 1.333** 0.952 0.019 0.000** 39
GLA vs hI -0.002 1.020** 0.995 0.005 0.000** 39
GLA vs Wp -0.044** 1.358** 0.973 0.014 0.000** 39
Canopy
Gap
hI vs Wp -0.041 1.330** 0.975 0.014 0.000** 39
HV vs GLA -0.003 1.013** 0.981 0.005 0.000** 39
HV vs hI -0.002 1.012** 0.955 0.008 0.000** 39
HV vs Wp -0.005 1.101** 0.921 0.011 0.000** 39
GLA vs hI 0.002 0.990** 0.955 0.008 0.000** 39
GLA vs Wp -0.002 1.090 0.944 0.010 0.000** 39
Closed
Canopyt
hI vs Wp 0.000 1.068** 0.929 0.011 0.000** 39
Chapter 4 Programmes for analysing hemispherical photographs
106
(a) (b)
(c)
Figure 4.2: Scatter plots of the relationships between (a) the cosine-corrected direct
solar radiation transmittances (DIR) beneath canopy gaps estimated using HemiView
and Gap Light Analyzer, (b) the cosine-corrected diffuse solar radiation transmittances
(DIF) beneath canopy gaps estimated using Gap Light Analyzer and Winphot and c) the
cosine-corrected global solar radiation transmittances (GLO) under closed canopies
estimated using hemIMAGE and Winphot. The solid lines correspond to the equations
in Tables 4.8 (Fig. a), 4.9 (Fig. b) and 4.10 (Fig. c). The broken lines represent a 1:1
reference.
Chapter 4 Programmes for analysing hemispherical photographs
107
Table 4.11: Linear regression coefficients for the comparison of the non-cosine-
corrected direct, diffuse and global solar radiation transmittances associated with the
two types of canopy condition estimated using the programmes HemiView (HV) and
hemIMAGE (hI). The two canopy conditions are canopy gaps and closed canopies. R2
is the coefficient of determination; RMSE is the root mean square error. * indicates
significance at the 5% level, and ** at the 1% level.
Condition Variable Intercept Slope R2 RMSE p-Value n
Non-cosine-corrected direct solar radiation transmittances
Canopy Gap HV vs hI -0.001 0.968** 0.996 0.006 0.000** 39
Closed Canopy HV vs hI 0.007 0.895** 0.922 0.010 0.000** 39
Non-cosine-corrected diffuse solar radiation transmittances
Canopy Gap HV vs hI 0.000 0.989** 1.000 0.000 0.000** 39
Closed Canopy HV vs hI 0.000 0.989** 1.000 0.000 0.000** 39
Non-cosine-corrected global solar radiation transmittances
Canopy Gap HV vs hI -0.015** 1.139** 0.967 0.009 0.000** 39
Closed Canopy HV vs hI 0.002 1.008** 0.951 0.006 0.000** 39
The linear regression analysis of all of the non-cosine-corrected solar radiation
transmittance values obtained for both the gaps and the closed canopy conditions also
demonstrated strong relationships between the estimates produced by the two
programmes (n = 39; R2 > 0.922; p < 0.01 for all). This meant that both computed very
similar results with respect to the transmittance of solar radiation irrespective of canopy
condition (Table 4.11 and Figure 4.3).
Chapter 4 Programmes for analysing hemispherical photographs
108
(a) (b)
(c)
Figure 4.3: Scatter plots of the relationships between (a) the non-cosine-corrected direct
solar radiation transmittances (DIR) beneath canopy gaps estimated using HemiView
and hemIMAGE, (b) the non-cosine-corrected diffuse solar radiation transmittances
(DIF) under closed canopies estimated using HemiView and hemIMAGE and c) the
non-cosine-corrected global solar radiation transmittances (GLO) under closed canopies
estimated using HemiView and hemIMAGE. The solid lines correspond to the
equations in Table 4.11. The broken lines represent a 1:1 reference.
Chapter 4 Programmes for analysing hemispherical photographs
109
4.5 Discussion
4.5.1 Canopy Structure and Solar Radiation Transmittance
All of the comparisons of both variable types, namely canopy structure and
below-canopy solar radiation environment, calculated using the different programmes
revealed a high level of agreement, with no statistically discernable differences between
the results produced. Irrespective of canopy condition, the results produced by all four
software packages proved to be very similar.
The outputs of the four programmes almost always revealed a strong positive
relationship (R2 > 0.859) with respect to the evaluation of the two contrasting canopy
conditions (gap and closed canopy). This coincided with the findings of Frazer et al.
(1997), who compared the canopy architecture (percent open sky and effective plant
area index) of different forest chronosequences in British Columbia using Hemiphot and
PAMAP GIS. However, a comparison of the effective plant area index derived for both
canopy gaps and under closed canopy conditions, calculated by HemiView and
Winphot on the basis of ellipsoidal leaf angle distributions (Le-E), revealed only weak
correlations. This may have been linked to the plant area index calculations, which are
quite sensitive to small changes in cover. Therefore, in environments with dense cover,
the computed plant area indexes might underestimate the actual situation (ter Steege
1996). However, the hemispherical photographs input into each programme had the
same format and resolution. The contrasting findings may have been due to different
gap-fraction inversion procedures or mathematical algorithms used by the programmes,
resulting in the calculation of different values. This can be observed in the different
parameters featured in the equations incorporated into Winphot and HemiView (Eqs.
4.4 and 4.5, respectively). These calculate the extinction coefficient given in Eq. 4.3 and
finally, by successive iterations, until the best effective plant area index (Le) is obtained
from Eq. 4.1. Furthermore, the mean leaf angle estimated in both conditions, under both
canopy gaps and closed canopy, showed variations. The weaker relationship was found
for the canopy gaps (R2 = 0.332), which indicates a high variability between the
programmes (Figure 4.4). The mean leaf angle variable can show the distribution of the
ellipsoidal leaf angle distribution parameter (ELADP) in Eqs. 4.3, 4.4, 4.5 and 4.6. Its
values are near to 0.0 when all canopy elements are vertical (90°). This was
Chapter 4 Programmes for analysing hemispherical photographs
110
(b)
n = 39; R2 = 0.612; RMSE = 5.735; p < 0.001
(a)
n = 39; R2 = 0.332; RMSE = 7.008; p < 0.001
predominantly the case in the canopy gaps, as estimated by HemiView, and contrasted
with the results obtained from the same hemispherical photographs with Winphot.
Values near 1.0 show that the canopy has a spherical distribution, and values of ELADP
→ ∞ when the canopy elements are more horizontal (0°).
Figure 4.4: Linear regression analysis of the mean leaf angle (°) (MLA) estimated by
HemiView and Winphot beneath a) canopy gaps and b) closed canopies. The solid lines
correspond to the equations a) MLA (Winphot) = 23.357 + 0.645 MLA (HemiView),
and b) MLA (Winphot) = 8.490 + 0.800 MLA (HemiView). The broken lines represent
a 1:1 reference, where the mean leaf angle (°) estimated by HemiView would be equal
to that estimated by Winphot.
The contrasting results may also have derived from the assumption of a random
distribution of canopy elements, leading to either an under- or an overestimation in the
calculation of the leaf area indexes. This possibility has been described for conifer
Chapter 4 Programmes for analysing hemispherical photographs
111
forests (Rich et al. 1999, Walter et al. 2003) and for forests with discontinuous canopies
(Walter et al. 2003). The hemispherical photographs made under the gaps fall into the
latter category. This can also be observed in Figure 4.4, where the estimated values of
mean leaf angle under closed canopy conditions were more closely related (R2 = 0.612).
However, both Gap Light Analyzer and Winphot also calculate the effective Le-75 on
the basis of the assumption that canopy elements are randomly distributed. Yet, in this
case (Table 4.6), the resulting values were strongly positively correlated (R2 = 0.859). It
would appear, therefore, that the contrasting results were not linked to the assumption of
a random distribution of canopy elements.
Although the comparison of the software packages resulted in similar
quantitative differences in the calculation of plant area indexes, these were all indirect
estimates. A bias in all of these measurements is, therefore, possible (Coops et al. 2004).
Additional data relating to, for example, foliage clumping, the shading effects of
branches and boles, slope corrections, etc., must be incorporated in order to improve
estimates. This is required because accurate estimates of plant area indices are necessary
in studies of forest ecology (Frazer et al. 2000, Walter and Torquebiau 2000, Walter et
al. 2003). Coops et al. (2004) stated that a more accurate estimate of the effective plant
area index can be achieved by comparing the estimates with actual leaf quantity
measurements, or other direct leaf area index measurements (refer to Jonckheere et al.
2004). The need for the validation of indirect methods remains. LAI measurements
may, therefore, prove important as a method of calibration (Jonckheere et al. 2004), and
calibration of the estimates of plant area index from hemispherical photographs might
be made with those derived from allometric models.
Through the regression analysis, strong relationships were found when all of the
outputs of solar radiation transmittances were compared (Tables 4.8, 4.9, 4.10 and 4.11,
and Figures 4.2 and 4.3), indicating that all of the programmes provided accurate
estimates of the below-canopy solar radiation. Ultimately, slight differences were
observed between the programmes.
Finally, and in spite of the fact that the length of the vegetation period in
Winphot was set to only 7 days for both the German and the Chilean forest, the results
computed did not differ from those calculated on the basis of the complete length of the
respective vegetation periods using the other programmes.
Chapter 4 Programmes for analysing hemispherical photographs
112
4.5.2 Other aspects requiring consideration when selecting a programme
All four of the software packages evaluated (HemiView, Gap Light Analyzer,
hemIMAGE and Winphot) are Windows-based programmes. The minimum system
requirements of each are Microsoft Windows 3.1 or later (Winphot), Microsoft
Windows 95 or later (HemiView and Gap Light Analyzer), and Windows NT 4.0 or
later (HemiView and Gap Light Analyzer). Other considerations in relation to the
software system requirements are listed in Table 4.12.
Table 4.12: Programme system requirements. A ‘-’ means that no indication of the
programme requirements has been given.
Programme Minimum operating
system
Minimum
RAM
Minimum
hard disk
Minimum video
display
HemiView Microsoft Windows
NT 4.0 and 95 16 Mbytes 10 Mbytes 16 colour VGA
Gap Light
Analyzer
Microsoft Windows
NT 4.0 and 95 64 Mbytes -
4 MB of 600 x
800 true-colour
hemIMAGE - - - -
Winphot Microsoft Windows
3.1 - - -
source: ter Steege 1996, Frazer et al. 1999, Rich et al. 1999, Brunner 2002.
One of the difficulties encountered using the programmes concerned the image
file formats supported. hemIMAGE requires GIF files saved in the grey scales format
(Brunner 2002), Winphot accommodates both BMP and PCX (ter Steege 1996),
whereas Gap Light Analyzer supports most common graphics formats, with the
exception of compressed TIFF, GIF and newer formats like FlashPix (Frazer et al.
1999). The commercial product, HemiView, supports the following image formats:
BMP, JPG, PCX, TIFF, TARGA and PCD (Rich et al. 1999). The latter two
programmes can also support colour photographs. However, not all of the
aforementioned file formats are produced by digital cameras. Graphics editing software
such as Adobe Photoshop or the free image manipulation programme ‘GIMP’ is,
therefore, necessary to convert the digital hemispherical photographs to the supported
Chapter 4 Programmes for analysing hemispherical photographs
113
file formats. This can potentially increase the time needed for the analysis of
hemispherical photographs.
The hemIMAGE software requires that all images are quadratic in shape
(Brunner 2002), so that the programme can calculate the boundaries of the circular
fisheye image and the zenith position. This, too, means that a graphics editing software
is required. Winphot also requires a graphics editor, for the conversion of the images to
be analysed to the required formats (refer to ter Steege 1996). Incorporated within
Winphot, Gap Light Analyzer and HemiView are registration or alienation processes to
determine correctly the horizon on each photograph (Frazer et al. 1999, Rich et al. 1999,
ter Steege 1996). Therefore, in the case of these three programmes, the cropping
procedure is not necessary. However, it was not tested whether these alienation
processes rendered the image preparation less subjective, and easier, or whether they
improved the accuracy of the subsequent analysis of the images.
Another factor often highlighted as a source of error associated with
hemispherical photography relates to the classification and distinction of visible sky
from obscured sky, commonly referred to as threshold setting. The programmes Gap
Light Analyzer, Winphot and HemiView have an inbuilt interactive threshold setting
tool, which can be applied to the complete photo, or to a segment thereof (Frazer et al.
1999, Rich et al. 1999). However, there are also problems associated with this
technique, caused by unevenness in the light conditions within hemispherical
photographs (Rich et al. 1999). Manual threshold setting procedures have also been
criticised for their subjectivity, with human interpretation considered a major source of
error (Inoue et al. 2004a, Ishida 2004, Nobis and Hunziker 2005, A. Brunner personal
communication). Automatic thresholding methods have been developed in recent times
(Ishida, 2004, Nobis and Hunziker 2005, Schwalbe et al. 2006), which might eliminate
this source of error. This may negate the need for the use of graphics editing software
and interactive threshold setting tools.
A correction for lens distortion is integrated into the hemIMAGE, Gap Light
Analyzer and HemiView software. The latter two programmes allow the user to input a
new, user-defined lens distortion (Frazer et al. 1999, Rich et al. 1999). In hemIMAGE
any new calibrations must be entered into the programme code by the programmer
(Brunner 2002). Winphot, alternatively, assumes a polar or equiangular projection and
lens options cannot be set (H. ter Steege personal communication). In this context, all
Chapter 4 Programmes for analysing hemispherical photographs
114
lens calibrations used are very close to the polar or equiangular projection, and
differences in the results produced by this setting procedure should not be expected.
The four programmes evaluated allow the user to store different file variables.
Different configurations for site (latitude, longitude, altitude, time zone, magnetic
correction for true north, slope, aspect), the time period (a specific day, growing season,
year, etc.) and for the radiation models (universal overcast model, standard overcast
model, percentage of both diffuse and direct radiation, etc.) can be saved. These stored
settings can also be used later for further analysis of the images (ter Steege 1996, Frazer
et al. 1999, Rich et al. 1999, Brunner 2002).
All of the results generated by the three free programmes are saved as text files
with different formats, all of which can be opened in a spreadsheet application like
Microsoft Excel for further analysis (ter Steege 1996, Frazer et al. 1999, Brunner 2002).
The spreadsheets generated by the commercial software HemiView can be saved
directly as MS Excel 5.0 files (Rich et al. 1999).
All four programmes were generally user friendly, but in each case it was
necessary to understand the functions, tools and programme-specific characteristics to
begin analysing the hemispherical photographs. Although each is accompanied by a
user manual (ter Steege 1996, Frazer et al. 1999, Rich et al. 1999, Brunner 2002), not all
aspects are covered in the manuals. Brunner (2002), for example, assumed that the
readers and users are familiar with the basic steps involved in the analysis of
hemispherical photographs. Each manual includes a list of references or a bibliography,
allowing readers and users to consult source literature directly.
4.6 Conclusions
It was possible to demonstrate that the characterisation of forest environment
using digital hemispherical photographs, evaluated using a commercial software
package (HemiView) and free software packages (Gap Light Analyzer, hemIMAGE
and Winphot), resulted in similar estimates of the most commonly used canopy
structure and solar radiation variables. Thus, irrespective of canopy condition and
latitude, the results produced by all four software packages proved to be very similar.
However, accurate estimates of forest canopy structure and below-canopy solar
radiation environments are needed, and in the case of some variables the outputs of the
Chapter 4 Programmes for analysing hemispherical photographs
115
programmes deviated, especially the outliers. This may lead to greater bias in the
analysis of vegetation patterns in the forest. The calculation of the effective plant area
index should be viewed with caution, as the comparison of the computed outputs
revealed varying estimates.
The outline of the contrasting methods employed for the analysis of
hemispherical photographs provided here might be used to develop a standard protocol
for the evaluation of hemispherical photographs made in broadleaf forests, because the
outputs of all four programmes were very similar.
Chapter 5 Below-canopy solar radiation transmittances
116
CHAPTER 5
EFFECTS OF CANOPY STRUCTURE AND STAND
PARAMETERS ON THE VARIABILITY OF SOLAR RADIATION
TRANSMITTANCE IN AN UNEVEN-AGED EVERGREEN
Nothofagus betuloides FOREST
5.1 Abstract
The transmission of the direct, diffuse and global solar radiation penetrating the
canopy of an uneven-aged, evergreen Nothofagus betuloides forest during the growing
season (October to March), and the effects of the canopy structure and stand parameters
on the below-canopy solar radiation regime, were analysed. Hemispherical photographs
were used to estimate the solar radiation transmittances and certain of the canopy
structure variables, namely gap fraction, canopy openness and plant area index. The
transmission of the solar radiation into the forest was not only affected by a high level
of horizontal and vertical heterogeneity of the forest canopy, but also by the low angles
of the sun’s path. The below-canopy direct solar radiation appeared to be variable in
space and time, whereas the transmission of the diffuse radiation exhibited lower
variability. The direct solar radiation correlated poorly with the canopy structure and
stand parameters. The variable that best fit the data was the plant area index (R2 =
0.263). Although the correlation with the simple stand parameters was poor, the diffuse
and global solar radiation were very sensitive to canopy openness (R2 = 0.963 and
0.833). However, the degree of heterogeneity of the forest – measured only on the basis
of canopy structure and stand parameters – was high, which had a corresponding effect
on the diffuse and global below-canopy solar radiation. As much as 75 % of the
variation in the diffuse and 73 % of the global solar radiation were explained by a
combination of the basal area, crown projection, crown volume, stem volume and the
average equivalent crown radius.
Keywords: Nothofagus betuloides, uneven-aged forest, hemispherical photographs,
below-canopy solar radiation, transmittance.
Chapter 5 Below-canopy solar radiation transmittances
117
Nomenclature
BA basal area (m2 ha-1) GC centre of the gap
CA crown area projected to
the ground (m2)
GF gap fraction (%)
CA averaged crown area
projected to the ground
per plot (m2)
GLO growing season global solar radiation
transmittance (%)
CL crown length (m) Le-
60
plant area index calculated using the
meant tilt angle of the foliage integrated
over zenith angles from 0 to 60º (m2 m-2)
CO canopy openness (%) Le-
75
same as above but integrated over zenith
angles from 0 to 75º (m2 m-2)
Cr averaged equivalent
crown radius per plot (m)
Le-E plant area index employing an ellipsoidal
angle distribution (m2 m-2)
CSA crown surface area (m2) NGE northwestern gap edge
CV crown volume (m3) NUC northwestern undisturbed canopy
D stocking (nº trees ha-1) R equivalent crown radius (m)
DBH diameter at breast height
(cm)
SGE southeastern gap edge
DIF growing season diffuse
solar radiation
transmittance (%)
SUC southeastern undisturbed canopy
DIR growing season direct
solar radiation
transmittance (%)
SV stem volume (m3 ha-1)
5.2 Introduction
Biological and meteorological processes are influenced by solar radiation
(Anderson 1964c, Barnes et al. 1998). Both above and within forests, chemical, physical
and physiological processes are driven by the components of solar radiation (Holst and
Mayer 2005). A knowledge of the effects of solar radiation in the forest understorey is
Chapter 5 Below-canopy solar radiation transmittances
118
important for an understanding forest dynamics, as solar radiation affects plant
regeneration patterns such as germination, establishment, growth and survival (Grant
1997).
The latitude, time of day, atmospheric clarity and altitude affect the total amount
of solar radiation reaching a forest canopy (Hutchison and Matt 1977, Barnes et al.
1998). The forest canopy is an exceedingly complex, three-dimensional structure that
changes with time (Anderson 1964b). Its irregular surface greatly influences the
reflection, transmission and the absorption of solar radiation (Grant 1997, Geiger et al.
2003). Even in tropical forests with no pronounced seasonal variation in stand structure,
the below-canopy changes in light throughout the year will differ from those occurring
in an open area (Anderson 1964b, Rich et al. 1993). Only a small percentage of the
incident radiation reaches the forest floor (Barnes et al. 1998). Therefore, measuring
solar radiation beneath a forest canopy is complicated by the highly irregular
distribution of the solar radiation in both space and time (Reifsnyder et al. 1971-1972,
Geiger et al. 2003).
The amount of direct solar radiation penetrating a forest canopy is highly
variable in space and time, as the sun’s position changes throughout the day, and from
day to day. This is exacerbated by the fact that the distribution of openings in the
canopy tends to be highly variable (Hutchison and Matt 1977, Barnes et al. 1998,
Geiger et al. 2003). The penetration of diffuse solar radiation by contrast is less
variable, as it depends upon the distribution and the level of sky brightness, the number,
size and spatial distribution of canopy openings, the canopy geometry, the spatial
distribution and optical characteristics of the forest biomass. Thus, within a forest,
diffuse solar radiation is more uniform in space and time than either direct or global
solar radiation (Hutchison and Matt 1977, Geiger et al. 2003).
Seasonal changes in the below-canopy solar radiation have been reported for
deciduous (Hutchison and Matt 1977, Baldocchi et al. 1984, Caldentey et al. 1999-2000,
Mayer et al. 2002, Holst and Mayer 2005, Holst et al. 2005) and coniferous forests
(Weiss 2000, Hardy et al. 2004).
Several attempts have been made to estimate the below-canopy solar radiation
from stand parameters (Comeau and Heineman 2003, Geiger et al. 2003). Individually
and in combination, the basal area, stocking density and height of trees, crown
dimensions, canopy cover, and the leaf area index have been correlated with the
availability of solar radiation in coniferous forests (Sampson and Smith 1993, Vales and
Chapter 5 Below-canopy solar radiation transmittances
119
Bunnell 1988, Hale 2003, Sonohat et al. 2004) and in broadleaved forests (Comeau
2001, Pinno et al. 2001, Comeau and Heineman 2003, Piboule et al. 2005, Comeau et
al. 2006). However, the availability of solar radiation in the understorey of a
homogeneous, even-aged forest may be drastically different to that of a heterogeneous,
uneven-aged forest with the same leaf area (van Pelt and Franklin 2000, Piboule et al.
2005). The canopy of a heterogeneous, uneven-aged forest is characterised by a multi-
layered vertical distribution and an irregular horizontal distribution of structures, due to
the presence of canopy openings of different sizes (Franklin and van Pelt 2004), as has
been observed in old-growth Nothofagus betuloides (Mirb.) Oerst forest in Tierra del
Fuego (Rebertus and Veblen 1993, see Chapter 3).
The evergreen N. betuloides is one of the endemic forest species characteristic of
the Chilean and Argentinean sub-Antarctic forest. It grows from 40 ° 31’ S to 55 ° 31 ’
S (Rodríguez and Quezada 2003), and from sea level near the southern limit of its
distribution to altitudes of 1200 m a.s.l. near the northern limit of its distribution
(Veblen et al. 1996). N. betuloides exhibits a high ecological amplitude. It can
germinate in very shady environments (Veblen et al. 1996). There are indications that
for all South American Nothofagus species seedling establishment occurs best under
moderately high light levels (Table 5.1). However, N. betuloides appears to be more
shade-tolerant than other Nothofagus species (Veblen et al. 1996, see Chapter 3).
There are as yet numerous gaps in the knowledge of the effects of canopy
structure and stand parameters on the spatial variation of the below-canopy solar
radiation regime in an uneven-aged N. betuloides forest.
This study was carried out to (i) analyse the effects of the forest canopy on the
transmittance of solar radiation to the forest floor, and to (ii) evaluate whether canopy
structures and stand parameters explain the variation in the below-canopy solar
radiation in an uneven-aged N. betuloides forest.
5.3 Material and Methods
5.3.1 Study Area
The study area is located in an old-growth, uneven-aged evergreen N. betuloides
forest (20 ha, with a stocking density of 1362 trees ha-1, and a basal area of 105 m2 ha-1)
Chapter 5 Below-canopy solar radiation transmittances
120
with no direct evidence of human impact. The forest appears to be closely related to the
evergreen N. betuloides forest described by Veblen et al. (1983). Its soil is covered by a
thick layer of partially decomposed organic matter. The species diversity of the shrub
layer is poor, but there is a very pronounced layer of abundant epiphytic ferns, mosses
and liverworts, particularly on the slowly decaying tree trunks that lie on the forest
floor. The forest is located at the ‘Estancia Olguita,’ on the southeastern side of the Río
Cóndor (53 ° 59 ’S, 69 ° 58 ’W), which flows along the southwestern Chilean side of
Tierra del Fuego (Figure 3.1).
Table 5.1: Below-canopy solar radiation in some South American Nothofagus forests.
Numbers in parentheses are standard errors.
Site Altitude
(m a.s.l.)
Forest
composition
% diffuse and
direct radiation
% direct
radiation Reference
850 14.0 (1.6) 17.6 (1.1) Veblen et al. (1980)San Pablo
39°33 ′ S
72°03′ W 810
N. dombeyi 17.3 (1.5) 19.5 (1.4) Veblen et al. (1980)
1320 N. pumilio 21.7 (1.9) 26.7 (1.5) Veblen (1979)
1110 N. pumilio
N. betuloides39.9 (7.2) 38.9 (1.8) Veblen (1979)
Antillanca
Valley
40°47′ S
72°12′ W 1060 N. alpina 31.3 (2.2) 29.6 (1.0) Veblen et al. (1980)
1040 N. betuloides
N. pumilio 28.2 (1.8) 27.6 (1.2) Veblen (1979)
1020 N. pumilio
N. betuloides30.7 (2.5) 27.1 (1.1) Veblen et al. (1979)
Antillanca
Valley
40°47′S
72°12′ W 1000 N. pumilio 35.4 (3.5) 38.9 (1.8) Veblen (1979)
The climate of the area is that of the northern antiboreal sub-zone, with a mean
air temperature of between 9.0-9.5 °C in the warmest month of the year, and
temperatures remaining above zero in the coldest month. The mean annual rainfall is
around 500-600 mm, but can reach up to 900 mm. The wind direction is commonly
west to southwest, with average speeds of between 14-22 km h-1 and maximum speeds
of above 100 km h-1 (Tuhkanen 1992).
Chapter 5 Below-canopy solar radiation transmittances
121
N
Centre of the Gap (GC)
Southeastern Gap Edge
(SGE)
Northwestern Gap Edge
(NGE)
Southeastern Undisturbed
Canopy (SUC)
Northwestern Undisturbed
Canopy (NUC)
Canopy Gap
5.3.2 Measuring Below-Canopy Solar Radiation
Hemispherical photographs were used to estimate indirectly the solar radiation
transmittance in the forest. The photographs were taken during the summer of 2006
along a gradient of solar radiation conditions, for which transects running from areas
beneath the undisturbed canopy to the centre of canopy gaps were established.
Thirteen canopy gaps (> 20 m2) were selected in a forest in Tierra del Fuego
dominated by N. betuloides. Their sizes ranged from 21-92 m2, with an average of 47 ±
6.3 m2 (± SE). A ‘gap’ was defined as the horizontal projection of a canopy opening to
the forest floor (Runkle 1982), and was considered closed if the vegetation growing
below the opening in the canopy was more than 2-3 m in height (see Chapter 3). Only
canopy gaps occurring on podsolic, well-drained and shallow soils (< 50 cm) were
selected.
Five hemispherical photographs were taken along a southeasterly to
northwesterly transect in each canopy gap (Figure 5.1). One hemispherical photograph
was taken at the centre of the gap (GC), two at the edges of the gap (southeast, SGE,
and northwest, NGE, of GC), and two more below undisturbed canopy (southeast, SUC,
and northwest, NUC, of GC) at a distance of half the height of the highest tree in the
vicinity of the gap (26 m ± 0.9). This distance was measured from the bases of the trees
at the edge of the gap.
Figure 5.1: Layout of transect in a canopy gap where the hemispherical photographs
were taken. The circle shape of the canopy gap does not illustrate the reality, because of
all gaps analyzed had different shapes.
Chapter 5 Below-canopy solar radiation transmittances
122
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
J F M A M J J A S O N DMonth
Clo
udin
ess
(okt
as)
Punta Arenas (Chile)
Río Grande (Argentina)
Ushuaia (Argentina)
All hemispherical photographs were taken with a Nikon Coolpix 990® digital
camera (Nikon Corporation, Tokyo, Japan) fitted with a Nikon FC-E8® fisheye
converter (Nikon Corporation, Tokyo, Japan). The camera was mounted on a tripod at a
height of approximately 1.3 m above the ground. The camera and lens were levelled
with the aid of a spirit level and oriented to the magnetic north.
The digital images were processed according to Brunner (2002). This included
the manual setting of a threshold value to separate canopy and sky elements into a
binary black and white image and converted to greyscale. All images were analysed
using HemiView (Delta-T Devices, Cambridge, UK). Using the Coolpix 900 option
(Hale and Edwards 2002), the lens distortion was corrected. The universal overcast sky
(UOC) model was selected to describe the intensity of the diffuse radiation (Steven and
Unsworth 1980). The model assumes all regions of the sky to be equally bright. A
relative proportion of direct and diffuse radiation equal to 0.5 was assumed, because in
the vegetation period (October to March) the mean monthly cloudiness of southern
Patagonia and Tierra del Fuego ranges between 5.3 and 6.1 oktas, depending on the
location of the meteorological station (Figure 5.2).
Figure 5.2: Average monthly cloudiness for southern Patagonia (from the ‘Jorge C.
Scythe’ meteorological station in Punta Arenas (53°08’S; 70° 53’W; 6 m a.s.l.)) and
Tierra del Fuego (from the Río Grande (53° 80’S; 67° 78’W; 9 m a.s.l.) and Río Olivia
in Ushuaia (54°82’S; 68°30’W) meteorological stations (source: Butorovic (2003, 2004,
2005), Santana (2006, 2007), SMN (2007)).
The hemispherical photographs were divided into 16 azimuth and 9 zenith
regions (144 sky regions in total) in order to determine whether the diffuse solar
Chapter 5 Below-canopy solar radiation transmittances
123
radiation transmittance originates from different sky regions in areas beneath disturbed
and undisturbed canopies. The photos were cosine corrected, so as to allow for
comparison with meteorological data (Anderson 1964c, Rich 1990).
All calculations of direct (DIR), diffuse (DIF) and global (GLO) solar radiation
transmittances below the canopy were estimated during the growing season (between
October and March).
5.3.3 Canopy Structure and Stand Parameters Measurements
The gap fraction (GF), canopy openness (CO) and plant area index (Le) were
estimated from the hemispherical photographs. GF was defined as the vertically
projected canopy area per unit ground area. CO was deemed to be the relative amount of
visible sky weighted by the incident angle of cosine law from a point (Inoue et al.
2004a). Le was described as the sum of all elements blocking canopy-light (stems,
twigs, leaves), as hemispherical photographs do not distinguish between opaque objects
(stems) and photosynthetic tissue (Holst et al. 2004).
Le was estimated using HemiView and Gap Light Analyzer (Frazer et al. 1999).
Both programmes use methods based upon the determination of gap fraction in the
canopy and inversion procedures (Norman and Campbell 1989). HemiView
incorporates an inversion algorithm of canopy transmission employing an ellipsoidal
leaf angle distribution to estimate the plant area index (Le-E). This means that the leaf
angle distribution of a canopy can be represented by the distribution of the area on the
surface of an ellipsoid of revolution (Norman and Campbell 1989, Rich et al. 1999).
Gap Light Analyzer uses the mean tilt angle of the foliage to estimate Le. The mean tilt
angle is calculated by a polynomial derived for a uniform leaf azimuth distribution and a
constant leaf normal angle (Welles and Norman 1991, Frazer et al. 1999). This
technique is similar to that used by the LAI-2000 Plant Canopy Analyzer (LI-COR, NE,
USA). For this study, Le was estimated over two zenith angle ranges from 0-60° (Le-
60) and from 0-75° (Le-75) with Gap Light Analyzer.
Stand measurements were made in 26 fixed plots of 225 m2 (15 x 15 m) during
the summer of 2007. In each plot, the diameter at breast height (DBH) for all trees with
a DBH ≥ 5 cm was recorded, and the stocking density (D), the basal area (BA) and the
stem volume (SV) per hectare were estimated. The centres of the plots were located
where the hemispherical photographs were taken (thirteen at GC, and thirteen at NUC).
Chapter 5 Below-canopy solar radiation transmittances
124
The crown projection to the ground of each tree was also visually estimated, delimited
by four radii in four cardinal directions (to the north, south, east and west). The edge of
the crown was delimited with the aid of a clinometer. For each crown quarter, the crown
area (CA) projected to the ground was calculated using the formula of an ellipse, and
then all four quarters were added. SV was calculated from a species-specific allometric
regression based on DBH and the dominant height of the trees in the plot (Promis et al.
2007).
To reconstruct the crown shape of each tree, the equivalent crown radius (R) was
estimated, defined as the radius of a circle whose area is equal to the CA projected to
the ground (Piboule et al. 2005). The crown surface area (CSA) and the crown volume
(CV) were then computed, assuming that the crown had a parabolic geometric shape:
(5.1)
(5.2)
where CL (m) was the crown length. CL was defined as the length between the tree top
and the base of its crown, excluding epicormic shoots.
A regression analysis was performed to find a relationship between CL and
DBH. From a sub-sample of 70 trees, the total height (between 14-31 m), CL (between
2-10 m) and DBH (between 19-89 cm) were measured. Although significant, the best
relationship was a power function, which showed a large variation (n = 70; R2 = 0.147;
RMSE = 0.295; p < 0.01), indicating a high variability of CL among the trees in this old-
growth forest.
(5.3)
where DBH is the diameter at breast height (cm).
( ) 31.52L
22
LSA RC4R
C6RπC −×+×
××
=
2CR
πC L2
V×
×=
0.296L DBH1.707C ×=
Chapter 5 Below-canopy solar radiation transmittances
125
5.3.4 Statistical and Regression Analysis to Explain the Solar Radiation
Transmittance
The non-parametric Kruskal-Wallis H-test and a post-hoc Mann-Whitney U-test
were used to analyse the variation in the transmission of cosine-corrected solar radiation
between areas beneath disturbed and undisturbed canopy.
A regression analysis was performed to test the strength of the relationships
between the solar radiation transmittance, the canopy structure and the stand
parameters. The CURVEFIT algorithm in SPSS 15.0 for Windows (SPSS Inc.) was
used. Linear, logarithmic, inverse, quadratic, compound, power, Schumacher’s
equation, growth and exponential functions were tested. The independent variables
tested were DIR, DIF, GLO, ln(DIR), ln(DIF), ln(GLO). The independent variables
used were BA, CA, CA, CO, Cr, CSA, CV, D, GF, Le-60, Le-75, Le-E, and SV. For the
regression analysis, the goodness-of-fit was calculated using the coefficient of
determination (R2), the root mean square error (RMSE) and the significance of the p-
value (Sokal and Rohlf 2000). A total of 26 and 65 observations were used for the
regression analysis, depending on whether the explanatory variables were calculated
from the fixed plots used for the stand measurements (BA, CA, CA, Cr, CSA, CV, D, and
SV) or hemispherical photographs (CO, GF, Le-60, Le-75, Le-E).
The non-linear regression procedure of SPSS 15.0 employing a Levenberg-
Marquardt algorithm was also used for evaluating the relationship between the solar
radiation transmittance with a combination of canopy structure and stand parameters
obtained from the stand measurements.
5.4 Results
5.4.1 Transmission of Solar Radiation Into the Forest
Between 3.5 and 22.2 % of the above canopy direct solar radiation was
transmitted to the forest floor during the growing season. The highest amount of DIR
(10.6 % ± 3.2, average ± SD) was recorded at the SUC. However, the values did not
differ significantly (n = 13, p > 0.05) from the mean transmittances calculated at the GC
(9.1 % ± 4.4) and SGE (8.7 % ± 3.9). Although the DIR was higher at the SGE, the
Chapter 5 Below-canopy solar radiation transmittances
126
contrast with the DIR calculated at NUC (8.1 % ± 3.3) was not significant. The lowest
transmittance was computed at the NGE (5.9 % ± 3.1). In this case the contrast with the
values obtained for all other locations was statistically significant (Table 5.2).
The mean daily values of DIR differed between all of the plots (Figure 5.3). The
daily maximum DIR occurred at noon at two locations beneath the disturbed canopy (at
GC and SGE) (Figures 5.3a, b). At the NGE the maximum DIR transmission was more
variable; occurring at noon in October, at 9:00 in December and at 11:00 in February
(Figure 5.3c). Beneath the undisturbed canopy, the greatest DIR value was almost
always observed in the afternoon (between 13:00 and 14:00). The exception was in
October, when the maximum at the NUC occurred at 9:00 (Figures 5.3d, e).
Table 5.2: Descriptive statistics of the cosine-corrected direct, diffuse and global solar
radiation transmittances at the centre of the gaps (GC), the southeastern gap edge
(SGE), the northwestern gap edge (NGE), and below the southeastern undisturbed
canopy (SUC) and the northwestern undisturbed canopy (NUC). The standard deviation
is indicated in parentheses. Locations denoted by the same letter (a, b, c) did not differ
significantly (Kruskal-Wallis H-test and a post-hoc Mann-Whitney U-test, p > 0.05, n =
13).
Cosine-corrected solar radiation transmittances GC SGE NGE SUC NUC
Mean 9.1 ab 8.7 ab 5.9 c 10.6 a 8.1 b
(SD) (4.4) (3.9) (3.1) (3.2) (3.3) Direct
Range 4.9-22.2 4.2-18.5 3.5-13.3 6.0-15.7 4.1-17.3
Mean 13.9 a 12.5 ab 11.1 b 9.0 c 8.5 c
(SD) (4.8) (2.2) (2.7) (1.6) (2.1) Diffuse
Range 8.9-28.0 8.7-17.3 5.0-17.5 5.4-11.5 4.4-11.8
Mean 12.1 a 11.1 ab 9.2 bc 9.6 abc 8.3 c
(SD) (4.5) (2.7) (2.5) (1.7) (1.9) Global
Range 8.3-25.8 7.2-17.8 4.5-13.5 6.6-11.9 4.7-11.8
The DIF above the forest floor ranged from 4.4 to 28.0 % (Table 5.2). The
highest value (13.9 % ± 4.8) was calculated at the GC. This value did not differ
significantly (n = 13, p > 0.05) from the mean value calculated at the SGE (12.5 % ±
Chapter 5 Below-canopy solar radiation transmittances
127
2.2). Although the DIF was higher at the SGE than at the NGE (11.1 % ± 2.7), the
difference was not significant. The lowest DIF values were calculated at the SUC and
NUC (9.0 % ± 1.6; 8.5 % ± 2.1).
Figure 5.3: Mean daily direct solar radiation transmittance for three months (October,
December and February) at (a) the centre of the gaps (GC), (b) the southeastern gap
edge (SGE), (c) the northwestern gap edge (NGE), and below the (d) southeastern
(SUC) and (e) northwestern (NUC) undisturbed canopy. LT means local time.
(a)
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24time (LT)
Dire
ct s
olar
radi
atio
n tra
nsm
ittan
ce (%
)
OctoberDecemberFebruary
(b)
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24time (LT)
Dire
ct s
olar
radi
atio
n tra
nsm
ittan
ce (%
)
OctoberDecemberFebruary
(c)
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24time (LT)
Dire
ct s
olar
radi
atio
n tra
nsm
ittan
ce (%
)
OctoberDecemberFebruary
(d)
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24time (LT)
Dire
ct s
olar
radi
atio
n tra
nsm
ittan
ce (%
)
OctoberDecemberFebruary
(e)
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24time (LT)
Dire
ct s
olar
radi
atio
n tra
nsm
ittan
ce (%
)
OctoberDecemberFebruary
Chapter 5 Below-canopy solar radiation transmittances
128
The high proportion of DIF beneath the gaps originated from 10-30° of the
zenith angles, with average values of 43 % at the GC, 46 % at the SGE and 44 % at the
NGE. Beneath the undisturbed canopy, the largest DIF values were observed within 30-
50° of the zenith; 47 % at the SUC and 43 % at the NUC (Figure 5.4)
Figure 5.4: Average distribution of diffuse solar radiation transmittance (DIF) at
different locations in the forest; at the centre of the gaps (GC), the southeastern gap
edge (SGE), the northwestern gap edge (NGE), and below the southeastern undisturbed
canopy (SUC), and the northwestern undisturbed canopy (NUC). Estimated from 10°
bands of zenith angle of the sky hemisphere.
The below-canopy GLO ranged from 4.5-25.8 % of the above-canopy GLO
(Table 4.2). There was no significant difference (n=13, p>0.05) between the mean GLO
at the GC (12.1 % ± 4.5) and at the SGE (11.1 % ± 2.7). By contrast, there was a
statistically significant difference between the GLO at the GC and the below-canopy
GLO at the NGE (9.2 % ± 2.5). However, the GLO values recorded at the two edges of
the gaps did not differ. The lowest estimates of GLO were found at the SUC and the
NUC (9.6 % ± 1.7, and 8.3 % ± 1.9).
5.4.2 Relationships between Solar Radiation Transmittances, Canopy Structure
and Stand Parameters
Significant correlations between below-canopy DIR, DIF and GLO and the
canopy structure and stand parameters were found (Tables 5.3, 5.4 and 5.5).
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
5 15 25 35 45 55 65 75 85Angle from zenith
Diff
use
sola
r rad
iatio
n tra
nsm
ittan
ce (%
)GC
SGE
NGE
SUC
NUC
Chapter 5 Below-canopy solar radiation transmittances
129
Models fitted through regression analysis (Table 5.3, Figure 5.5a) suggest that
Le-E, although the coefficient of determination was low (R2 = 0.263), was the variable
that best explained the largest proportion of the variance of the below-canopy DIR.
Other variables explaining more than 20 % of the variation of the DIR were CO (R2 =
0.221) and Le-60 (R2 = 0.219).
Table 5.3: Regression models fitted for the estimation of the direct solar radiation
transmitted into the Nothofagus betuloides forest. b0, b1, b2 are the coefficients for the
models. R2 is the coefficient of determination; RMSE is the root mean square error. *
indicates significance at the 5 % level, and ** at the 1 % level.
Model b0 b1 b2 R2 RMSE p-value N
Ln (y) = exp (b0 + b1 Le-E) 1.059 -0.096 - 0.263 0.187 0.000** 65
Ln (y) = b0 + b1 Ln (Le-60) +
b2 Ln (Le-60)2 -0.864 6.661 -3.534 0.219 0.385 0.001** 65
Ln (y) = exp (b0 + b1 Le-75) 1.484 -0.256 - 0.159 0.200 0.001** 65
y = b0 + b1 CO + b2 CO2 9.289 -0.817 0.091 0.221 3.420 0.000** 65
y = b0 + b1 / Ln (Cr) 6.361 0.981 - 0.175 3.501 0.030* 26
The best models fitted for the estimation of DIF (Table 4.4 and Figure 4.5b)
used CO (R2 = 0.963). The significant variables explaining more than 20 % of the
variation of the DIF were GF (R2 = 0.839), Le-60 (R2 = 0.479), Le-75 (R2 = 0.396), CA
(R2 = 0.266), Cr (R2 = 0.265), BA (R2 = 0.256), CV (R2 = 0.245), and SV (R2 = 0.215).
For the prediction of below-canopy GLO, CO (R2 = 0.833) fitted the best model
(Table 5.5 and Figure 5.5). The other variables describing the canopy structure and
crown architecture that explained more than 20 % of the variation were GF (R2 =
0.638), Le-60 (R2 = 0.536), Le-75 (R2 = 0.434), and Cr (R2 = 0.296).
Chapter 5 Below-canopy solar radiation transmittances
130
Table 5.4: Regression models fitted for the estimation of the diffuse solar radiation
transmitted into the Nothofagus betuloides forest. b0, b1, b2 are the coefficients for the
models. R2 is the coefficient of determination; RMSE is the root mean square error. *
indicates significance at the 5 % level, and ** at the 1 % level.
Model b0 b1 b2 R2 RMSE p-value N
y = b0 + b1 Ln (Le-60) + b2
Ln (Le-60)2 82.664 -106.063 37.870 0.479 2.646 0.000** 65
Ln (y) = exp (b0 + b1 Le-75) 1.660 -0.262 - 0.396 0.110 0.000** 65
y = b0 + b1 CO + b2 CO2 -0.247 1.499 0.012 0.963 0.707 0.000** 65
y = b0 + b1 GF + b2 GF2 4.788 0.355 0.009 0.839 1.469 0.000** 65
Ln (y) = b0 + b1 Ln (BA) 4.491 -0.482 - 0.256 0.340 0.007** 65
Ln (y) = b0 + b1 Ln (CA) 5.153 -0.484 - 0.266 0.338 0.006** 26
Ln (y) = exp (b0 + b1 / Ln
(CSA)) -0.864 10.900 - 0.183 0.157 0.026* 26
Ln (y) = b0 + b1 CV + b2 CV2 3.008 -0.002 0.000 0.245 0.350 0.035* 26
y = b0 + b1 / SV 6.790 3,581.576 - 0.215 4.242 0.015* 26
y = b0 + b1 / Ln (Cr) 7.835 1.496 - 0.265 4.106 0.006** 26
y = b0 + b1 / Ln (CA) 2.246 22.527 - 0.146 4.425 0.049* 26
Table 5.5: Regression models fitted for the estimation of the global solar radiation
transmitted into the Nothofagus betuloides forest. b0, b1, b2 are the coefficients for the
models. R2 is the coefficient of determination; RMSE is the root mean square error. *
indicates significance at the 5 % level, and ** at the 1 % level.
Model b0 b1 b2 R2 RMSE p-value N
y = b0 + b1 / Ln (Le-E) 4.784 6.579 - 0.137 2.889 0.002** 65
Ln (y) = exp (b0 + b1 Le-60) 1.555 -0.230 - 0.536 0.087 0.000** 65
Ln (y) = exp (b0 + b1 Le-75) 1.579 -0.247 - 0.434 0.096 0.000** 65
y = b0 + b1 CO + b2 CO2 3.362 0.623 0.042 0.833 1.281 0.000** 65
y = b0 + b1 GF + b2 GF2 8.024 -0.107 0.018 0.638 1.885 0.000** 65
Ln (y) = b0 + b1 / Ln (BA) 0.969 5.766 - 0.162 0.301 0.037* 26
Ln (y) = b0 + b1 / Ln (CA) 0.519 10.130 - 0.166 0.300 0.035* 26
y = b0 + b1 / SV 7.091 2,544.676 - 0.161 3.600 0.038* 26
y = b0 + b1 / Ln (Cr) 7.287 1.298 - 0.296 3.299 0.003** 26
Chapter 5 Below-canopy solar radiation transmittances
131
5.5 Discussion
5.5.1 Solar Radiation Transmittances
A small but significant degree of spatial variation in the below-canopy solar
radiation was found in this study. The below-canopy solar radiation values were lower
than those estimated in forests of N. betuloides mixed with the deciduous Nothofagus
pumilio (Table 5.1). The differences may have been the result of the different forest
compositions, forest structures, times at which the solar radiation transmittances were
estimated (Gray et al. 2002) or the differing forest locations.
Canopy gaps alter the availability of many resources in the forest. The most
obvious changes are those to the below-canopy solar radiation (Canham et al.1990,
Gray et al. 2002). The differences in the below-canopy solar radiation occurring over
the course of the growing season observed beneath canopy gaps and beneath closed
canopies in this N. betuloides forest have also been described for other forest types
(Denslow 1980, Canham et al. 1990, de Freitas and Enright 1995, Gray et al. 2002).
Beneath the canopy gaps, the DIR showed the largest differences in the below-
canopy solar radiation. This corresponded with the findings of Gray et al. (2002). In
contrast with studies carried out in the northern hemisphere (Canham et al. 1990,
Bazzaz 1996, Gray et al. 2002), the southern edges of the canopy gaps evaluated in this
study received more solar radiation than the northern edges. Due to the changing angle
of solar elevation throughout the year (Geiger et al. 2003), the diurnal DIR patterns
within the canopy gaps were also reversed, as mentioned by Bazzaz (1996). On average,
the southeastern gap edge received the maximum DIR at noon over the growing season,
while it was between one and three hours later (in February and December,
respectively) at the northwestern gap edge. The amount of below-canopy DIR was also
affected by the distribution of canopy openings in the overstorey. The effects of the
canopy gaps on the below-canopy solar radiation extended to the areas below the
undisturbed canopy, as indicated by the fact that the highest average DIR was recorded
at the SUC (Canham et al. 1990, Gray et al. 2002).
Chapter 5 Below-canopy solar radiation transmittances
132
Figure 5.5: Scatter plots of the best relationships between (a) the direct solar radiation
transmittances (DIR) during the growing season with the plant area index employing an
ellipsoidal leaf angle distribution (Le-E), (b) the diffuse solar radiation transmittances
(DIF) during the growing season with the canopy openness, and (c) the global solar
radiation transmittances (GLO) during the growing season with the canopy openness.
Lines are described by the equations in Table 5.3, 5.4. and 5.5.
(a)
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
3.5
2 3 4 5 6 7Le-E
Ln (D
IR)
(b)
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18Canopy openness (%)
DIF
(%)
(c)
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18Canopy openness (%)
GLO
(%)
Chapter 5 Below-canopy solar radiation transmittances
133
The transmission of DIF exhibited less variability than DIR. The highest DIF
values were found in the canopy gaps rather than below undisturbed canopies. The
reason for this is that the penetration of diffuse light depends mainly on the sky
brightness and the canopy openings (Anderson 1964b, Reifsnyder 1971-1972,
Hutchison and Matt 1977). Thus, the contribution of DIF to the overall light climate
decreases with increasing distance from the centre of a canopy gap (Canham et al.
1990). Furthermore, the greater proportion of below-canopy DIF originated from two
bands of the sky, between 10-30º of the zenith angles in canopy gaps, and between 30-
50º of the zenith angles beneath undisturbed canopies. Similar patterns have been
observed in temperate and tropical forests (Canham et al. 1990).
The effects of canopy gaps on both the below-canopy GLO and on the forest
dynamics are not limited to the gaps themselves (van Pelt and Franklin 2000, Gray et al.
2002), as the largest differences in the below-canopy solar radiation transmittances
calculated were determined primarily by DIR (Hutchison and Matt 1977, Gray et al.
2002), which on average was higher at the SUC; that is, below the undisturbed canopy.
5.5.2 Influences of Canopy Structures and Stand Parameters on Solar Radiation
Transmittances
The results indicated that the directly transmitted component of the solar
radiation penetrating into the forest during the growing season was highly variable.
Although poorly correlated, five variables of canopy structure explained the variation,
with Le-E the independent variable exhibiting the best correlation. Stand parameters
were not correlated with DIR. This might be explained by the fact that the penetration of
DIR into the forest depends on the above-canopy DIR, the stand characteristics, and on
the number, size and spatial distribution of the canopy openings (Anderson 1964c,
Reifsnyder 1971-1972, Hutchison and Matt 1977). Moreover, at high latitudes in the
southern hemisphere, an occasional opening of the canopy low on the horizon increases
the DIR transmittance. The variability of the below-canopy DIR, therefore, is high.
The transmission of DIF was more uniform in space. Twelve variables
describing the canopy structure were correlated with DIF. The best equations fitted for
predicting and explaining the diffuse solar radiation transmitted into the forest during
the growing season used either CO or GF as independent variables. Battaglia et al.
(2002) found that this was also the case in a Pinus palustris forest. If one were to
Chapter 5 Below-canopy solar radiation transmittances
134
assume that in this evergreen forest the CO and GF do not change during the growing
season, these variables would explain 96 % and 84 % of the variation in DIF,
respectively.
Independent stand parameter and canopy structure variables were poorly
correlated with DIF. Each factor alone (BA, CA, CSA, CV, SV, Cr, CA) explained
between 15 % and 27 % of the variation in DIF. Old, uneven-aged forests have a
complex structure and are spatially heterogeneous (Franklin and van Pelt 2004). In
single species stands, or within even-aged mixed stands with similar canopy
architecture, simple stand architecture parameters such as basal area, stocking density,
canopy cover, age, etc. have been used successfully in predicting below-canopy light
environments, especially the transmission of the diffuse component of the solar
radiation (Vales and Bunnell 1988, Comeau 2001, Hale 2001, Pinno et al. 2001,
Comeau and Heineman 2003, Hale 2003, Sonohat et al. 2004, Comeau et al. 2006).
When the aforementioned, readily measured canopy structure and stand
parameters are combined (BA, CA, CV, Cr and SV) they can explain 75 % of the
variation in DIF (Figure 5.6), without showing great differences to the observed values.
Figure 5.6: Comparion between the observed and the predicted diffuse solar radiation
transmittances (DIF) during the growing season. Predicted values were calculated using
the model DIF = 206.601 – 11.975 Ln (BA) – 13.980 Ln (CA) + 0.026 CV – 8.224E-06
CV2 + exp( -7.844 + 1.309 / Ln (Cr)) – 501.367 / Ln (SV) (n = 26; R2 = 0.749; RMSE =
2.751; p < 0.001). The solid line represents a 1:1 reference, where the predicted values
of the diffuse solar radiation transmittances during the growing season would be equal
to those predicted from the hemispherical photographs.
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35Predicted DIF value (%)
Obs
erve
d D
IF v
alue
s (%
)
Chapter 5 Below-canopy solar radiation transmittances
135
The variables that explained the variation in the below-canopy GLO best were
CO (83 %) and GF (64 %). Taken individually, other canopy architecture and stand
parameters (BA, CA, SV, Cr) explained between 16 % and 54 % of the variation in
GLO. However, the heterogeneity of the spatial distribution of structures, which is a
feature of old uneven-aged forests (Franklin and van Pelt 2004), also influences the
heterogeneity of the transmittance of global solar radiation in the understorey.
Therefore, when more than one of the canopy structure and stand parameter variables
measured in the forest were combined, a model explaining 73 % of the variation in the
global solar radiation could be developed (Figure 5.7).
Figure 5.7: Comparison between the observed and the predicted global solar radiation
transmittances (GLO) during the growing season. Predicted values were calculated
using the model GLO = -11.671 + 7.225 Ln (BA) + 122.952 Ln (CA) + exp( -10.788 +
1.656 / Ln (Cr)) – 1,310.796 / Ln (SV) (n = 26; R2 = 0.734; RMSE = 2.213; p < 0.001).
The solid line represents a 1:1 reference, where the predicted values of the global solar
radiation transmittances during the growing season would be equal to those predicted
from the hemispherical photographs.
5.6 Conclusions
The transmittance of solar radiation and its components onto the floor of a N.
betuloides forest is characterised by a high degree of spatial and temporal variability.
Although canopy gaps appear to increase the amount of solar radiation reaching the
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35Predicted GLO value (%)
Obs
erve
d G
LO v
alue
s (%
)
Chapter 5 Below-canopy solar radiation transmittances
136
forest floor, at this high southern latitude, a higher below-canopy DIR was found below
the undisturbed canopy to the southeast of the gap centre, at a distance from the gap
edge of half the height of the highest tree in the vicinity of the gap.
Canopy structure and stand parameters explain partly the variation in the below-
canopy solar radiation regime. The best predictors of the below-canopy DIF and GLO
are CO and GF, indicating a sensitivity to canopy openings in this forest. Readily
estimated canopy architecture and stand parameters are poorly correlated with the
transmittances of the solar radiation into the forest. However, by combining BA, CA,
CV, and SV a large amount of the variability of the below-canopy DIF and GLO can be
explained. This demonstrates a high degree of heterogeneity of the spatial structures of
this uneven-aged, evergreen forest, affecting the amount of solar radiation reaching the
forest floor.
Chapter 6 Regeneration patterns of a N. betuloides forest
137
CHAPTER 6
EFFECTS OF NATURAL SMALL-SCALE DISTURBANCES ON
BELOW-CANOPY SOLAR RADIATION AND REGENERATION
PATTERNS IN AN OLD-GROWTH Nothofagus betuloides FOREST
IN TIERRA DEL FUEGO, CHILE
6.1 Abstract
Over the last decade a shelterwood system promoting natural regeneration has
been applied in the southern Chilean old-growth Nothofagus forests. However, most of
these forests are naturally uneven-aged, and the effect of the application of this
silvicultural system has been the homogenisation and simplification of the stand
structure. An ecological understanding of natural disturbance processes is necessary to
improve the current silvicultural practices, and to develop new silvicultural systems in
southern Chile, in order to maintain the multi-layer structures and native biodiversity.
The research was aiming at analysing the effects of natural small-scale disturbances on
the below-canopy solar radiation conditions, the regeneration patterns (density and
growth rates), and the browsing damage to young trees caused by Lama guanicoe in an
old-growth Nothofagus betuloides forest. The study was carried out in 13 canopy gaps
(21-92 m2). The regeneration was sampled in 65 plots (4 m2) in and around the canopy
gaps along a solar radiation gradient. All N. betuloides seedlings and saplings were
counted in height classes, together with browsing effects caused by L. guanicoe. The
height growth and radial increment were measured for the tallest plant in each plot. The
results revealed that the availability of the non-cosine-corrected direct, diffuse and
global solar radiation transmitted into the forest ranged from 3.2 to 19.4 %, 3.1 to 16.7
% and 3.2 to17.6 %, respectively. The seedlings and saplings of N. betuloides exhibited
an high shade tolerance, apparently not requiring the presence of large gaps to establish.
This resulted in a more continuous process of forest regeneration. The solar radiation
transmittances did not correlate with either the relative radial growth or the relative
height increment of the young trees. The growth of the young trees correlated only with
the age of the plants, and inverse polynomial curves explained 70 % of the variance in
relative radial growth and 50 % of the variance in relative height increment. The
Chapter 6 Regeneration patterns of a N. betuloides forest
138
proportions of seedlings browsed by L. guanicoe were low (0.7 to 2.8 % of the total).
Browsing damage to young trees was observed below canopy gaps as well as beneath
closed canopies, demonstrating no particular habitat preference. The heterogeneous
canopy of the old-growth N. betuloides forest with only very small canopy gaps
produced a variety of mosaics in the understorey, with seedlings and saplings present in
a range of all ages and heights.
Keywords: Old-growth forest, Nothofagus betuloides, canopy gaps, solar radiation
transmittances, regeneration, Tierra del Fuego
6.2 Introduction
Although old-growth forests across the globe may share the same ecological
processes and have many similar attributes, such as spatial heterogeneity, they also
differ in many ways, and a single definition cannot be given for all forest types (Spies
2004, Lindenmayer 2008). However, old-growth forest can also be roughly termed
primary forest, which has been defined as forest comprising native species, and where
ecological processes have not been significantly disturbed by human activities, fulfilling
essential functions like the conservation of biological diversity, soil and water
conservation, carbon sequestration and the preservation of aesthetics, cultural and
religious values (FAO 2006). The structures in old-growth forests are heterogeneous,
with an apparent continuous or multi-layered vertical distribution of the canopy, and an
irregular horizontal distribution of vegetation structures due to the presence of multiple
canopy gaps or forest openings, created by mortality of canopy trees (Franklin and Van
Pelt 2004).
Small-scale canopy disturbances, although less dramatic than large disturbances,
may be more frequent and affect a larger area over time (Spies et al. 1990). The severity
of such disturbances can stimulate a change in the growth rates of the surviving trees
(Oliver and Larson 1996), through increasing the availability of the resources (light, soil
moisture, nutrients, microhabitats) promoting plant growth (Canham and Marks 1985,
Runkle 1985, Veblen 1992). The sizes of the canopy gaps affect the microclimate
conditions for seedling establishment, and a gradient in the resources available at the
ground level exists from below the undisturbed canopy to the gap centre (Denslow
Chapter 6 Regeneration patterns of a N. betuloides forest
139
1980). The regeneration dynamics are affected by the heterogeneity of resources in
forests (Canham et al. 1994). Nevertheless, young trees present and growing slowly
beneath dense canopies have a potential advantage in that they are in a position to
respond to the creation of canopy gaps following small-scale disturbances (Oliver and
Larson 1996, Messier et al. 1999). These features have also been observed in old-
growth Nothofagus betuloides (Mirb.) Oerst forest, where an abundant stock of advance
young trees, persistent seedlings or saplings, can survive in the understorey for a long
time, even in excess of one hundred years (Rebertus and Veblen 1993a, Veblen et al.
1996), until they can eventually ascend into the canopy following the creation of a gap
(Veblen et al. 1996).
The structure of the Nothofagus forests of Tierra del Fuego is shaped principally
by wind, acting as an agent of both large and small-scale disturbance (Rebertus et al.
1997, Puigdefábregas et al. 1999). The windthrow of individual trees creates canopy
gaps smaller than 200 m2 (Rebertus and Veblen 1993a, Gutiérrez 1994). In pure old-
growth N. betuloides forests in Tierra del Fuego discrete gaps might not be apparent, as
openings can occur as interwoven gap complexes in the canopy layer (Rebertus and
Veblen 1993a). Small canopy gaps (51 m2 on average) were observed in a pure uneven-
aged N. betuloides forest, with somewhat larger gaps (107 m2) recorded in a mixed
uneven-aged N. betuloides – Nothofagus pumilio (Poepp. et Endl.) Krasser forest (see
Chapter 3). Wavelike patterns of gap formation have also been documented for pure N.
betuloides, pure N. pumilio, and for mixed N. betuloides - N. pumilio forests in Tierra
del Fuego, seemingly limited to sites predisposed to wind disturbance (Rebertus and
Veblen 1993b, Rebertus et al. 1993, Puigdefábregas et al. 1999). Moreover, a patch
mosaic pattern has been found in these Nothofagus forests, forming multicohort stands,
with patches of younger trees alongside larger patches of old-growth forest (Gutiérrez et
al. 1991).
The small-scale disturbances mentioned above appear to be important in the
regeneration dynamics of southern South American Nothofagus forests situated at
higher elevations and at higher latitudes, where the diversity of tree species is poor
(Veblen et al. 1996, Pollmann and Veblen 2004), as is the case in the forests of Tierra
del Fuego. N. betuloides is capable of establishing beneath small tree-fall canopy gaps
(Rebertus and Veblen 1993a, Gutiérrez 1994, Arroyo et al. 1996). Seedlings and
saplings present on the ground at the time of gap formation are also released by the
creation of these small-scale disturbances in the canopy (Veblen et al. 1996, see Chapter
Chapter 6 Regeneration patterns of a N. betuloides forest
140
3). The successful establishment and growth of young N. betuloides trees can be
impeded where the ground coverage of understorey trees and shrubs such as Drymis
winteri J.R. et Forster and Maytenus magellanica (Lam.) Hooker is high (Rebertus et al.
1993a, Gutiérrez et al. 1991, Gutiérrez 1994, Veblen et al. 1996).
However, there are still gaps in the knowledge regarding the effects of small-
scale disturbances on regeneration dynamics in old-growth N. betuloides forests. It is
not known whether these small canopy gaps result in a differentiation in the availability
of below-canopy solar radiation between areas beneath natural gaps and areas where the
canopy conditions remain undisturbed. And if there are differences in solar radiation
transmittances, do these influence the density and growth rates of the young trees in old-
growth forests? The influence of canopy gaps on the browsing habits of Lama guanicoe
Müller (guanaco) and the age distribution of the young trees in an old-growth N.
betuloides forest are also unknown.
Since the late 19th century the forests of the coast and much of the interior of
southern Patagonia and Tierra del Fuego have been logged, with the best, largest and
healthiest timber trees (known as floreo in the region) selectively cut and the poor
quality, badly shaped and unhealthy trees left standing or the forest simply burned
(Martínez Pastur et al. 2000, Cruz et al. 2007a). Nevertheless, presently in Chile those
N. betuloides forests suitable for timber production are managed under either a selection
or a shelterwood system (Donoso 1981), designed to promote natural regeneration after
logging. However, many stands are hardly managed at all, with regeneration cuts the
only part of the shelterwood system implemented (Cruz et al. 2007a), resulting in a
homogenisation and simplification of the typically uneven-aged structure of this forest
type (Cruz et al. 2008).
It is argued that natural disturbances should be used as a guide to silviculture
(Mitchell et al. 2002), permitting the design of multiple new silvicultural systems to
help facilitate the acquisition of commodities from forest landscapes while at the same
time maintaining biodiversity and ecosystem processes (Lindenmayer and Franklin
2002). The management of primary or old-growth forest should be based on an
ecological understanding of natural stand development, including the role of natural
disturbances, like small-scale disturbances, providing the basis upon which the forest
may be managed as a renewable resource and at the same time leaving behind a
functioning biological system in which a high diversity of species is maintained
(Attiwill 1994 a,b, Coates and Burton 1997, Franklin et al. 2002).
Chapter 6 Regeneration patterns of a N. betuloides forest
141
As there are currently plans targeting an intensification of the utilisation of N.
betuloides forests, it is necessary to obtain a better idea of their natural dynamics. The
hypothesis central to this study was that the establishment and growth of young N.
betuloides is affected by the occurrence of small-scale disturbances due to the existence
of a gradient in the below-canopy solar radiation conditions from areas beneath canopy
gaps to those below an undisturbed forest canopy. The objectives of this study were to
determine the effects of natural small-scale disturbances (1) on the below-canopy solar
radiation conditions, (2) on the regeneration patterns (density and growth rates) of N.
betuloides, and (3) on the browsing damage by L. guanicoe. This knowledge is
necessary in to order to improve the silvicultural systems currently used in this forest
type, and may represent a basis for the promotion of new silvicultural practices in
southern Chile relying on a gap approach so as to ensure the maintenance of multi-
layered structures and the native biodiversity.
6.3 Materials and Methods
6.3.1 Study Area
The study was conducted in an old-growth, uneven-aged evergreen N. betuloides
forest (20 ha, 1,362 trees ha-1, 105 m2 ha-1, Table 2.1 and Figure 2.2) with no direct
evidence of human impact. The forest appeared to be closely related to the evergreen N.
betuloides forest type described by Veblen et al. (1983). The forest is located at the
‘Estancia Olguita’ on the southeastern side of the Río Cóndor (53 °59 ’ S, 69 ° 58 ’ W)
and on the southwestern Chilean side of Tierra del Fuego (Figure 3.1).
The climate of the area belongs to the Northern Antiboreal sub-zone, which has
a mean air temperature of 9.0-9.5 °C in the warmest month of the year and remains
above zero in the coldest month. The mean annual rainfall is around 500-600 mm, but
can reach up to 900 mm. The wind direction is commonly west to southwest, with
speeds on average of between 14-22 km h-1 and with a maximum windspeed in summer
of more than 100 km h-1 (Tuhkanen 1992).
Chapter 6 Regeneration patterns of a N. betuloides forest
142
6.3.2 Selection of Canopy Gaps
Thirteen canopy gaps (Table 6.1) recorded in a study of canopy gaps and
disturbance dynamics in a forest dominated by N. betuloides in Tierra del Fuego were
selected (see Chapter 3). A total of 25 canopy gaps (> 20 m2) were found along parallel
transects. A ‘gap’ was defined as the horizontal projection of a canopy opening to the
ground surface (Runkle 1982), and was considered closed if the vegetation growing
below the opening in the canopy was more than 2-3 m in height. The ‘expanded gap’
was defined as the area formed by the gap in the canopy plus the adjacent area delimited
by the bases of the edge trees (Runkle 1982) (see Chapter 3). Only canopy gaps
occurring on podsolic, well-drained and shallow soils (< 50 cm) were selected.
Table 6.1: Mean and range characteristics of the 13 selected canopy gaps. Numbers in
brackets are standard errors.
Canopy gap area (m2) Expanded gap area (m2) Gap-makers per gap
Mean 47 (± 6.3) 167 (± 11.7) 2 (± 0.3)
Range 21-92 110-278 1-5
6.3.3 Young Tree Measurements
All seedlings and saplings present in plots of 4 m2 (2 x 2 m) were counted during
the summer of 2006. The plots were located along a gradient of expected solar radiation
conditions, for which transects running from areas beneath undisturbed canopy to the
centre of canopy gaps were established (Figure 5.1).
Five plots were established in and around each canopy gap. One plot was located
in the centre of the gap, two at the edges of the gap (southeast and northwest of centre),
and two more below undisturbed canopy at a distance of half the height of the highest
tree in the vicinity of the gap (26 m ± 0.9). This distance was measured from the bases
of the trees at the edges of the gap.
The young tree (seedlings and saplings) growth was classified according to the
following classes: germinant and non-lignified, lignified and ≤ 20 cm tall, 21-50 cm tall,
51-100 cm tall, 100-200 cm tall and ≤ 5 cm in dbh. The number of seedlings and
saplings in each height class browsed by L. guanicoe was counted.
Chapter 6 Regeneration patterns of a N. betuloides forest
143
The height of the tallest seedling or sapling in each plot was measured, and its
annual height increments over the previous 5 years reconstructed by measuring the
lengths between the bud scars left on the bark of the axis by leaves and branches. This
plant was harvested and a stem disc cut at the root collar in order to measure the
diameter, age and the widths of the last 10 annual growth increments, where this was
possible. The plants harvested ranged in diameter at root collar from 1.5-25 mm and in
height from 12-248 cm. All discs (n = 65) were dried, sanded and processed at the
Department of Silviculture of the University of Chile. Ring widths were recorded to the
nearest 0.01 mm using a microscope. For the purposes of this study only the last annual
height and radial increment values were used because of the lack of any solar radiation
data for the other years.
The height increment and annual radial growth were expressed as ratios – to
total height and total radius, respectively - because the use of relative measures ruled
out biases associated with the comparison of absolute growth values for trees of
different sizes (Stancioiu and O’Hara 2006).
6.3.4 Measuring Below-Canopy Solar Radiation
The solar radiation transmittance was estimated indirectly using hemispherical
photographs. During the summer of 2006 a total of 65 hemispherical photographs were
taken, one at the location of each sampling plot.
All of the hemispherical photographs were taken with a Nikon Coolpix 990®
digital camera (Nikon Corporation, Tokyo, Japan) fitted with a Nikon FC-E8® fisheye
converter (Nikon Corporation, Tokyo, Japan). The camera was mounted on a tripod at a
height of approximately 1.3 m above the ground. The camera and lens were levelled
with the aid of a spirit level and oriented to the magnetic north.
The digital images were processed following the method developed by Brunner
(2002), including the manual setting of a threshold value to separate canopy and sky
elements into a binary black and white image (Anderson 1964a) and converted to
greyscale. All of the images were analysed using HemiView (Delta-T Devices,
Cambridge, UK) (Rich et al. 1999). Using the Coolpix 900 option (Hale and Edwards,
2002) the lens distortion was corrected. A universal overcast sky (UOC) model was
used to describe the intensity of the diffuse radiation (Steven and Unsworth 1980). The
model assumes all regions of the sky to be equally bright. As no actual measurements of
Chapter 6 Regeneration patterns of a N. betuloides forest
144
the diffuse and direct radiation were available for the study area, a relative proportion of
direct and diffuse radiation equal to 0.5 was assumed (Canham et al. 1990).
Direct, diffuse and global solar radiation transmissions were estimated during
the vegetation period (between October and March). The outputs were non-cosine-
corrected, which was desirable for the purposes of measuring solar radiation from all
directions (Rich 1990, Brunner 1998).
6.3.5 Statistical Analysis
In order to contrast the variation in the non-cosine-corrected solar radiation
(direct, diffuse and global), the density of the young growth (plants m-2), the numbers
browsed by L. guanicoe, the relative radial growth and the relative radial height
increment between areas beneath disturbed and undisturbed canopy, the values
calculated for the centre of the canopy gaps, the two gap edges and beneath the closed
canopy were compared using the non-parametric Kruskal-Wallis H-test, and the Mann-
Whitney U-test as a post-hoc test. The non-parametric approach was chosen for its
greater robustness in dealing with small samples, and as the variable values were not
normally distributed. The selected tests are less affected by the failure of assumptions
than parametric (Sokal and Rohlf 2000). The hypothesis tested was that the variables
mentioned above derived from the same population. Acceptance of the null hypothesis
would mean that there was no difference between the values obtained beneath each of
the canopy situations analysed.
Spearman’s rank correlation was used to test the strength of the relationships
between the non-cosine-corrected solar radiation (direct, diffuse and global), the density
of the young growth classed by height and the ratio of annual height increment to total
height, and the ratio of annual radial increment to the radius.
A regression analysis was performed to discern a relationship between the
height, the diameter at the root collar, the age, the relative radial growth and the relative
height increment. For the regression analysis the goodness-of-fit was evaluated using
the coefficient of determination (R2), the root mean square error (RMSE), and the
significance of the p-value. All statistical analyses were carried out using SPSS 15.0 for
Windows (SPSS, Inc.).
Chapter 6 Regeneration patterns of a N. betuloides forest
145
6.4 Results
6.4.1 Solar Radiation Transmittance
The transmission of the non-cosine-corrected direct solar radiation into the forest
during the growing season (from October to March) ranged between 3.2-19.4 % of the
above canopy solar radiation. The highest average value (9.5 %) was observed beneath
an undisturbed canopy, to the southeast of the gap centre. However, this did not differ
significantly (n = 13, p > 0.05) from the 8.2 % below-canopy direct solar radiation
recorded in the gap centre, the 8.0 % at the southeastern gap edge and the 8.2 %
recorded beneath the closed canopy to the northwest of the gap centre. The values
determined for the northwestern edges of the gaps by contrast were significantly lower
(average 5.5 %) (Table 6.2).
Table 6.2: Descriptive statistics for the non-cosine-corrected direct, diffuse and global
solar radiation transmittances in different locations in the forest – in gaps, at gap edges
and beneath undisturbed canopies. The standard error is in brackets. Identical letters
indicate no significant difference between the different locations in the forest (Kruskal-
Wallis H-test and Mann-Whitney U-test as a post-hoc test, p > 0.05, n = 13).
Gap edge Closed canopy Non-cosine-corrected solar
radiation transmittances Gap
SE NW SE NW
Mean 8.2 a 8.0 a 5.5 b 9.5 a 8.2 a
(SE) (1.0) (0.9) (0.8) (0.7) (1.1) Direct
Range 4.5-19.4 3.8-15.5 3.2-11.9 5.8-13.8 4.0-17.8
Mean 8.7 a 7.8 a 7.1 ab 6.1 b 6.3 b
(SE) (0.8) (0.4) (0.5) (1.0) (1.5) Diffuse
Range 5.8-16.7 5.4-10.2 3.2-11.0 4.0-7.7 3.1-8.8
Mean 8.6 a 7.9 a 6.6 a 7.2 a 6.9 a
(SE) (0.8) (0.5) (0.8) (0.3) (0.5) Global
Range 6.2-17.6 5.2-11.9 3.2-9.9 5.0-8.5 3.6-10.6
Chapter 6 Regeneration patterns of a N. betuloides forest
146
The non-cosine-corrected diffuse solar radiation in the understorey ranged
between 3.2-16.7 % of the solar radiation above the canopy (Table 5.2). The highest
values were found in the gap centres (average 8.7 %) and at the edges (7.8 % to the
southeast and 7.1 % to the northwest). These values did not differ significantly (n = 13,
p > 0.05). Lower, albeit not significantly different, diffuse solar radiation transmittances
were calculated beneath undisturbed canopies (6.1-6.3 %). These were also similar to
the values estimated at the northwestern edge of the gaps.
The range of global solar radiation transmittances lay between 3.2-17.6 % of the
total above canopy solar radiation (Table 6.2). Although the transmittances in the gap
centre were higher (average 8.6 %), there was no significant difference (n = 13, p >
0.05) between this value and the values for the gap edges (7.9 % to the southeast and
6.6 % to the northwest) or beneath the undisturbed canopy (7.2 % to the southeast and
6.9 % to the northwest).
6.4.2 Young Tree density and the Influence of Solar Radiation
Young trees were generally present in all of the plots, but with a high degree of
variation in density, which ranged between 2-93 plants m-2. The total density did not
differ significantly between any of the gap situations (n = 13, p > 0.05). The density
ranged from an average of 16.9 plants m-2 beneath the closed canopy to the southeast of
the gap centre and 24.4 plants m-2 beneath the closed canopy to the northwest of the gap
centre. Nor was there any significant difference in terms of the density of the young
trees under the different canopy gap situations according to the height classes analysed.
The highest numbers of seedlings found were in the height class ≤ 20 cm, with a range
of 1-86 plants m-2, and averages of between 12.2-19.9 plants m-2. The other height
classes were characterised by lower plant densities, with ranges of between 0-6
germinants and non-lignified plants m-2, 0-10 seedlings m-2 in the class 21-50 cm tall, 0-
8 plants m-2 between 51-100 cm tall, and 0-5 plants m-2 in the class 101-200 cm tall
(Table 6.3).
The average rates of browsing by L. guanicoe were low (between 0.7-2.8% of all
seedlings and saplings of N. betuloides sampled). L. guanicoe did not exhibit any
habitat preference, with young trees damaged in both gaps and beneath undisturbed
canopies (n = 13, p > 0.05). Seedlings between ≤ 20-100 cm showed the least a signs of
browsing (Table 6.3).
Chapter 6 Regeneration patterns of a N. betuloides forest
147
Table 6.3: Density of the young trees (plants m-2) and percentage of plants browsed by
Lama guanicoe at different locations in the forest – in gaps, at gap edges and beneath
undisturbed canopies. The standard error is in brackets. Identical letters indicate no
significant difference between the different locations in the forest (Kruskal-Wallis H-
test and Mann-Whitney U-test as a post-hoc test, p > 0.05, n = 13).
Gap edge Closed canopy Height classes (cm) Gap
SE NW SE NW
Mean 0.9 a
(0.2)
1.6 a
(0.5)
0.4 a
(0.1)
0.8 a
(0.2)
0.9 a
(0.3)
Range 0 – 2 0 – 6 0 – 2 0 – 3 0 – 4
Germinants
and non-
lignified Browsed (%) 0.0 a 0.0 a 0.0 a 0.0 a 0.0 a
Mean 12.5 a
(1.6)
15.9 a
(3.1)
13.5 a
(3.0)
12.2 a
(2.2)
19.0 a
(5.9)
Range 4 - 24 1 - 40 4 - 43 1 - 27 3 - 86
≤ 20 cm
tall
Browsed (%) 0.8 a 0.8 a 0.6 a 2.5 a 2.1 a
Mean 3.3 a
(0.7)
2.4 a
(0.6)
3.6 a
(0.8)
2.5 a
(0.5)
2.7 a
(0.6)
Range 0 – 7 0 – 8 0 – 10 0 – 7 0 – 6
21-50 cm
tall
Browsed (%) 1.2 a 3.1 a 1.6 a 2.3 a 8.5 a
Mean 1.8 a
(0.6)
1.0 a
(0.3)
1.8 a
(0.6)
0.5 a
(0.1)
1.1 a
(0.4)
Range 0 – 6 0 – 3 0 – 8 0 – 2 0 – 5
51-100 cm
tall
Browsed (%) 0.0 a 3.8 a 0.0 a 7.1 a 5.1 a
Mean 0.4 a
(0.2)
0.3 a
(0.1)
0.9 a
(0.3)
0.9 a
(0.4)
0.7 a
(0.3)
Range 0 – 2 0 – 2 0 – 3 0 – 5 0 – 3
101-200 cm
tall
Browsed (%) 0.0 a 0.0 a 0.0 a 0.0 a 0.0 a
Mean 18.9 a
(2.3)
21.3 a
(3.9)
20.3 a
(4.0)
16.9 a
(2.6)
24.4 a
(5.9)
Range 4 – 31 2 – 49 6 – 54 4 – 31 12 – 93 Total
Browsed (%) 0.7 a 1.2 a 0.7 a 2.4 a 2.8 a
There was a significant correlation between the non-cosine-corrected solar
radiation and the density of young trees in the height classes 21-50 cm and 51-100 cm
(Table 6.4). The density of young trees between 21-50 cm revealed a positive
Chapter 6 Regeneration patterns of a N. betuloides forest
148
correlation with the direct (Spearman rank correlation coefficient: 0.319) and the global
solar radiation (Spearman rank correlation coefficient: 0.405), and also with the diffuse
solar radiation (Spearman rank correlation coefficient: 0.293). The density of young
trees in the height class 51-100 cm was correlated with the diffuse and global solar
radiation (Spearman rank correlation coefficient: 0.275 and 0.335, respectively). The
density of young trees in the small classes (germinant and non-lignified, lignified and ≤
20 cm tall) and in the higher class (101-200 cm) showed no relation to the
transmittances of any type of below-canopy solar radiation. However, the global solar
radiation transmitted into the forest correlated with the overall young tree density
(Spearman rank correlation coefficient: 0.284).
Table 6.4: Spearman’s rank correlation matrix of the young tree density according to
height class in relation to the non-cosine-corrected direct, diffuse and global solar
radiation transmittances. * indicates significance at the 5% level, and ** at the 1% level.
Height class (cm) Direct Diffuse Global n
Germinants and non-lignified 0.061 0.211 0.154 65
≤ 20 cm tall 0.123 0.129 0.141 65
21-50 cm tall 0.319** 0.293* 0.405** 65
51-100 cm tall 0.209 0.275* 0.335* 65
101-200 cm tall 0.099 0.024 0.107 65
Total 0.222 0.235 0.284* 65
6.4.3 Relations between Height, Diameter at Root Collar and Young Tree Age
An allometric growth curve (upward concave and increasing) provided the best
fit for the height and the diameter at the root collar. Thus, the proportion of both
structural variables remained roughly constant, yielding a relatively high increase in
height with respect to the root collar diameter. The model explained 93% of the
variance in the height of the young trees. The model and regression coefficient values
and the goodness of fit are presented in Figure 6.1.
Chapter 6 Regeneration patterns of a N. betuloides forest
149
Figure 6.1: The relationship between the height and the root collar diameter of the
young trees. The line indicates the best model fitted for the estimation of the age based
on the diameter at root collar.
Furthermore, the allometric growth curves explained the ages of the plants with
79 % and 73 % confidence using the diameter at root collar and the height, respectively
(Figure 6.2). In the first case (age vs. diameter at root collar) the curve modelled was
downward concave and increasing, whereas in the second the curve was upward
concave and increasing.
6.4.4 Relative Height Increment and Radial Growth with Respect to Age and
Solar Radiation
The relative radial growth of the young trees, expressed as the ratio to the total
plant radius, did not differ significantly (n = 13, p > 0.05) between locations. The
average increment of plants growing in gaps was 0.047 mm mm-1, 0.044 mm mm-1 at
the southeastern edge and 0.040 mm mm-1 at the northwestern edge, and 0.038 mm mm-
1 beneath the canopy to the southeast of the gap centre and 0.054 mm mm-1 beneath the
canopy to the northwest (Figure 6.3). The relative height increment did not differ
between canopy situations either, with average values of 0.083 cm cm-1 in canopy gaps,
0.084 cm cm-1 and 0.098 cm cm-1 at the southeastern and northwestern gap edges
respectively, and 0.072 cm cm-1 and 0.084 cm cm-1 beneath the canopy to the
southeastern and the northwest of the centre respectively (Figure 6.3).
y= 8.52925*x 1.05115 n = 58; R2 = 0.93; RMSE = 0.197; p < 0.001
Chapter 6 Regeneration patterns of a N. betuloides forest
150
Figure 6.2: The relationship between the height and the root collar diameter of the
young trees. The line indicates the best model fitted for the estimation of the age based
on the diameter at root collar.
y= 3.86379*x 0.79822 n = 58; R 2 = 0.79; RMSE = 0.275; p < 0.001
(a)
y= 0.99899*x 0.69974 n = 58; R2 = 0.73; RMSE = 0.317; p < 0.001
(b)
Chapter 6 Regeneration patterns of a N. betuloides forest
151
Figure 6.3: Box-whisker plots indicating (a) the radial growth relative to total radius,
and (b) the total height increment to total height of the young trees assessed at different
locations in the forest – in gaps, at gap edges (southeast and northwest) and beneath
undisturbed canopies (southeast and northwest). The margins of the box are the upper
and lower quartiles, the difference between them the interquartile range (IQR). The
horizontal line within the box represents the median. The whiskers indicate the
minimum and maximum values. The small open circle indicates an outlier, values
between 1.5 and 3 times the IQR. The small asterisk indicates an extreme value, more
than 3 times the IQR. Identical letters indicate no significant difference between the
locations in the forest (Kruskal-Wallis H-test and Mann-Whitney U-test as a post-hoc
test, p > 0.05, n = 58).
Furthermore, neither the non-cosine-corrected direct, diffuse nor global solar
radiation transmitted into the forest correlated with either the relative radial growth or
(a)
a a a a a
(b)
a a a a a
Chapter 6 Regeneration patterns of a N. betuloides forest
152
the relative height increment (Table 6.5). They correlated negatively only with the age
of the plants (Spearman rank correlation coefficient: -0.733 and -0.488, respectively).
Table 6.5: Spearman’s rank correlation matrix of the relative height increment and
radial growth of young trees with respect to age and non-cosine-corrected direct, diffuse
and global solar radiation transmittances. * indicates significance at the 5% level, and
** at the 1% level.
Variables Relative height
increment
Relative radial
growth
Relative height increment 1.000
Relative radial growth 0.441** 1.000
Age -0.488** -0.733**
Direct solar radiation -0.248 -0.176
Diffuse solar radiation 0.157 -0.067
Global solar radiation -0.049 -0.139
Therefore, inverse polynomial curves explained the relationships between
relative radial growth and relative height increment and the age of the plants best
(Figure 6.4). In the models the age explained 70 % of the variance in the relative radial
growth and 50 % of the variance in the relative height increment.
6.5 Discussion
6.5.1 Below-Canopy Solar Radiation Conditions
The results indicated that there is a gradient in the below-canopy solar radiation
from the centre of the gap to the undisturbed canopy in old-growth N. betuloides forest
over the course of a growing season, as described by Ricklefs (1977), Denslow (1980),
Canham et al. (1990, 1994) and Lieffers et al. (1999). The characteristic features of old-
growth forest (Franklin and Van Pelt, 2004), such as the presence of small canopy gaps
and the heterogeneity of the canopy with a multi-layered vertical distribution and an
irregular horizontal distribution of canopy structures, result in a more heterogeneous
Chapter 6 Regeneration patterns of a N. betuloides forest
153
distribution of solar radiation in the understorey. In general, a major increase in solar
radiation has been found in the centre of gaps (Canham et al. 1990). As the studied
forest is located in the southern hemisphere, solar radiation was found to be greater at
the southeastern edge of gaps rather than the northwestern. This contrasts with the
observations made in forests of the northern hemisphere (Canham et al. 1990, Comeau
1998, Lieffers et al. 1999). Furthermore, higher transmittances of non-cosine-corrected
direct solar radiation were measured beneath the closed canopy to the southeast of the
gap centre as the effect of canopy gaps on the below-canopy solar radiation extends
beyond the edge of the gaps at higher latitudes, where the sun is low in the sky (Canham
et al. 1990, Gray et al. 2002).
Figure 6.4: The relationships between the age and (a) the radial growth relative to the
radius at the root collar, (b) the height increment relative to the total height. The lines
describe the best model fitted for the estimation of the relative radial growth and height
increment on the basis of the age of the young trees.
y= 0.03350 + 1.03822 / x n=58; R2=0.50; RMSE=0.044; p<0.001
(b)
y= 0.01759 + 0.54923 / x n=58; R2=0.70; RMSE=0.015; p<0.001
(a)
Chapter 6 Regeneration patterns of a N. betuloides forest
154
6.5.2 Regeneration Pattern and the Relationship between Young Growth and
Below-Canopy Solar Radiation
Only minor spatial differences in the natural regeneration processes were found
within the old-growth N. betuloides forest. The young tree density (Table 6.3) was
similar beneath both gaps and the closed canopy. These seedling and sapling densities
were between two and three times those recorded in Tierra del Fuego by Rebertus and
Veblen (1993a), with an average of 6.1 plants m-2 growing beneath the closed canopy
and 8.5 plants m-2 in gaps. A large number of seedlings were found in the lower height
classes, with fewer in the higher classes. This corresponded with findings from uneven-
aged forests dominated by red beech (Nothofagus fusca (Hook. F.) Oerst.) in New
Zealand, where the frequency distribution of the seedlings as a function of height
approached a negative exponential (June and Ogden 1975, Wardle 1984).
The density of plants belonging to the shortest class (≤ 20 cm tall) revealed no
influence of below-canopy solar radiation (Table 6.4). An explanation for this might be
that the young plants are more dependent upon below ground resources than the light
transmitted into the forest (Stancioiu and O’Hara 2006). For example, seedlings are
susceptible to drought, as has been described for N. pumilio (Heinemann et al. 2000)
and New Zealand Nothofagus species (Wardle 1984). The density of plants 21-100 cm
by contrast was correlated with the solar radiation (Table 6.4). However, the plant
density decreased with increasing height, probably as a result of competition for access
to light in this extremely shaded environment.
N. betuloides seedlings are able to establish in the shaded understorey of the old-
growth forest, and can survive and grow slowly (Rebertus and Veblen 1993a and see
Chapter 3). The death of canopy trees and the creation of small canopy gaps in a small-
scale forest texture promote an uneven pattern of regeneration in the old-growth N.
betuloides forest, with seedlings, saplings and pole stage trees growing into the canopy,
showing a great range of ages and heights (Peet and Christensen 1987, Oliver and
Larson 1996, Barnes et al. 1998).
6.5.3 Browsing Effects
The levels of browsing damage to young N. betuloides by L. guanicoe were very
low (Table 6.3), less than the effect on the deciduous N. pumilio. L. guanicoe feeds on
Chapter 6 Regeneration patterns of a N. betuloides forest
155
the leaves of the three Nothofagus species occurring in Tierra del Fuego, but prefers N.
pumilio (Raedeke 1980). L. guanicoe has become a serious problem for the successful
natural regeneration of N. pumilio, in both natural canopy gaps (Arroyo et al. 1996,
Rebertus et al. 1997, Cavieres and Fajardo 2005) and in harvested stands (Martínez
Pastur et al. 1999, Pulido et al. 2000). The results of this study failed to show any
particular preference of L. guanicoe for forest conditions, with trees browsed in gaps
and beneath the closed canopy.
6.5.4 Silvicultural Implications for Old-Growth N. betuloides Forest
As historically the canopy layer in old-growth N. betuloides forest has probably
been affected mainly by fine-scale disturbances (small gaps), the uneven-aged canopy
structure has been maintained over time (see Chapter 3). Therefore, the competitive
pressure exerted upon young trees by the trees in the canopy is great (Oliver and Larson
1996, Barnes et al. 1998). Just as with the regeneration of Nothofagus species in New
Zealand (Wardle 1984), seedlings and saplings of N. betuloides progress through the
understorey slowly but steadily, often remaining suppressed even after the death of a
large canopy tree. Thus, the age of the plants is a better predictor of both their size
(height and root collar diameter) and their growth rates than the transmittance of solar
radiation into the forest, as young N. betuloides may reduce height growth when
growing in shade, as is the case with the advance regeneration of boreal forests (Messier
et al. 1999).
From a silvicultural point of view, in order to maintain uneven-aged
characteristics in the stands the selection method can be employed to promote
regeneration, i.e., the trees are removed as individuals or in small groups (Smith et al.
1997, Lindenmayer and Franklin 2002). However, given the characteristics of N.
betuloides forest, with an abundant stock of advance young trees, the stand
establishment must typically occur rapidly after harvesting. This should be based on
silvicultural system oriented according to natural disturbances. Different harvesting
scenarios tested for temperate rain forest in southern Chile revealed that the structure
and composition of old-growth forest can be better maintained using the selection
method, although providing lower harvests (Rüger et al. 2007).
Knowing the distribution of gap sizes, their dispersion and dynamics can help to
explain much of the natural development of a stand (Coates and Burton 1997). Thus,
Chapter 6 Regeneration patterns of a N. betuloides forest
156
management strategies and silvicultural practices incorporating natural disturbances and
the natural structural development of forest ecosystems might be availed of to maintain
the uneven-aged structure of this old-growth forest, to preserve the native biodiversity,
to protect the ecosystem from exotic species invasions and to promote the conservation
of biotic and abiotic interactions necessary for natural regeneration after harvesting
(Franklin et al. 2002, Rüger et al. 2007).
In order to maintain the unique characteristics of individual old-growth stands,
tools integrating the features of stand structure into management guidelines are needed
(O’Hara et al. 2008). This study can serve as a framework for new silvicultural practices
to address multifunctional ecosystem management objectives in old-growth N.
betuloides forests of southern Patagonia and Tierra del Fuego.
Chapter 7 Conclusions and silvicultural implications
157
CHAPTER 7
CONCLUSIONS AND SILVICULTURAL IMPLICATIONS
7.1 Disturbance and Stand Dynamics
The regeneration patterns in South American Nothofagus forests located at
higher elevations or latitudes are influenced by large-scale disturbances, which lead to
the formation of even-aged stands (Veblen et al. 1996, Pollmann and Veblen 2004,
Donoso and Donoso 2007). In southern Patagonia and Tierra del Fuego N. betuloides
can grow as pioneer species on moraines and recently deglaciated areas (Pisano 1978,
Armesto et al. 1992, Moore and Pisano 1997), on land recently disturbed by fire
(Martínez Pastur et al. 2002, Cruz et al. 2007a), and along forest roads. The
development of N. betuloides stands can be described on the basis of the four general
physiognomic stages following major disturbances (sensu Oliver 1981), namely 1) stand
initiation, 2) stem exclusion, 3) understorey reinitiation, and 4) old-growth (Figure 7.1).
Figure 7.1: The four hypothetical stages of stand development following a large-scale
disturbance to a Nothofagus betuloides forest (source: Oliver 1981).
The old-growth stage has been defined by Oliver (1981) as the part of a forest’s
life cycle “when the overstorey gradually dies and the understorey slowly fills in to
replace it”. The younger trees growing upward usually include individuals of a range of
sizes and ages; hence the stand as a whole contains trees of a wide range of ages and
Stand initiation
stage
Stem exclusion
stage
Understorey reinitiation
stage
Old growth stage
Larg
e-sc
ale
dist
urba
nce
Chapter 7 Conclusions and silvicultural implications
158
heights (Oliver and Larson 1996), forming an uneven-aged mosaic pattern of
successional stages (Oliver 1981).
Similar dynamics were observed in both the pure N. betuloides forest and in the
mixed N. betuloides – N. pumilio forest. Many decades of stability are indicated by the
uneven-aged canopy structures, facilitated by the occurrence of fine-scale disturbances
over a period of at least the last 150 years. These small disturbances lead to the creation
of small canopy gaps (Figure 7.2) with an average size of 51 m2 (± 4.7, SE) in the pure
N. betuloides forest and 107 m2 (± 21.5) in the mixed N. betuloides – N. pumilio forest.
These disturbances are contributed to by the senescence over time of the larger canopy
trees, the result of either a dieback phenomenon or a disease-decline. As a result, small
gaps are created in the canopy, with a gradual break-up of the even-aged structure. This
is especially evident in the pure N. betuloides forest. These development and the
presence of some older relic trees in the canopy support the idea that both the pure N.
betuloides and the mixed N. betuloides – N. pumilio forests are entering into an old-
growth stage or represent a transition to an old-growth stage (sensu Oliver and Larson
1996).
Silvicultural Implications
Figure 7.2: Schematic diagram of a small canopy gap in the ‘old-growth stage’ of the
Nothofagus betuloides forest.
7.2 Solar Radiation and Tree Species Regeneration: Testing the
Hypothesis
Hypothesis: The establishment and growth of young N. betuloides is affected by the
occurrence of natural, small-scale disturbances and the resultant existence of a gradient
in the below-canopy solar radiation conditions, with changing solar radiation intensities
from areas beneath canopy gaps to those below an undisturbed forest canopy.
Small canopy gap
Chapter 7 Conclusions and silvicultural implications
159
7.2.1 Below-canopy solar radiation transmittances
Several instruments have been developed to measure either directly or indirectly
the below-canopy solar radiation environment. Many studies have demonstrated that
hemispherical photography (indirect technique) has a high level of accuracy as a means
to estimate canopy structures and below-canopy solar radiation environments (Canham
et al. 1990, Rich et al. 1993, Roxburgh and Kelly 1995, Wright et al. 1998, Clearwater
et al. 1999, Engelbrecht and Herz 2001, Bartemucci et al. 2006, Collet and Chenost
2006). The use of conventional film photography has largely given way to digital
photography (Hale and Edwards 2002), and comparisons between the data provided by
both techniques have been carried out, demonstrating comparable results (Englund et al.
2000, Frazer et al. 2000, Hale and Edwards 2002). A variety of commercial and free
software packages are available for the analysis of hemispherical photographs (Comeau
2000), with the latter available for download from the internet. The results of the study
presented in chapter 4 revealed no differences between the estimates of the most
commonly used canopy structure and solar radiation variables calculated by the
commercial (HemiView) and free software packages (Gap Light Analyzer, hemIMAGE
and Winphot).
The part of the hypothesis related to the existence of a gradient in the below-
canopy solar radiation conditions from areas beneath canopy gaps to those below an
undisturbed forest canopy appear to have been partially confirmed. There was a gradient
in the below-canopy solar radiation environment from the centre of the gap to the
undisturbed canopy in the pure old-growth N. betuloides forest during the growing
season, as was described in other studies (Ricklefs 1977, Denslow 1980, Canham et al.
1990, 1994, Lieffers et al. 1999). Nonetheless, although canopy gaps appear to increase
the amount of solar radiation reaching the forest floor, higher transmittances of direct
solar radiation during the growing season were found beneath the closed canopy, to the
southeast of the gap centre. At higher latitudes, the effect of canopy gaps on the below-
canopy solar radiation extends beyond the edge of the gaps, as was observed by
Canham et al. (1990) and Gray et al. (2002). The transmission of the solar radiation into
the forest, therefore, was affected not only by a high level of horizontal and vertical
heterogeneity of the forest canopy, but also by the low angles of the sun’s path.
The characteristic features of old-growth forest (Franklin and Van Pelt, 2004),
such as the presence of small canopy gaps and a heterogeneous canopy with a multi-
Chapter 7 Conclusions and silvicultural implications
160
layered vertical distribution and an irregular horizontal distribution of canopy structures,
result in a more homogenous distribution of the solar radiation below the canopy.
Finally, it was observed that the canopy structure and stand parameters explain
partly the variation in the below-canopy solar radiation regime, and a combination of
the basal area, crown projection, crown volume, stem volume and the average
equivalent crown radius explained as much as 75 % of the variation in the diffuse and
73 % of the variation in the global solar radiation transmitted into the forest. This
demonstrates a high degree of heterogeneity of the spatial structures of the pure old-
growth forest, affecting the amount of solar radiation reaching the forest floor.
7.2.2 Regeneration patterns of Nothofagus betuloides
The regeneration of N. betuloides in the pure forest was not particularly linked to
the occurrence of canopy gaps. The regeneration density beneath gaps and under the
closed canopy was similar, and was higher than recorded in another study from Tierra
del Fuego (Rebertus and Veblen 1993a). A large number of the seedlings were in the
lower height classes, and fewer in the higher classes.
N. betuloides seedlings are able to establish, survive and grow slowly in the
shaded understorey of the pure old-growth forest.
No relationship was observed between the below-canopy solar radiation and the
density of plants belonging to the smallest class (≤ 20 cm tall), which is likely to have
been due to the fact that the young plants are more dependent upon below-ground
resources than the light transmitted into the forest (Stancioiu and O’Hara 2006). The
density of plants in the size class 21-100 cm was, by contrast, correlated with the solar
radiation.
The presence of small canopy gaps only, and the signs of senescence in the
larger canopy trees in the pure N. betuloides forest, have promoted an uneven pattern of
regeneration, with seedlings, saplings and pole stage trees growing into the canopy, and
the stand showing a great range of ages and heights, as has been observed in other old-
growth forests by Peet and Christensen (1987), Oliver and Larson (1996) and Barnes et
al. (1998).
The establishment of N. betuloides in the pure, old-growth forest is not affected
directly by the occurrence of small canopy gaps and the resultant changes to the below-
Chapter 7 Conclusions and silvicultural implications
161
canopy solar radiation environment. However, the young N. betuloides trees need the
occurrence of small canopy gaps if they are to reach the maturity.
Therefore, longevity and high rates of survival are key traits of N. betuloides that
contribute to its persistence in old-growth forests.
7.3 Shade Tolerance of Nothofagus betuloides
Seedlings, saplings and juvenile trees of shade tolerant species are able to
establish, survive, and grow at low light levels, and persist suppressed in the shaded
understorey for long periods (Canham 1985, Tilman 1988, Barnes et al. 1998). As
overstorey trees die and a gap is created in the canopy, the trees gradually penetrate into
the canopy (Barnes et al. 1998). Saplings may eventually reach the canopy after two or
more periods of suppression (Canham 1985).
In this study it was shown that juvenile N. betuloides trees are able to survive
and grow under closed canopies for decades, indicating a high degree of shade
tolerance. The analysis of the growth responses of juvenile N. betuloides trees to
disturbances indicated irregular disturbance intervals, with many longer periods of
restricted growth followed by short to intermediate periods of release. Saplings revealed
between 0 and 3 periods of release during their lives, accounting for approximately 22-
23 % of their lifespan. Only 41 % of the cores taken in the pure forest and 60 % in the
mixed forest showed at least one period of release. For the juvenile trees of N.
betuloides, the greatest changes in radial increment after release from restricted growth
were found in the mixed forest (11.2 %), and the lowest in the pure forest (2.4 %).
Thus, the juvenile trees growing in the pure N. betuloides forest rely on the
presence of only very small gaps in order to reach maturity. This affects the radial
growth responses of the trees, and reflects the capacity of N. betuloides to remain in
shaded conditions in the understorey for long periods (Rebertus and Veblen 1983a,
Veblen et al. 1996). In the mixed evergreen-deciduous N. betuloides – N. pumilio forest,
by contrast, individual N. betuloides trees are released by the creation of larger canopy
gaps, allowing them to grow into the main canopy (Veblen et al. 1996).
Therefore, it could be shown, that N. betuloides is able to survive as juvenile tree
and grow for decades under closed canopies, indicating a high shade tolerance.
Chapter 7 Conclusions and silvicultural implications
162
7.4 Silvicultural Implications for Old-Growth Nothofagus betuloides
Forests
The intention behind the new Chilean Native Forest Law, recently approved by
the Chilean parliament, is to protect, restore and improve the country's forests in a
sustainable way. The law does not consider timber production to be the forests’ only
function, but also caters for the promotion (and financing through annual funds) of
conservation, restoration and sustainable forest management.
At present there are plans targeting an intensification of the utilisation of N.
betuloides forests. However, the management of primary or old-growth forest should be
based on an ecological understanding of natural stand development, including the role
of natural disturbances such as small openings created in the canopy (Franklin et al.
2007). An understanding of forest ecology provides a basis upon which to manage the
forests as a renewable resource, by influencing the ecological processes, and leaving
behind a functioning biological system in which a high diversity of species is
maintained (Attiwill 1994 a,b, Coates and Burton 1997, Franklin et al. 2002).
The most important objective of silviculture to date has been timber production.
However, silvicultural systems have to integrate multiple and often conflicting
management objectives (Bauhus 1999). Thus, other forest functions, including water
regulation, wildlife management, animal rearing and wood pasture, recreation,
aesthetics, biodiversity conservation, carbon cycling and the production of other, non-
timber products are multi-purpose objectives of the forests that must also be catered for
in silvicultural methods (Smith et al. 1997, Bauhus 1999, Lindenmayer and Franklin
2002).
The silvicultural systems permitted for N. betuloides forests by the current
Chilean Forest Law are the shelterwood and the selection system. In reality, however,
the only part of the shelterwood system that is currently being applied in the barely
managed forests is the regeneration felling (Cruz et al. 2007a). As a consequence, the
once complex stand structures have been homogenised and simplified.
Different harvesting scenarios tested for temperate rain forest in southern Chile
revealed that the structure and composition of old-growth forests can be better
maintained using the selection method, although the yields provided are lower (Rüger et
al. 2007).
Chapter 7 Conclusions and silvicultural implications
163
In order to maintain the uneven-aged characteristics of old-growth N. betuloides
stands, with an abundance of young trees in the understorey, the selection method
should be employed to promote regeneration; i.e., the trees are removed as individuals
or in small groups (Smith et al. 1997, Lindenmayer and Franklin 2002). This favours the
shade tolerant species, and trees typically establish rapidly after harvesting (Tappeiner
et al. 1997).
The same effect can be achieved using similar approaches such as Dauerwald or
continuous cover forest (Helliwell 1997, Schabel and Palmer 1999, Burschel and Huss
2003). This is a close to natural system of forest management based on uneven-aged
silviculture (Schabel and Palmer 1999). Efforts are focused on retaining the trees that
are growing vigorously while removing those trees that have ceased to grow as well
(Helliwell 1997, Smith et al. 1997, Burschel and Huss 2003). This system requires that
natural regeneration occurs in great abundance (Helliwell 1997, Burschel and Huss
2003), which was the found to be the case in the pure N. betuloides forest.
If the aim of forest management is to meet other objectives also, including the
maintenance of the uneven-aged structure of this old-growth forest, the preservation of
the native biodiversity, the protection of the ecosystem from the invasion of exotic
species and the conservation of biotic and abiotic interactions necessary for natural
regeneration after harvesting, management strategies and silvicultural practices
incorporating natural disturbances and the natural structural development of forest
ecosystems might be availed of (Franklin et al. 2002).
In this case, the presence of small canopy gaps in the pure uneven-aged old-
growth N. betuloides forest implies the application of a silvicultural system employing a
gap-based approach, which can be used to address the ecosystem management
objectives (Coates and Burton 1997). This will also allow for the achievement of certain
timber management goals (Franklin et al. 2007), which do not to have be ignored when
implementing a system of natural, disturbance-based silviculture (Seymour and Hunter
1999, Palik et al. 2002). However, focus attention on making a detailed and directed
assessment of disturbances and their effects on the tree regeneration so that natural
disturbance regimes can be used as a guide for regeneration efforts must be paid
(Puettmann and Ammer 2007).
All of the systems and approaches mentioned above (selection method, gap-
based approach, Dauerwald or continuous cover forest approach) may represent a basis
for the promotion of new silvicultural practices in the old-growth forests of southern
Chapter 7 Conclusions and silvicultural implications
164
Chile in the context of the new Chilean Forestry Law as they will contribute to ensuring
the maintenance of multi-layered structures, the native biodiversity, and the ecosystem
processes, while at the same time helping to achieve the economic goals of commercial
timber management.
Chapter 8 References
165
CHAPTER 8
REFERENCES
Alfonso, J.L., 1940. Algunas consideraciones sobre los bosques de Tierra del Fuego.
Ing. Agronómica 1, 10-23.
Anderson, M.C., 1964a. Studies of the woodland light climate I. The photographic
computation of light conditions. J. Ecol. 52, 27-41.
Anderson, M.C., 1964b. Studies of the woodland light climate II. Seasonal variation in
the light climate. J. Ecol. 52, 643-663.
Anderson, M.C., 1964c. Light relations of terrestrial plant communities and their
measurement. Biol. Rev. 39, 425-486.
Anderson, M.C., 1966. Stand structure and light penetration. II. A theoretical analysis.
J. Appl. Ecol. 3, 41-54.
Armesto, J.J, Casassa, I., Dollenz, O., 1992. Age structure and dynamics of Patagonian
beech forests in Torres del Paine National Park, Chile. Vegetatio 98, 13-22.
Arroyo, M.T.K., Donoso, C., Murúa, R.E., Pisano, E.E., Schlatter, R.P., Serey, I.A.,
1996. Toward an ecologically sustainable forestry project. Concepts, analysis
and recommendations. Departamento de Investigación y Desarrollo, Universidad
de Chile, Santiago, Chile.
Attiwill, P.M., 1994a. The disturbance of forest ecosystems: the ecological basis for
conservative management. For. Ecol. Manage. 63, 247-300.
Attiwill, P.M., 1994b. Ecological disturbance and the conservative management of
eucalypt forests in Australia. For. Ecol. Manage. 63, 301-346.
Báez, P., Riveros, M., Lehnebach, C., 2002. Viability and longevity of pollen of
Nothofagus species in south Chile. New Zeal. J. Bot. 40, 671-678
Baldocchi, D., Hutchison, B., Matt, D., McMillen, R., 1984. Seasonal variations in the
radiation regime within an oak-hickory forest. Agric. For. Meteorol. 33, 177-
191.
Barnes, B.V., Zak, D.R., Denton, S.R., Spurr, S.H., 1998. Forest ecology. 4th Edition.
John Wiley & Sons, Inc, New York Chichester Weinheim Brisbane Singapore
Toronto.
Chapter 8 References
166
Barrie, J., Greatorex-Davies, J.N., Parsell, R.J., Mars, R.H., 1990. A semi-automated
method for analyzing hemispherical photographs for the assessment of woodland
shade. Biol. Conserv. 54, 327-334.
Bartemucci, P., Messier, C., Canham, C.D., 2006. Overstory influences on light
attenuation patterns and understory plant community diversity and composition
in southern boreal forests of Quebec. Can. J. For. Res. 36, 2065-2079.
Battaglia, M.A., Mou, P., Pallik, B., Mitchell, R.J., 2002. The effect of spatially variable
overstory on the understory light environment of an open-canopied longleaf pine
forest. Can. J. For. Res. 32, 1984-1991.
Bauhus, J., 1999. Silvicultural practices in Australian native State forests - An
introduction. Australian Forestry 62, 217-222.
Bazzaz, F.A., 1996. Plants in changing environments. Linking physiological,
population, and community ecology. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge.
Becker, P., Erhart, D.W., Smith, A.P., 1989. Analysis of forest light environments. Part
I. Computerized estimation of solar radiation from hemispherical canopy
photographs. Agric. For. Meteorol. 44, 217-232.
Bellow, G., Nair, P.K.R., 2003. Comparing common methods for assessing understory
light availability in shaded-perennial agroforestry systems. Agric. For. Meteorol.
114, 197-211.
Brunner, A., 1998. A light model for spatially explicit forest stand models. For. Ecol.
Manage. 107, 19-46.
Brunner, A., 2002. Hemispherical photography and image analysis with hemIMAGE
and Adobe Photoshop, Horsholm, Denmark. Available from
http://www.umb.no/ina/ansatte/andrb_e.php.
Burschel, P., Huss, J., 2003. Grundriss des Waldbaus. 3., unveränderte Auflage. Eugen
Ulmer GmbH & Co., Stuttgart, Germany.
Busing, R.T., Brokaw, N., 2002. Tree species diversity in temperate and tropical forest
gaps: the role of lottery recruitment. Folia Geobot. 37, 33-43.
Butler-Manning, D., 2008. Stand structure, gap dynamics and regeneration of a semi-
natural mixed beech forest on limestone in central Europe – a case study.
Freiburger Forstliche Forschung Vol 38, Freiburg, Germany.
Butorovic, N., 2003. Resumen meteorológico año 2002, estación "Jorge C. Schythe"
(53°08' S; 70°53' O; 6 m s.n.m.). Ans. Inst. Pat. 31, 123-130.
Chapter 8 References
167
Butorovic, N., 2004. Resumen meteorológico año 2003, estación "Jorge C. Schythe"
(53°08' S; 70°53' O; 6 m s.n.m.). Ans. Inst. Pat. 32, 79-86.
Butorovic, N., 2005. Resumen meteorológico año 2004. Estación "Jorge C. Schythe"
(53°08' S; 70°53' O; 6 msnm). Ans. Inst. Pat. 33, 65-71.
Caldentey, J., Promis, A., Schmidt, H., Ibarra, M., 1999-2000. Variación microclimática
causada por una corta de protección en un bosque de lenga (Nothofagus
pumilio). Ciencias Forestales 14, 51-59.
Campbell, G.S., 1986. Extinction coefficients for radiation in plant canopies calculated
using an ellipsoidal inclination angle distribution. Agric. For. Meteorol. 36, 317-
321.
Canham, C.D., 1985. Suppression and release during canopy recruitment in Acer
saccharum. B. Torrey Bot. Club 112, 134-145.
Canham, C.D., 1989. Different responses to gaps among shade-tolerant species.
Ecology 70, 548-550.
Canham, C.D., 1990. Suppression and release during canopy recruitment in Fagus
grandiflora. B. Torrey Bot. Club 117, 1-7.
Canham, C.D., Marks, P.L., 1985. The response of woody plants to disturbance:
patterns of establishment and growth. In: Pickett, S.T.A., White, P.S. (Eds.), The
ecology of natural disturbance and patch dynamics. Academic Press, London,
UK, pp.197-216.
Canham, C.D., Denslow, J.S., Platt, W.J., Runkle, J.R., Spies, T.A., White, P.S., 1990.
Light regimes beneath closed canopies and tree-fall gaps in temperate and
tropical forests. Can. J. For. Res. 20, 620-631.
Canham, C.D., Finzi, A.C., Pacala, S.W., Burbank, D.H., 1994. Causes and
consequences of resource heterogeneity in forests: interspecific variation in light
transmission by canopy trees. Can. J. For. Res. 24, 337-349.
Cavieres, L.A., Fajardo, A., 2005. Browsing by guanaco (Lama guanicoe) on
Nothofagus pumilio forest gaps in Tierra del Fuego, Chile. For. Ecol. Manage.
204, 237-248.
Chan, S.S., McCreight, R.W., Walstad, J.D., Spies, T.A., 1986. Evaluating forest
vegetative cover with computerized analysis of fisheye photographs. For. Sci.
32, 1085-1091.
Chazdon, R.L., Field, C.B., 1987. Photographic estimation of photosynthetically active
radiation: Evaluation of a computerized technique. Oecologia 73, 525-532.
Chapter 8 References
168
Clearwater, M.J., Nifinluri, T., van Gardingen, P.R., 1999. Forest fire smoke and a test
of hemispherical photography for predicting understory light in Bornean tropical
rain forest. Agric. For. Meteorol. 97, 129-139.
Coates, K. D., Burton, P. J., 1997. A gap-based approach for development of
silvicultural systems to address ecosystem management objectives. For. Ecol.
Manage. 99, 337-354.
Collet, C., Chenost, C., 2006. Using competition and light estimates to predict diameter
and height growth of naturally regenerated beech seedlings growing under
changing canopy conditions. Forestry 79, 489-502.
Collins, B.S., Dunne, K.P., Pickett, S.T.A., 1985. Responses of forest herbs to canopy
gaps. In: Pickett, S.T.A., White, P.S. (Eds.), The ecology of natural disturbance
and patch dynamics. Academic Press, London, UK, pp. 217-234.
Comeau, P.G., 1998. LITE: A model for estimating light under broadleaf and conifer
tree canopies. Extension Note 23. B.C. Ministry of Forests Research Branch,
Stn. Prov. Govt. Victoria, BC, Canada. Available from
http://www.for.gov.bc.ca/hfd/pubs/Docs/En/En23.htm.
Comeau, P., 2000. Measuring light in the forest. Extension Note 42. Ministry of Forest
Research Program, British Columbia. Available from
http://www.for.gov.bc.ca/hfd/pubs/Docs/En/En42.htm.
Comeau, P.G., 2001. Relationships between stand parameters and understorey light in
boreal aspen stands. B.C. J. Ecosyst. Manag. 1, 8 (article 2).
Comeau, P.G., Heineman, J.L., 2003. Predicting understory light microclimate from
stand parameters in young paper birch (Betula papyrifera Marsh.) stands. For.
Ecol. Manage. 180, 303-315.
Comeau, P., Gendron, F., Letchford, T., 1998. A comparison of several methods for
estimating light under a paper birch mixed wood stand. Can. J. For. Res. 28,
1843-1850.
Comeau, P., Heineman, J., Newsome, T., 2006. Evaluation of relationships between
understory light and aspen basal area in the British Columbia central interior.
For. Ecol. Manage. 226, 80-87.
CONAF-CONAMA, 1999a. Catastro y evaluación de recursos vegetacionales nativos
de Chile. Informe nacional con variables ambientales. Santiago, Chile.
CONAF-CONAMA, 1999b. Catastro y evaluación de recursos vegetacionales nativos
de Chile. Informe Regional Duodécima Región. Santiago, Chile.
Chapter 8 References
169
Connell, J.H., 1978. Diversity in tropical rain forests and coral reefs. Science 199, 1302-
1310.
Coops, N.C., Smith, M.L., Jacobsen, K.L., Martin, M., Ollinger, S., 2004. Estimation of
plant and area index using three techniques in a mature native eucalypt canopy.
Austral Ecol. 29, 332-341.
Copenheaver, C.A., Abrams, M.D., 2003. Dendroecology in young stands: case studies
from jack pine in northern lower Michigan. For. Ecol. Manage. 182, 247-257
Cottam, G., Curtis, J.T., 1956. The use of distance measures in phytosociological
sampling. Ecology 37, 451-460.
Cruz, G., Lara, A., 1987. Vegetación del área de uso agropecuario de la XII Región,
Magallanes y de la Antártica Chilena. INIA, Intendencia de la XII Región,
Santiago, Chile.
Cruz, G., Caldentey, J. (Eds.), 2007. Caracterización, silvicultura y uso de los bosques
de Coihue de Magallanes (Nothofagus betuloides) en la XII Región de Chile.
Facultad de Ciencias Forestales, Universidad de Chile, Santiago, Chile.
Cruz, G., Caprile, R., Promis, A., Cabello, G., 2007a. Structural and biometric
characterization of Nothofagus betuloides production forests in the Magellan
Region, Chile. J. Sustain. Forest. 24, 123-14.
Cruz, G., Rosenfeld, M., Cabello, G., Hidalgo, F., 2007b. Uso de los bosques de Coihue
de Magallanes. In: Cruz, G., Caldentey, J. (Eds.), Caracterización, silvicultura y
uso de los bosques de Coihue de Magallanes (Nothofagus betuloides) en la XII
Región de Chile. Facultad de Ciencias Forestales, Universidad de Chile,
Santiago, Chile, pp. 100-114.
Cruz, G., Promis, A., Schmidt, H., 2008. Silvicultural treatments for old-growth forests
dominated by Nothofagus betuloides in southern Patagonia, Chile. Abstract in
Proceedings of ‘Old Forest, New Management’ Sir Mark Oliphant Conference,
17-21 February 2008, Hobart, Australia, p. 138.
Cuevas, J.G., 2003. Gap characteristics in relation to forest structure and implications
for southern beech forest dynamics. Can. J. For. Res. 33, 1915-1922.
Darwin, C., 1839. Journal and remarks. In: Fitzroy, R. (Ed.), Narrative of the suveying
voyages of his Majesty’s ships adventure and Beagle between the years 1826
and 1836. Vol. III. Henry Colburn, London, pp. 1832-36.
de Agostini, A., 1945. Andes Patagónicos. Viajes de exploración a la Cordillera
Patagónica Austral. Buenos Aires, Argentina.
Chapter 8 References
170
de Agostini, A., 1956. 30 Años en Tierra del Fuego. Ed. Peuser, Buenos Aires,
Argentina.
de Freitas, C.R., Enright, N.J., 1995. Microclimatic differences between and within
Canopy gaps in a temperate rainforest. Int. J. Biometeorol. 38, 188-193.
Denslow, J.S., 1980. Gap partitioning among tropical rainforest trees. Biotropica 12, 47-
55.
Denslow, J.S., Spies, T., 1990. Canopy gaps in forest ecosystems: an introduction. Can.
J. For. Res. 20, 619.
Dimitri, M.J., 1972. La región de los bosques Andino-Patagónicos. Sinopsis general.
Colección Científica del INTA, Buenos Aires, Argentina.
Donoso, C., 1981. Tipos forestales de los bosques nativos de Chile. Documento de
Trabajo Nº38. Investigación y Desarrollo Forestal (CONAF/PNUD/FAO),
Santiago, Chile.
Donoso, C., Atienza, J., 1983. Hibridación natural entre especies de Nothofagus
siempreverdes en Chile. Bosque 5, 21-34.
Donoso, C., Donoso, P., 2007. Nothofagus betuloides (Mirb.) Oerst. Coigüe de
Magallanes, Ouchpaya (onas), Guindo (zona Austral), Coigüe Colorado (Tierra
del Fuego). In: Donoso, C. (Ed.), Las especies arbóreas de los bosques
templados de Chile y Argentina. Autoecología. Marisa Cuneo Ediciones,
Valdivia, Chile, pp. 411-422.
Donoso, C., Premoli, A., Donoso, P., 2004 Variación en Nothofagus siempreverdes
sudamericanos. In: Donoso, C., Premoli, A., Gallo, L., Ipinza, R. (Eds.),
Variación intraespecífica en especies arbóreas de los bosques templados de
Chile y Argentina. Ed. Universitaria , Santiago, Chile, pp. 189-213.
Duncan, F., 2006. Temperate native forests in Chile. Management, conservation and
forest practices. Report to the J. W. Gottstein Memorial Trust.
Engelbrecht, B.M., Herz, H.M., 2001. Evaluation of different methods to estimate
understorey light conditions in tropical forests. J. Trop. Ecol. 17, 207-224.
Englund, S.R., O’Brien, J.J., Clark, D.B., 2000. Evaluation of digital and film
hemispherical photography and spherical densiometry for measuring forest light
environments. Can. J. For. Res. 30, 1999-2005.
Evans, G.C., Coombe, D.E., 1959. Hemispherical and woodland canopy photography
and the light climate. J. Ecol. 47, 103-113.
Chapter 8 References
171
Fahey, R.F., Puettmann, K.J., 2007. Ground-layer disturbance and initial conditions
influence gap partitioning of understorey vegetation. J. Ecol. 95, 1098-1109.
Fajardo, A., de Graaf, R., 2004. Tree dynamics in canopy gaps in old-growth forests of
Nothofagus pumilio in southern Chile. Plant Ecol. 173, 95-105.
FAO, 2006. Global Forest Resources Assessment 2005. Progress towards sustainable
forest management. FAO Forestry paper 147. FAO, Rome, Italy.
Ferment, A., Picard, N., Gourlet-Fleury, S., Baralato, C., 2001 A comparison of five
indirect methods for characterizing the light environment in a tropical forest.
Ann. For. Sci. 58, 877-891.
Frangi, J.L, Richter, L.L., 1994. Balabces hídricos de bosques de Nothofagus de Tierra
del Fuego, Argentina. Rev. Fac. Agronomía, La Plata 70, 65-79.
Frangi, J.L., Richter L.L., Barrera, M.D., Aloggia, M., 1997. Decomposition of
Nothofagus fallen woody debris in forests of Tierra del Fuego, Argentina. Can.
J. For. Res. 27, 1095-1102.
Franklin, J.F., Van Pelt, R., 2004. Spatial aspects of structural complexity in old-growth
forests. J. Forest. 102, 22-28.
Franklin, J.F., Spies, T.A., Van Pelt., R., Carey, A.B., Thornburgh, D.A., Berg, D.R.,
Lindenmayer, D.B., Harmon, M.E., Keeton, W.S., Shaw, D.C., Bible., K., Chen,
J., 2002. Disturbances and structural development of natural forest ecosystems
with silvicultural implications, using Douglas-fir forests as an example. For.
Ecol. Manage. 155, 399-423.
Franklin, J.F., Mitchel, R.J., Palik, B.J., 2007. Natural disturbance and stand
development principles for ecological forestry. Gen. Tech. Rep. NRS-19.
Newtown Square, PA: U.S. Department of Agriculture, Forest Service, Northern
Research Station, USA.
Frazer, G.W., Trofymow, J.A., Lertzman, K.P., 1997. A method for estimating canopy
openness, effective plant area index, and photosynthetically active photon flux
density using hemispherical photography and computerized image analysis
techniques. Can For Serv, Pac For Cent. Inf Rep No BC-X-373.
Frazer, G.W., Canham, C.D., Lertzman, K.P., 1999. Gap Light Analyzer (GLA):
Imaging software to extract canopy structure and gap light transmission indices
from true-colour fisheye photographs, users manual and program
documentation, Simon Fraser University, Burnaby, British Columbia, and the
Institute of Ecosystem Studies, Millbrook, New York.
Chapter 8 References
172
Frazer, G.W., Trofymow, J.A., Lertzman, K.P., 2000. Canopy openness and leaf area in
chronosequences of coastal temperate rainforests. Can. J. For. Res. 30, 239-256.
Frazer, G.W., Fournier, R.A., Trofymow, J.A., Hall, R.J., 2001. A comparison of digital
and film fisheye photography for analysis of forest canopy structure and gap
light transmission. Agric. For. Meteorol. 109, 249-263.
Frederiksen, P., 1988. Soils of Tierra del Fuego. A satellite-based land survey approach.
Appendix: Methods and soil data - Annex with 5 plates. Folia Geographica
Danica, Tom. XVIII.
Frelich, L.E., Lorimer, C.G., 1991. Natural disturbance regimes in hemlock-hardwood
forests of the Upper Great Lakes Region. Ecol. Monogr. 61, 145-164.
Gajardo, R., 1994. La vegetación natural de Chile. Clasificación y distribución
geográfica. Ed. Universitaria, Santiago, Chile.
Gálhidy, L., Mihók, B., Hagyó, A., Rajkai, K., Standovár, T., 2006. Effects of gap size
and associated changes in light and soil moisture on the understorey vegetation
of a Hungarian beech forest. Plant. Ecol. 183, 133-145.
Gärtner, S., Reif, A., 2005. The response of ground vegetation to structural change
during forest conversion in the southern Black Forest. Eur. J. For. Res. 124, 221-
231.
Gea-Izquierdo, G., Martínez Pastur, G., Cellini, J.M., Lencinas, M.V., 2004. Forty years
of silvicultural management in southern Nothofagus pumilio primary forests.
For. Ecol. Manage. 201, 335-347.
Geiger, R., Aron, R.H., Todhunter, P., 2003. The climate near the ground. Sixth edition.
Rowman & Littlefield Publishers, Inc., Lanham.
Gendron, F., Messier, C., Comeau, P.G., 1998. Comparison of various methods for
estimating the mean growing season percent photosynthetic photon flux density
in forest. Agric. For. Meteorol. 92, 55-70.
Gerding, V., Thiers, O., 2002. Characterization of soils of Nothofagus betuloides
(Mirb.) Blume forests, in Tierra del Fuego. Chile. Rev. Chil. Hist. Nat. 75, 819-
833.
Godley, E.J., 1960. The botany of southern Chile in relation to New Zealand and the
Subantarctic. Proceedings of the Royal Society of London, Series B 152, 457–
475.
Grant, R.H., 1997. Partitioning of biologically active radiation in plant canopies. Int. J.
Biometeorol. 40, 26-40.
Chapter 8 References
173
Gray, A.N., Spies, T.A., Easter, M.J., 2002. Microclimatic and soil moisture responses
to gap formation in coastal Douglas-fir forests. Can. J. For. Res. 32, 332-343.
Grubb, P.J., 1977. The maintenance of species-richness in plant communities: the
importance of the regeneration niche. Biol. Rev. 52, 107-145.
Gusinde, M., 1944. Urmenschen im Feuerland: vom Forscher zum Stammesmitglied.
Paul Zsolnay, Berlin, Germany.
Gutiérrez, A.G., Armesto, J.J., Aravena, J,C., 2004. Disturbance and regeneration
dynamics of an old-growth North Patagonian rain forest in Chiloé Island, Chile.
J. Ecol. 92, 598-608.
Gutiérrez, E., 1994. Els boscos de Nothofagus de la Terra del Foc com a paradigma de
dinàmica successional del no-equilibri. Treballs de la SCB 45, 93-121.
Gutiérrez, E., Vallejo V. R., Romaña, J., Fons, J., 1991. The subantarctic Nothofagus
forests of Tierra del Fuego: distribution, structure and production. Oecol. Aquat.
10, 351-366.
Hale, S.E., 2001. Light regime beneath Sitka spruce plantations in northern Britain:
preliminary results. For. Ecol. Manage. 151, 61-66.
Hale, S.E., 2003. The effect of thinning intensity on the below-canopy light
environment in a Sitka spruce plantation. For. Ecol. Manage. 179, 341-349.
Hale, S.E., Edwards, C., 2002. Comparison of film and digital hemispherical
photography across a wide range of canopy densities. Agric. For. Meteorol. 112,
51-56.
Helliwell, D.R., 1997. Dauerwald. Forestry 70, 375-379.
Hardy, J.P., Melloh, R., Koenig, G., Marks, D., Winstral, A., Pomeroy, J.W., Link, T.,
2004. Solar radiation transmission through conifer canopies. Agric. For.
Meteorol. 126, 257-270.
Heinemann, K., Kitzberger, T., Veblen, T.T., 2000. Influences of gap
microheterogeneity on the regeneration of Nothofagus pumilio in a xeric old-
growth forest of northwestern Patagonia. Argentina. Can. J. For. Res. 30, 25-31
Herbert, T.J., 1987. Area projection of fish-eye photographic lenses. Agric. For.
Meteorol. 39, 215-223.
Hernández, L., Castellanos, H., 2006. Crecimiento diamétrico arbóreo en bosques de
Sierra de Lema, Guyana Venezolana: primeras evaluaciones. Interciencia 31,
779-786.
Chapter 8 References
174
Hildebrand-Vogel, R., Vogel, A., 1995. Evergreen broad-leaved forests of South
America. In: Box, E.O. (Ed.), Vegetation science in forestry. Kluwer Academic
Publishers, Dordrecht, pp. 125-140.
Hildebrand-Vogel, R., Godoy, R., Vogel, A., 1990. Subantarctic-Andean Nothofagus
pumilio forests. Vegetatio 89, 55-68.
Hill, R.S., Dettmann, M.E., 1996. Origin and diversification of the genus Nothofagus.
In: Veblen, T.T., Hill, R.S., Read, J. (Eds.), The ecology and biogeography of
Nothofagus forests. Yale University Press, New Haven, USA, pp. 11-24.
Hill, R.S., Jordan, G.J., 1993. The evolutionary history of Nothofagus (Nothofagaceae).
Aust. Syst. Bot. 6, 111–126.
Holst, T., Mayer, H., 2005. Radiation components of beech stands in Southwest
Germany. Meteorol. Z. 14, 107-115
Holst, T., Hauser, S., Kirchgäßner, A., Matzarakis, A., Mayer, H., Schindler, D., 2004.
Measuring and modelling plant area index in beech stands. Int. J. Biometeorol.
48, 192-201.
Holst, T., Rost, J., Mayer, H., 2005. Net radiation balance for two forested slopes on
opposite sides of a valley. Int. J. Biometeorol. 49, 275-284.
Hutchison, B.A., Matt, D.R., 1977. The distribution of solar radiation within a
deciduous forest. Ecol. Monogr. 47, 185-207.
Ibarra, M., Caldentey, J., Hidalgo, F., 2007. Antecedentes generales de la especie. In:
Cruz, G., Caldentey, J. (Eds.), Caracterización, silvicultura y uso de los bosques
de Coihue de Magallanes (Nothofagus betuloides) en la XII Región de Chile.
Facultad de Ciencias Forestales, Universidad de Chile, Santiago, Chile, pp. 3-11.
Inoue, A., Yamamoto, K., Mizoue, N., Kawahara, Y., 2004a. Effects of image quality,
size and camera type on forest light environment estimates using digital
hemispherical photography. Agric. For. Meteorol. 126, 89-97.
Inoue, A., Yamamoto, K., Mizoue, N., Kawahara, Y., 2004b. Calibrating view angle
and lens distortion of the Nikon fish-eye converter FC-E8. J. For. Res. 9, 177-
181.
Ishida, M., 2004. Automatic thresholding for digital hemispherical photography. Can. J.
For. Res. 34, 2208-2216.
Jennings, S.B., Brown, N.D., Sheil, D., 1999. Assessing forest canopies and understorey
illumination: canopy closure, canopy cover and other measures. Forestry 72, 59-
73.
Chapter 8 References
175
Jonckheere, I., Fleck, S., Nackaerts, K., Muys, B., Coppin, P., Weiss, M., Baret, F.,
2004. Review of methods for in situ leaf area index determination. Part I.
Theories, sensors and hemispherical photography. Agric. For. Meteorol. 121, 19-
35.
Jonckheere, I., Nackaerts, K., Muys, B., Coppin, P., 2005. Assessment of automatic gap
fraction estimation of forests from digital hemispherical photography. Agric.
For. Meteorol. 132, 96-114.
Jordan, G.J., Hill, R.S., 1999. The phylogenetic affinities of Nothofagus
(Nothofagaceae) leaf fossils based on combined molecular and morphological
data. Int. J. Plant Sci. 160, 1177-1188.
June, S.R., Ogden, J., 1975. Studies on the vegetation of Mount Colenso, New Zealand.
3. The population dynamics of Red Beech seedlings. Proc. New Zeal. Ecol. Soc.
22, 61-66.
June, S.R., Ogden, J., 1978. Studies on the vegetation of Mount Colenso, New Zealand.
4. An assessment of the processes of canopy maintenance and regeneration
strategy in a red beech (Nothofagus fusca) forest. New Zeal. J. Ecol. 1, 7-15.
Karukinka, 2007. Karukinka is a new model for the conservation of biodiversity.
Available from: http://www.karukinkanatural.cl/Karukinka/index-english.htm
(accessed 16.12.07).
Klepeis, P., Laris, P., 2006. Contesting sustainable development in Tierra del Fuego.
Geoforum 37, 505-518.
Kuuluvainen, T., 2002. Disturbance dynamics in boreal forests: defining the ecological
basis of restoration and management of biodiversity. Silva Fenn. 36, 5-11.
Lieberman, M., Lieberman, D., Peralta, R., 1989. Forests are not just swiss cheese:
canopy stereogeometry of non-gaps in tropical forests. Ecology 70, 550-552.
Lieffers, V.J., Messier, C., Stadt, K.J., Gendron, F., Comeau, P.G., 1999. Predicting and
managing light in the understory of boreal forests. Can. J. For. Res. 29, 796-811.
Lindenmayer, D., 2008. Perspectives on old-growth – insights from mainland eastern
Australia. Abstract in Proceedings of ‘Old Forest, New Management’ Sir Mark
Oliphant Conference, 17-21 February 2008, Hobart, Australia, p. 39.
Lindenmayer, D.B., Franklin, J.F.F., 2002. Conserving forest biodiversity. A
comprehensive multiscaled approach. Island Press, Washington DC, USA.
Lorimer, C.G., 1985. Methodological considerations in the analysis of forest
disturbance history. Can. J. For. Res. 15, 200-213.
Chapter 8 References
176
Lorimer, C.G., Frelich, L.E., 1989. A methodology for estimating canopy disturbance
frequency and intensity in dense temperate forests. Can. J. For. Res. 19, 651-
663.
Luebert, F., Pliscoff, P., 2006. Sinópsis bioclimática y vegetacional de Chile. Ed
Universitaria, Santiago, Chile.
Machado, J., Reich, P.B., 1999. Evaluation of several measures of canopy openness as
predictors of photosynthetic photon flux density in deeply shaded conifer-
dominated forest understory. Can. J. For. Res. 29, 1438-1444.
Manos, P.S., 1997. Systematics of Nothofagus (Nothofagaceae) based on rDNA spacer
sequences (ITS): Taxonomic congruence with morphology and plastid
sequences. Am. J. Bot. 84, 1137–1155.
Manso, M., Ibarra, M, Nutto, L., Becker, G., 2007. Características tecnológicas y usos
de la madera. In: Cruz, G., Caldentey, J. (Eds.), Caracterización, silvicultura y
uso de los bosques de Coihue de Magallanes (Nothofagus betuloides) en la XII
Región de Chile. Facultad de Ciencias Forestales, Universidad de Chile,
Santiago, Chile, pp. 75-99.
Martínez Pastur, G., Arena, M.E., Fernández, C., 1994. Nota sobre la influencia del
ácido giberélico y del nitrato de potasio en la germinación de semillas de
Nothofagus betuloides (Mirb.) Oerst. Invest. Agrar. Sist. Recur. For. 3, 83-89.
Martínez Pastur, G., Peri, P.L., Fernández, C., Staffieri G., Rodríguez, D., 1999.
Desarrollo de la regeneración a lo largo del ciclo del manejo forestal de un
bosque de Nothofagus pumilio: 2. Incidencia del ramoneo de Lama guanicoe.
Bosque 20, 47-53.
Martínez Pastur, G., Cellini, J.M., Peri, P.L., Vukasovic, R.F., Fernández, M.C., 2000.
Timber production of Nothofagus pumilio forests by a shelterwood system in
Tierra del Fuego (Argentina). For. Ecol. Manage. 134, 153-162.
Martínez Pastur, G., Cellini, J.M., Lencinas, M.V., Vukasovic, R.F., Peri, P.L., Donoso,
S., 2002. Response of Nothofagus betuloides (Mirb.) Oerst. to different thinning
intensities in Tierra del Fuego, Argentina. Interciencia 27, 679-685.
Martinic, M., 1982. La Tierra de los Fuegos. Historia, geografía, sociedad, economía.
Artegraf Ltda., Punta Arenas, Chile.
Martinic, M., 1992. Historia de la Región Magallánica. Volúmenes I-II. Universidad de
Magallanes, Punta Arenas, Chile.
Chapter 8 References
177
Mayer, H., Holst, T., Schindler, D., 2002. Mikroklima in Buchenbeständen - Teil I:
Photosynthetisch aktive Strahlung. Forstw. Cbl. 121, 301-321.
McCarthy, J., 2001. Gap dynamics of forest trees: a review with particular attention to
boreal forests. Environ. Rev. 9, 1-59.
McQueen, D.R., 1976. The ecology of Nothofagus and associated vegetation in South
America. Part I. Vegetation and soils in Southern Patagonia and Tierra del
Fuego. Tuatara 22, 38-68.
Messier, C., Doucet, R., Ruel, J.C., Claveau, Y., Kelly, C., Lechowicz, M.J., 1999.
Functional ecology of advance regeneration in relation to light in boreal forests.
Can. J. For. Res. 29, 812-823.
Mitchell, R.J., Palik, B.J., Hunter Jr., M.L., 2002. Natural disturbance as a guide to
silviculture. For. Ecol. Manage. 155, 315-317.
Monteith, J.L., Unsworth, M.H., 1990. Principles of environmental physics (2nd
edition). Edward Arnold, London.
Moore, D., 1983. Flora of Tierra del Fuego. Anthony Nelson, England, Missouri
Botanical Garden, USA.
Moore, D., Pisano, E., 1997. Biotic colonization of recently deglaciated areas in Fuego-
Patagonia – Phytogeographical considerations. Ans. Inst. Pat. 25, 21-46.
Nobis, M., 2005. SideLook 1.1. Imaging software for the analysis of vegetation
structure with true-colour photographs. Available from http://www.appleco.ch.
Nobis, M., Hunziker, U., 2005. Automatic thresholding for hemispherical canopy-
photographs based on edge detection. Agric. For. Meteorol. 128, 243-250.
Norman, J.M., Campbell, G.S., 1989. Canopy structure. In: Pearcy, R.W., Ehleringer,
J.R., Mooney, H.A., Rundel, P.W. (Eds.), Plant physiological ecology: field
methods and instrumentation. Chapman and Hall, London, pp 301-325.
Oberdorfer, E., 1960. Pflanzensoziologische Studien in Chile: Ein Vergleich mit
Europa. Flora et Vegetatio Mundi 2, 1-208.
O’Hara, K.L., Porter, D., Libby, W., 2008. The potential for uneven-aged silviculture in
restoration and management of old forests. Abstract in Proceedings of ‘Old
Forest, New Management’ Sir Mark Oliphant Conference, 17-21 February 2008,
Hobart, Australia, p. 94.
Ogden, J., 1988. Forest dynamics and stand-level dieback in New Zealand’s Nothofagus
forests. GeoJournal 17, 225-230.
Chapter 8 References
178
Ogden, J., Stewart, G.H., Allen, R.B., 1996. Ecology of New Zealand Nothofagus
forests. In: Veblen, T:T., Hill, R:S., Read, J. (Eds.), The ecology and
biogeography of Nothofagus Forests. Yale University Press, New Haven, USA,
pp. 25-82.
Ojeda, V.S., Suarez, M.L., Kitzberger, T., 2007. Crown dieback events as key processes
creating cavity habitat for magellanic woodpeckers. Austral Ecol. 32, 436-445
Oliver, C.D., 1981. Forest development following major disturbances. For. Ecol.
Manage. 3, 153-168.
Oliver, C.D., Larson, B.C., 1996. Forest stand dynamics. Update edition. John Wiley &
Sons, Inc., New York, USA.
Ovington, J.D., 1983. Introduction. In: Ovington, J.D. (Ed.) Temperate broad-leaved
evergreen forests. Elsevier, Amsterdam, The Netherlands, pp. 1-4.
Palik, B.J., Mitchell, R.J., Hiers, J.K., 2002. Modeling silviculture after natural
disturbance to sustain biodiversity in the longleaf pine (Pinus palustris)
ecosystem: balancing complexity and implementation. For. Ecol. Manage. 155,
347-356.
Pardos, M., Montes, F., Aranda, I., Cañellas, I., 2007. Influence of environmental
conditions on germinant survival and diversity of Scots pine (Pinus sylvestris L.)
in central Spain. Eur. J. For. Res. 126, 37-47
Peet, R.K., Christensen, N.L., 1987. Competition and tree death. BioScience 37, 586-
595.
Pérez, V., 1983. Manual de propiedades físicas y mecánicas de maderas Chilenas.
Documento de Trabajo Nº37. Investigación y Desarrollo Forestal
(CONAF/PNUD/FAO), Santiago, Chile.
Piboule, A., Collet, C., Frochot, H., Dhôte, J.-F., 2005. Reconstructing crown shape
from stem diameter and tree position to supply light models. I. Algorithms and
comparison of light simulations. Ann. For. Sci. 62, 645-657.
Pinno, B.D., Lieffers, V.J., Stadt, K.J., 2001. Measuring and modelling the crown and
light transmission characteristics of juvenile aspen. Can. J. For. Res. 31, 1930-
1939.
Pisano, E., 1977. Fitogeografía de Tierra del Fuego - Patagonia Chilena. I Comunidades
vegetales entre las latitudes 52° y 56° S. Ans. Inst. Pat. 8, 121-250.
Pisano, E., 1978. Establecimiento de Nothofagus betuloides (Mirb.) Blume (Coigüe de
Magallanes) en un valle en proceso de desglaciación. Ans. Inst. Pat. 9, 107-128.
Chapter 8 References
179
Pisano, E., 1981. Bosquejo fitogeográfico de Fuego-Patagonia. Ans. Inst. Pat. 12, 159-
171.
Pisano, E., 1997. Los bosques de Patagonia Austral y Tierra del Fuego Chilenas. Ans.
Inst. Pat., Ser. Cs. Nat. 25, 9-19.
Platt, W.J., Strong, D.R., 1989. Special feature. Gaps in forest ecology. Ecology 70, 535
Pollmann, W., Veblen, T.T., 2004. Nothofagus regeneration dynamics in South-Central
Chile: a test of a general model. Ecol. Monogr. 74, 615-634.
Promis, A., Ibarra, M., Schmidt, A., Hidalgo, F., 2007. Antecedentes dasométricos. In:
Cruz, G., Caldentey, J. (Eds.), Caracterización, silvicultura y uso de los bosques
de Coihue de Magallanes (Nothofagus betuloides) en la XII Región de Chile.
Facultad de Ciencias Forestales, Universidad de Chile, Santiago, Chile, pp. 46-
50.
Puettmann, K.J., Ammer, C., 2007. Trends in North American and European
regeneration research under the ecosystem management paradigm. Eur. J. For.
Res. 126, 1-9.
Puigdefábregas, J., Gallart, F., Biaciotto, O., Allogia, M., del Barrio, G., 1999. Banded
vegetation patterning in a subantarctic forest of Tierra del Fuego, as an outcome
of the interaction between wind and tree growth. Acta Oecol. 20, 135-146.
Pulido, F., Díaz, B., Martínez Pastur, G., 2000. Incidencia de ramoneo del guanaco
(Lama guanicoe Müller) sobre la regeneración temprana en bosques de lenga
[Nothofagus pumilio (Poepp et Endl) Kraser]. Invest. Agr.: Sist. Recur. For. 9,
381-394.
Raedeke, K.J., 1980. Food habits of the guanaco (Lama guanicoe) of Tierra del Fuego,
Chile. Turrialba 30, 177-181.
Read, J., Brown, M.J., 1996. Ecology of Australian Nothofagus forests. In: Veblen,
T.T., Hill, R.S., Read, J. (Eds.), The ecology and biogeography of Nothofagus
Forests. Yale University Press, New Haven, USA, pp. 131-181.
Read, J., Hope, G.S., 1996. Ecology of Nothofagus forests of New Guinea and New
Caledonia. In: Veblen, T.T., Hill, R.S. Read, J. (Eds.), The ecology and
biogeography of Nothofagus forests. Yale University Press, New Haven, USA,
pp. 200-256.
Rebertus, A.J., Veblen, T.T., 1993a. Structure and tree-fall gap dynamics of old-growth
Nothofagus forests in Tierra del Fuego, Argentina. J. Veg. Sci. 4, 641-654.
Chapter 8 References
180
Rebertus, A.J., Veblen, T.T., 1993b. Partial wave formation in old-growth Nothofagus
forests on Tierra del Fuego, Argentina. B. Torrey Bot. Club 120, 461-470.
Rebertus, A.J., Veblen, T.T., Kitzberger, T., 1993. Gap formation and dieback in
Fuego-Patagonian Nothofagus forests. Phytocoenologia 23, 581-599.
Rebertus, A.J., Kitzberger, T., Veblen, T.T., Roovers, L.M., 1997. Blowdown history
and landscape patterns in the Andes of Tierra del Fuego, Argentina. Ecology 78,
678-692.
Reifsnyder, W.E., Furnival, G.M., Horowitz, J.L., 1971-1972. Spatial and temporal
distribution of solar radiation beneath forest canopies. Agric. Meteorol. 9, 21-37.
Rich, P.M., 1990. Characterizing plant canopies with hemispherical photographs.
Instrumentation for studying vegetation canopies for remote sensing in optical
and thermal infrared regions. Remote Sens. Rev. 5, 13-29.
Rich, P.M., Clark, D.B., Clark, D.A., Oberbauer, S.F., 1993. Long-term study of solar
radiation regimes in a tropical wet forest using quantum sensors and
hemispherical photography. Agric. For. Meteorol. 65, 107-127.
Rich, P.M., Wood, J., Vieglais, D.A., Burek, K., Webb, N., 1999. Guide to HemiView:
Software for analysis of hemispherical photography. Delta-T Devices, Ltd.,
Cambridge, England.
Ricklefs, R.E., 1977. Environmental heterogeneity and plant species diversity: a
hypothesis. Am. Nat. 111, 376-381.
Rodríguez, R., Quezada, M., 2003. Fagaceae. In: Marticorena, C., Rodríguez, R. (Eds.),
Flora de Chile Vol. 2 (2) Berberidaceae – Betulaceae. Universidad de
Concepción, Chile, pp. 64-76.
Roig, F., Anchorena, J., Dollenz, O., Faggi, M., Méndez, E., 1985. Las comunidades
vegetales de la transecta botánica de la Patagonia Austral. In: Boelcke, O.,
Moore, M., Roig, F. (Eds.), Transecta botánica de la Patagonia Austral. Consejo
Nacional de Investigaciones Científicas y Técnicas (Argentina), Instituto de la
Patagonia (Chile), Royal Society (Gran Bretaña), Buenos Aires, Argentina, pp.
350-519.
Romanyà, J., Fons, J., Sauras-Yera, T., Gutiérrez, E., Vallejo, V.R., 2005. Soil-plant
relationships and tree distribution in old growth Nothofagus betuloides and
Nothofagus pumilio forests of Tierra del Fuego. Geoderma 124, 169-180.
Roxburgh, J.R., Kelly, D., 1995. Uses and limitations of hemispherical photography for
estimating forest light environments. New Zeal. J. Ecol. 19, 213-217.
Chapter 8 References
181
Rüger, N., Gutiérrez, Á.G., Kissling, W.D., Armesto, J.J., Huth, A., 2007. Ecological
impacts of different harvesting scenarios for temperate evergreen rain forest in
southern Chile – A simulation experiment. For. Ecol. Manage. 252, 52-66.
Runkle, J.R., 1982. Patterns of disturbance in some old-growth mesic forest of eastern
North America. Ecology 63, 1533-1546.
Runkle, J.R., 1985. Disturbance regimes in temperate forests. In: Pickett S.T.A., White,
P.S. (Eds.), The ecology of natural disturbance and patch dynamics. Academic
Press, New York, USA, pp. 17-33.
Runkle, J.R., 1992. Guidelines and sample protocol for sampling forest gaps. Gen.
Tech. Rep. PNW-GTR-283. Portland, OR: U.S. Department of Agriculture,
Forest Service, Pacific Northwest Research Station, USA.
Runkle, J.R., Stewart, G.H., McClenahen, J.R., 1997. Temporal changes in height and
diameter growth for two Nothofagus species in New Zealand. J. Veg. Sci. 8,
437-446.
Sampson, D.A., Smith, F.W., 1993. Influence of canopy architecture on light
penetration in lodgepole pine (Pinus contorta var. latifolia) forests. Agric. For.
Meteorol. 64, 63-79.
Santana, A., 2006. Resumen meteorológico año 2005, estación "Jorge C. Schythe"
(53°08' S; 70°53' O; 6 m s.n.m.). Ans. Inst. Pat. 34, 81-90.
Santana. A., 2007. Resumen meteorológico año 2006, estación "Jorge C. Schythe"
(53°08' S; 70°53' O; 6 m s.n.m.). Ans. Inst. Pat. 35, 81-89.
Schabel, H.G., Palmer, S.L., 1999. The Dauerwald: its role in the restoration of natural
forests. J. Forest. 97, 20-25.
Schaetzl, R.J., Johmson, D.L., Burns, S.F., Small, T.W., 1989. Tree uprooting: review
of terminology, process, and environmental implications. Can. J. For. Res. 19,
1–11.
Schlatter, R.P., Vergara, P., 2005. Magellanic woodpecker (Campephilus magellanicus)
sap feeding and its role in the Tierra del Fuego forest bird assemblage. J.
Ornithol. 146, 188-190.
Schmithüsen, J., 1956. Die räumliche Ordnung der chilenischen Vegetation. Bonner
Geographische Abhandlungen 17, 1-86.
Schulman, E., 1956. Dendroclimatic change in semiarid America. University of Arizona
Press, Tucson. Arizona, USA.
Chapter 8 References
182
Schwalbe, E., Maas, H.-G., Roscher, M., Wagner, S., 2006. Profile based sub-pixel-
classification of hemispherical images for solar radiation analysis in forest
ecosystems. Proceedings of the ISPRS Commission VII Symposium Remote
Sensing: From Pixels to Processes. International Society for Photogrammetry
and Remote Sensing (ISPRS), Enschede, the Netherlands, 8-11 May, pp 420-
425. Available from http://www.itc.nl/isprsc7/symposium2006/proceedings.aspx
Seymour, R., Hunter, M., 1999. Principles of ecological forestry. In: Hunter, M.L. (Ed.),
Maintaining biodiversity in forest ecosystems. Cambridge University Press,
Cambridge, UK, pp. 22-61.
Skottsberg, C., 1910. Botanische Ergebnisse der Schwedischen Expedition nach
Patagonien und dem Feuerlande 1907-1909. I. Übersicht über die wichtigsten
Pflanzenformationen Südamerikas S. von 41°, ihre geographische Verbreitung
und Beziehungen zum Klima. Kungl. Svenska Vetenskapsakademiens
Handlingar 46(3), 1-28.
SMN. Secretaría de Minería de la Nación de la República Argentina. 2007. <
http://www.mineria.gov.ar/ambiente/estudios/irn/tierradelfuego/tablametypluvio.
asp?pr=m12>, last accessed October 2007.
Smith, D.M., Larson, B.C., Kelty, M.J., Ashton, P.M., 1997. The practice of
silviculture. Applied forest ecology. Ninth Edition. John Wiley & Sons, Inc.,
New York, USA.
Smith, W.R., Somers, G.L., 1993. A system for estimating direct and diffuse
photosynthetically active radiation from hemispherical photographs. Comput.
Electron. Agric. 8, 181-193.
Sokal, R.R., Rohlf, F.J., 2000. Biometry. The principles and practice of statistics in
biological research. Third Edition. W.H. Freeman and Company, New York,
USA.
Sonohat, G., Balandier, P., Ruchaud, F., 2004. Predicting solar radiation transmittance
in the understory of even-aged coniferous stands in temperate forests. Ann. For.
Sci. 61, 629-641.
Sousa, W.P., 1984. The role of disturbance in natural communities. Ann. Rev. Ecol.
Syst. 15, 353-391.
Spies, T.A., 2004. Ecological concepts and diversity of old-growth forests. J. Forest.
102 , 14-20.
Chapter 8 References
183
Spies, T.A., Franklin, J.F., Klopsch, M., 1990. Canopy gaps in Douglas-fir forests of the
Cascade Mountains. Can. J. For. Res. 20, 649-658.
Squeo, F., Cabrera, M., 1995. Ecofisiología vegetal. Comité Científico Proyecto Río
Cóndor. Estudio de Línea Base. Informe del Subproyecto 94-13.
Stancioiu, P.T., O’Hara, K.L., 2006. Regeneration growth in different light
environments of mixed species, multiaged, mountainous forests of Romania.
Eur. J. For. Res. 125, 151-162.
Steven, M.D., Unsworth, M.H., 1980. The angular distribution and interception of
diffuse solar radiation below overcast skies. Quart. J. Roy. Met. Soc. 106, 57-61.
Stewart, G.H., 1986. Forest dynamics and disturbance in a beech/hardwood forest.
Fiorland, New Zealand. Vegetatio 68, 115-126.
Stewart, G.H., Rose, A.B., Veblen, T.T., 1991. Forest development in canopy gaps in
old-growth beech (Nothofagus) forests, New Zealand. J. Veg. Sci. 2, 679-690.
Stokes, M., Smiley, T., 1968. An introduction to tree ring dating. University of Chicago
Press. Chicago, USA.
Swenson, U., Hill, R.S., McLoughlin, S., 2001. Biogeography of Nothofagus supports
the sequence of Gondwana break-up. Taxon 50, 1025-1041.
Tappeiner, J.C., Lavender, D., Walstad, J., Curtis, R.O., DeBell, D.S., 1997.
Silvicultural systems and regeneration methods: current practices and new
alternatives. In: Kohm, K.A., Franklin, J.F. (Eds.), Creating a forestry for the
21st century. The science of ecosystem management. Island Press, Washington,
D.C., USA.
ter Steege, H., 1996. Winphot 5.0: A programme to analyze vegetation indices, light and
light quality from hemispherical photographs. Tropenbos Guyana Reports 95-2,
Tropenbos Guyana Programme, Georgetown Guyana.
Thiers, O., Gerding, V., 2007. Variabilidad topográfica y edáfica en bosques de
Nothofagus betuloides (Mirb) Blume, en el suroeste de Tierra del Fuego. Chile.
Rev. Chil. Hist. Nat. 80, 201-211.
Tilman, D., 1988. Plant strategies and the dynamics and structure of plant communities.
Princeton University Press, Princeton, New Jersey, USA.
Tuhkanen, S.I., 1992. The climate of Tierra del Fuego from a vegetation geographical
point of view and its ecoclimatic counterparts elsewhere. Acta Botanici Fennici
145, 1-64.
Chapter 8 References
184
Tuhkanen, S., Kuokka, I., Hyvönen, J., Stenroos, S., Niemelä, J., 1989-1990. Tierra del
Fuego as a target for biogeographical research in the past and present. Ans. Inst.
Pat., Ser. Cs. Nat. 19, 5-107.
Turner, M.G., Baker, W.L., Peterson, C.L., Peet, R.K., 1998. Factors influencing
succession: Lessons from large, infrequent natural disturbances. Ecosystems 1,
511-523.
Vairo, C., 1997. Los Yamana. Nuestra única tradición naval marítima autóctona. Zagier
& Urruty, Buenos Aires, Argentina.
Vales, D.J., Bunnell, F.L., 1988. Relationships between transmission of solar radiation
and coniferous forest stand characteristics. Agric. For. Meteorol. 43, 201-223
Van Pelt, R., Franklin, J.F., 2000. Influence of canopy structure on the understorey
environment in tall, old-growth, conifer forests. Can. J. For. Res. 30, 1231-1245.
Van Royen, P., 1983. The alpine flora of New Guinea 4. Cramer, Vaduz.
Veblen, T.T., 1979. Structure and dynamics of Nothofagus forest near timberline in
South-Central Chile. Ecology 60, 937-945.
Veblen, T.T., 1985. Forest development in tree-fall gaps in the temperate rainforests of
Chile. National Geographic Research 1, 162-183.
Veblen, T.T., 1989. Nothofagus regeneration in tree-fall gaps in northern Patagonia.
Can. J. For. Res. 19, 365-371.
Veblen, T.T., 1992. Regeneration dynamics. In: Glenn-Lewin, D.G., Peet, R.K., Veblen,
T.T. (Eds.), Plant succession. Chapman and Hall, London, UK, pp. 152-187.
Veblen, T.T., Veblen, A.T., Schlegel, F.M., 1979. Understorey patterns in mixed
evergreen-deciduous Nothofagus forests in Chile. J. Ecol. 67, 809-823.
Veblen, T.T., Schlegel, F.M., Escobar, B., 1980. Structure and dynamics of old-growth
Nothofagus forests in the Valdivian Andes, Chile. J. Ecol. 68, 1-31.
Veblen, T.T., Schlegel, F.M., Oltremari, J.V., 1983. Temperate broad-leaved evergreen
forests of South America. In: Ovington, J.D. (Ed.), Temperate broad-leaved
evergreen forests. Elsevier, Amsterdam, The Netherlands, pp. 5-31.
Veblen, T.T., Donoso, C., Kitzberger, T., Rebertus, A.J., 1996. Ecology of southern
Chilean and Argentinean Nothofagus forests. In: Veblen, T.T., Hill, R.S., Read,
J. (Eds.), The ecology and biogeography of Nothofagus forests. Yale University
Press, New Haven, Connecticut, USA, pp. 293-353.
Vergara, P., Schlatter, R.P., 2004. Magellanic woodpecker (Campephilus magellanicus)
abundance and foraging in Tierra del Fuego, Chile. J. Ornithol. 145, 343-351.
Chapter 8 References
185
Walter, J.-M.N., 1989-2006. CIMES. A package of programs for the assessment of
canopy geometry through hemispherical photographs. Manual. Université Louis
Pasteur, Strasbourg, France.
Walter, J.-M.N., Torquebiau, E.F., 2000. The computation of forest leaf area index on
slope using fish-eye sensors. C.R. Acad. Sci. Paris, Life Sciences 323, 801-813.
Walter, J.-M.N., Fournier, R.A., Soudani, K., Meyer, E., 2003. Integrating clumping
effects in forest canopy structure: an assessment through hemispherical
photographs. Can. J. Remote Sens. 29, 388-410.
Wardle, J.A., 1984. The New Zealand beeches. Ecology, utilization and management.
New Zealand Forest Service, Christchurch, New Zealand.
Watt, A.S., 1947. Pattern and process in the plant community. J. Ecol. 35, 1-22
WCS, 2007. Wildlife Conservation Society. Available from: http://www.wcs.org/sw-
our_mission/institute (accessed 16.12.07).
Weiss, S.B., 2000. Vertical and temporal distribution of insolation in gaps in an old-
growth coniferous forest. Can. J. For. Res. 30, 1953-1964.
Welles, J.M., Norman, J.M., 1991. Instrument for indirect measurement of canopy
architecture. Agron. J. 83, 818-825.
White, P.S., 1979. Pattern, process, and natural disturbance in vegetation. Bot. Rev. 45,
229-299.
White, P.S., Jentsch, A., 2001. The search for generality in studies of disturbance and
ecosystem dynamics. In: Esser, K., Lüttge, U., Kadereit, J.W., Beyschlag, W.
(Eds.), Progress in botany Vol. 62, Berlin, Heidelberg, New York (Springer), pp.
399-449.
White, P.S., Harrod, J., Romme, H., Betancourt, J., 1999. Disturbance and temporal
dynamics. In: Szaro, R.C., Johnson, N.C., Sexton, W.T., Malk, A.J. (Eds.),
Ecological stewardship. A common reference for ecosystem management. Vol.
II. Elsevier, Amsterdam, The Netherlands, pp. 281-312.
Wood, J., 2001. Canopy LAI calculation. HemiView application note
Wright, E.F., Coates, K.D., Canham, C.D., Bartemucci, P., 1998. Species variability in
growth response to light across climatic regions in northwestern British
Columbia. Can. J. For. Res. 28, 871-886.
Young, S., 1972. Subantarctic rain forest of Magallanic Chile: distribution,
composition, and age and growth rate studies of common forest trees. In: Llano,
Chapter 8 References
186
G.A. (Ed.), Antarctic terrestrial biology. Antarctic Research Series Vol. 20.
American Geophysical Union, Washington DC, USA, pp. 307-322.